QUANTUM CORP /DE/
10-Q, 1999-02-09
COMPUTER STORAGE DEVICES
Previous: MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL INC, 10-Q, 1999-02-09
Next: SUN MICROSYSTEMS INC, 10-Q, 1999-02-09





                                    Form 10-Q

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                              --------------------

           [X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                For the quarterly period ended December 27, 1998

                                       OR

          [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

            For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

                              --------------------

                         Commission File Number 0-12390

                               QUANTUM CORPORATION

           Incorporated Pursuant to the Laws of the State of Delaware

                              --------------------

                  IRS Employer Identification Number 94-2665054

                 500 McCarthy Blvd., Milpitas, California 95035

                                 (408) 894-4000

                              --------------------

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
       Yes   X   No       
            ---      ---

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock, as of December 27, 1998: 165,941,011
<PAGE>

                               QUANTUM CORPORATION

                                   10-Q REPORT

                                      INDEX
                                                                           Page
                                                                          Number

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

              Item 1. Financial Statements

                      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations         3

                      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets                   4

                      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows         5

                      Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements    6


              Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                      Financial Condition and Results of Operations          13


PART II - OTHER INFORMATION                                                  39


SIGNATURE                                                                    40


                                                                              2
<PAGE>


                               QUANTUM CORPORATION

                         PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.  Financial Statements
<TABLE>

                         CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                              (In thousands, except per share data)
                                           (unaudited)
<CAPTION>
                                            Three Months Ended            Nine Months Ended
                                       December 27,   December 28,   December 27,   December 28,
                                           1998           1997          1998            1997    
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Sales                                  $ 1,325,581    $ 1,519,881    $ 3,593,315    $ 4,519,516
Cost of sales                            1,086,492      1,384,208      2,995,964      3,809,826
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

   Gross profit                            239,089        135,673        597,351        709,690

Operating expenses:
   Research and development                 87,921         88,275        254,859        236,797
   Sales and marketing                      51,142         45,203        134,866        128,907
   General and administrative               22,380         23,375         61,275         75,114
   Purchased in-process research and
    Development                             89,000           --           89,000           --
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                           250,443        156,853        540,000        440,818

   Income (loss) from operations           (11,354)       (21,180)        57,351        268,872

Other (income) expense:
   Interest expense                          6,909          9,806         20,136         24,135
   Interest income and other, net           (5,126)       (10,146)       (19,962)       (24,658)
   Loss from investee                      100,700         22,651        142,050         42,222
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                           102,483         22,311        142,224         41,699

Income (loss) before income taxes         (113,837)       (43,491)       (84,873)       227,173
Income tax provision (benefit)              (7,286)       (11,308)         1,403         59,065
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net income (loss)                      $  (106,551)   $   (32,183)   $   (86,276)   $   168,108
                                       ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

Net income (loss) per share:
   Basic                               $     (0.64)   $     (0.24)   $     (0.54)   $      1.26
   Diluted                             $     (0.64)   $     (0.24)   $     (0.54)   $      1.05

Weighted average common shares:
   Basic                                   165,820        135,842        158,687        133,669
   Diluted                                 165,820        135,842        158,687        165,642
<FN>

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                                                               3

<PAGE>

                               QUANTUM CORPORATION

                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (In thousands)
                                                       December 27,    March 31,
                                                              1998         1998
                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                        (unaudited)     (Note 1)

Assets
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                            $  683,011    $  642,150
   Marketable securities                                    24,425        71,573
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
      Doubtful accounts of $11,823 and $12,928             664,238       737,928
   Inventories                                             259,042       315,035
   Deferred taxes                                          136,020       133,981
   Other current assets                                     88,710       124,670
                                                        ----------    ----------

Total current assets                                     1,855,446     2,025,337

Property and equipment, net of accumulated
   Depreciation of $278,922 and $220,482                   266,785       285,159
Intangibles, net                                           231,750        24,490
Other assets                                                39,587       103,425
                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                        $2,393,568    $2,438,411
                                                        ==========    ==========

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable                                     $  405,737    $  446,243
   Accrued warranty                                         73,611        74,017
   Accrued compensation                                     55,601        60,344
   Income taxes payable                                     27,659        39,777
   Current portion of long-term debt                         1,001           935
   Other accrued liabilities                               100,102        78,920
                                                        ----------    ----------

Total current liabilities                                  663,711       700,236

Deferred taxes                                              73,945        38,668
Convertible subordinated debt                              287,500       287,500
Long-term debt                                              64,225        39,985

Shareholders' equity:
   Common stock                                            855,946       776,291
   Retained earnings                                       448,241       595,731
                                                        ----------    ----------

Total shareholders' equity                               1,304,187     1,372,022
                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                        $2,393,568    $2,438,411
                                                        ==========    ==========


See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                                                               4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                    QUANTUM CORPORATION

                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                      (In thousands)
                                        (unaudited)
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Nine Months Ended
                                                               December 27,  December 28,
                                                                      1998          1997
                                                                  ---------    ---------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>      
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)                                               $ (86,276)   $ 168,108
  Items not requiring the current use of cash:
      Loss from investee                                            124,809         --
      Purchased in-process research and development                  89,000         --
      Depreciation                                                   69,107       57,802
      Amortization                                                   13,812        9,332
      Compensation related to stock plans                             4,064        3,099
      Deferred income taxes                                             438         (346)
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable                                            73,690       64,451
      Inventories                                                    55,993     (170,643)
      Accounts payable                                              (40,506)      41,395
      Income taxes payable                                          (12,118)      16,697
      Accrued warranty                                                 (406)     (23,718)
      Other assets and liabilities                                   63,972      104,468
                                                                  ---------    ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities                           355,579      270,645
                                                                  ---------    ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Investment in property and equipment                             (88,572)    (124,299)
   Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment                  139       23,932
   Proceeds from sale of marketable securities                      115,508         --
   Purchase of marketable securities                                (68,360)        --
   Purchase of equity securities                                       --        (15,000)
   Purchase of intangible assets                                       --        (16,000)
   Proceeds from sale of interest in recording heads operations        --         94,000
                                                                  ---------    ---------
Net cash used in investing activities                               (41,285)     (37,367)
                                                                  ---------    ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from long-term credit facilities                         33,545         --
   Proceeds from issuance of convertible subordinated note             --        287,500
   Purchase of treasury stock                                      (305,287)        --
   Principal payments on credit facilities                          (26,848)    (180,757)
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                            25,157       31,442
                                                                  ---------    ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                (273,433)     138,185
                                                                  ---------    ---------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                            40,861      371,463
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                    642,150      345,125
                                                                  ---------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                        $ 683,011    $ 716,588
                                                                  =========    =========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
   Conversion of redeemable preferred stock to common stock       $    --      $   3,888
   Cash paid during the period for:
      Interest                                                    $   3,898    $  11,793
      Income taxes, net of (refunds)                              $  (1,239)   $  59,806
<FN>

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                                                               5

<PAGE>


                               QUANTUM CORPORATION

              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (unaudited)


1.   Basis of presentation

The accompanying  unaudited condensed  consolidated financial statements reflect
all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring  adjustments which, in the
opinion of management,  are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for
the  periods  shown.  The  results  of  operations  for  such  periods  are  not
necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year. Certain
prior period amounts have been  reclassified to conform to the current  period's
presentation.  The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 1998 has
been derived  from the audited  financial  statements  at that date but does not
include all of the  information  and  footnotes  required by generally  accepted
accounting  principles  for  complete  financial  statements.  The  accompanying
financial  statements  should be read in conjunction with the audited  financial
statements of Quantum  Corporation  ("Quantum" or the  "Company") for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1998  included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.


2.   Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:
      (In thousands)
                                          December 27,               March 31,
                                                  1998                    1998
                                        --------------           -------------

   Materials and purchased parts              $ 72,911                $ 72,990
   Work in process                              25,300                  44,303
   Finished goods                              160,831                 197,742
                                              --------                --------
                                              $259,042                $315,035
                                              ========                ========


                                                                               6
<PAGE>



3.   Net income (loss) per share
<TABLE>

The following  table sets forth the  computation of basic and diluted net income
(loss) per share:
<CAPTION>

(In thousands, except per share data)                  Three Months Ended            Nine Months Ended
                                                 December 27,   December 28,   December 27,   December 28,  
                                                        1998           1997           1998           1997  
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>      
Numerator:                                                                                    
   Numerator for basic net income (loss)                                                      
   per share - income (loss) available to                                                     
   common stockholders                              $(106,551)     $ (32,183)     $ (86,276)     $ 168,108
                                                                                              
   Effect of dilutive securities:                                                             
   5% convertible subordinated notes                     --             --             --            5,430
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                                              
   Numerator for diluted net income                                                           
   (loss)  per share - income (loss)                                                          
   available to common stockholders                 $(106,551)     $ (32,183)     $ (86,276)     $ 173,538
                                                    =========      =========      =========      =========
                                                                                              
Denominator:                                                                                  
   Denominator for basic net income                                                           
   (loss) per share - weighted average                                                        
   shares                                             165,820        135,842        158,687        133,669
                                                                                              
   Effect of dilutive securities:                                                             
   Outstanding options                                   --             --             --           10,227
   Series B preferred stock                              --             --             --              120
   5% convertible subordinated notes                     --             --             --           21,626
                                                    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                                              
   Denominator  for  diluted  net income (loss)                                               
   per share - adjusted  weighted                                                             
   average shares and assumed conversions                                                     
                                                      165,820        135,842        158,687        165,642
                                                    =========      =========      =========      =========
                                                                                              
   Basic net income (loss) per share                $   (0.64)     $   (0.24)     $   (0.54)     $    1.26
                                                    =========      =========      =========      =========
                                                                                              
   Diluted net income (loss) per share              $   (0.64)     $   (0.24)     $   (0.54)     $    1.05
                                                    =========      =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>
The  computation  of  diluted  net loss per share for the three and nine  months
ended December 27, 1998 and the three months ended  December 28, 1997,  excluded
the effect of the 7% convertible  subordinated  notes issued in July 1997, which
are  convertible  into  6,206,152  shares at a  conversion  price of $46.325 per
share, because the effect would have been antidilutive.

The  computation  of  diluted  net loss per share for the three and nine  months
ended  December  27,  1998 and the three  months  ended  December  28, 1997 also
excluded the effect of weighted average  outstanding options because the Company
reported a net loss for these  periods  and  accordingly,  the  effect  would be
antidilutive. At December 27, 1998, options to purchase 22,540,250 shares of the
Company's common stock were outstanding.

                                                                               7
<PAGE>

4.   Debt & Capital

In September 1998, the Company issued 16.9 million shares to the shareholders of
ATL Products,  Inc. ("ATL") to complete the acquisition of ATL as a wholly owned
subsidiary  of the Company.  In part,  the Company  reissued  treasury  stock to
complete the acquisition.  The difference between the cost of the treasury stock
and the  value at which the  shares  were  reissued  resulted  in a $63  million
reduction to retained  earnings in the quarter  ended  December  27,  1998.  For
additional  information  regarding the ATL  acquisition,  refer to Note 6 of the
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 1998, the Company  repurchased 2.8 million shares of its common stock
which  completed the share  repurchase of a total of 15.5 million  shares during
the nine months ended  December 27, 1998 at a cost of $305 million as authorized
by the Board of  Directors.  The intent of the  repurchase  was to minimize  the
dilutive impact of the shares issued to complete the acquisition of ATL.

In December  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a senior  credit  facility  that
provides a $35 million  revolving  credit line to ATL. The revolving credit line
is coterminous with the Company's $500 million  revolving credit line,  expiring
in June 2000. At the option of ATL,  borrowings  under the revolving credit line
bear  interest at either LIBOR plus a margin  determined  by a total funded debt
ratio of the Company,  or a base rate, with option periods of one to six months.
At December 27, 1998,  $25 million was  outstanding  on ATL's  revolving  credit
line.

In July 1997,  the Company  issued $288 million of 7%  convertible  subordinated
notes.  The notes mature on August 1, 2004, and are convertible at the option of
the holder at any time  prior to  maturity,  unless  previously  redeemed,  into
shares of the Company's common stock at a conversion price of $46.325 per share.
The notes are redeemable at the Company's  option on or after August 1, 1999 and
prior to August 1, 2001,  under certain  conditions  related to the price of the
Company's  common stock.  Subsequent to August 1, 2001, the notes are redeemable
at the Company's  option at any time. In the event of certain changes  involving
all or  substantially  all of the Company's common stock, the notes would become
redeemable at the option of the holder. Redemption prices range from 107% of the
principal to 100% at maturity. The notes are unsecured obligations  subordinated
in right of  payment  to all  existing  and future  senior  indebtedness  of the
Company.


5.  Litigation

The Company and certain of its current and former  officers and  directors  have
been named as defendants in two class-action  lawsuits,  one filed on August 28,
1996, in the Superior Court of Santa Clara County,  California, and one filed on
August  30,  1996,  in the U.S.  District  Court  of the  Northern  District  of
California. The plaintiff in both class actions purports to represent a class of
all persons who purchased the Company's  common stock between February 26, 1996,
and June 13, 1996. The complaints  allege that the defendants  violated  various
federal   securities   laws  and  California   statutes  by  concealing   and/or
misrepresenting   material  adverse  information  about  the  Company  and  that
individual  defendants  sold  shares of the  Company's  stock  based on material
nonpublic information.

                                                                               8
<PAGE>

On February 25,  1997,  in the Santa Clara County  action,  the Court  sustained
defendants'  demurrer  to most of the  causes of action in the  complaint,  with
leave to amend.  At a June 12, 1997 demurrer  hearing in state court,  the judge
dismissed the action as to four of the individual  defendants with prejudice and
as to three of the individual  defendants without prejudice.  The demurrer as to
the Company was overruled.  The Court heard oral argument on plaintiffs'  motion
for class certification on November 4, 1997. On March 4, 1998, the Court entered
an order denying  plaintiffs'  motion without  prejudice.  Limited  discovery is
proceeding.

With respect to the federal action,  defendants filed their motion to dismiss on
April 16, 1997.  On August 14, 1997,  the Court  granted  defendants'  motion to
dismiss  without  prejudice.  On September 11, 1997,  plaintiff filed an amended
complaint. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on October
24, 1997. The hearing on  defendants'  motion took place on February 3, 1998. On
April 16, 1998, the Court granted  defendants' motion to dismiss with prejudice.
On May 19,  1998,  plaintiff  filed a notice of appeal of the  District  Court's
dismissal  in the United  States  Court of  Appeals  for the Ninth  Circuit.  On
September 25, 1998,  plaintiff  filed his opening  appellate  brief.  Defendants
filed their  answering brief on November 30, 1998.  Plaintiff's  reply brief was
filed on January 14, 1999.

Certain of the Company's  current and former  officers and  directors  were also
named as  defendants  in a  derivative  lawsuit,  which was filed on November 8,
1996, in the Superior Court of Santa Clara County. The derivative  complaint was
based on  factual  allegations  substantially  similar  to those  alleged in the
class-action  lawsuits.  Defendants'  demurrer to the  derivative  complaint was
sustained  without  prejudice  on April  14,  1997.  Plaintiffs  did not file an
amended complaint. On August 7, 1997, the Court issued an order of dismissal and
entered final judgment dismissing the complaint.

On August 7,  1998,  the  Company  was named as one of several  defendants  in a
patent  infringement  lawsuit filed in the U.S.  District Court for the Northern
District of Illinois,  Eastern Division.  On Quantum's motion, the suit has been
moved to the Northern  District of California.  The plaintiff,  Papst  Licensing
GmbH,  owns at least 24 U.S.  patents  which it  asserts  that the  Company  has
infringed.  The  Company has studied  many of these  patents  before and, of the
patents  it has  studied,  believes  that  defenses  of  patent  invalidity  and
non-infringement can be asserted.  However, Quantum has not yet had time to make
a  complete  study of all the  patents  asserted  by Papst  and  there can be no
assurance  that the Company has not infringed on these or other patents owned by
Papst.  The  final  results  of this  litigation,  as with any  litigation,  are
uncertain.  If  required,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  licenses  to  any
technology owned by Papst or any other third party alleging  infringement  could
be obtained on commercially  reasonable terms if at all.  Adverse  resolution of
the Papst litigation or any other intellectual property litigation could subject
the  Company  to  substantial   liabilities  and  require  it  to  refrain  from
manufacturing certain products which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business,  financial condition or results of operations.  In addition,
the costs of engaging in the Papst  litigation  or other  intellectual  property
litigation could be substantial, regardless of the outcome.

The Company is also subject to other legal  proceedings and claims that arise in
the ordinary course of its business.  While  management  currently  believes the
amount of ultimate  liability,  if any,  with respect to these  actions will not
materially affect the financial position, results of

                                                                               9
<PAGE>

operations,  or liquidity of the Company, the ultimate outcome of any litigation
is uncertain. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, the impact could be material
to the Company.


6.  Business Combinations

On  September  28,  1998,  the Company  completed  the  acquisition  of ATL. ATL
designs,  manufactures,  markets and services  automated  tape libraries for the
networked computer market. ATL's products  incorporate  DLTtapeTM drives as well
as ATL's proprietary  IntelliGripTM  automation technology.  The acquisition has
been  accounted  for as a  purchase  with a  total  cost of  $335  million.  The
acquisition  was completed  with the issuance of 16.9 million  shares of Quantum
common stock valued at $265 million on the date of  acquisition  in exchange for
all  outstanding  shares of ATL, the conversion of outstanding ATL stock options
into  options  valued at $22 million to purchase  1.8 million  shares of Quantum
common stock and the assumption of $45 million of ATL liabilities. ATL's results
of  operations  are  included  in the  financial  statements  as of the  date of
acquisition,  and the assets and  liabilities  acquired were  recorded  based on
their fair values as of the date of acquisition.

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible  assets
acquired has been  allocated to the following  identifiable  intangible  assets:
goodwill, trade marks and trade names, original equipment manufacturer and value
added reseller  customer  relationships,  non-compete  agreements,  workforce in
place,  developed technology and in-process research and development.  As of the
acquisition date, technological feasibility of the in-process technology has not
been  established and the technology has no alternative  future use.  Therefore,
the  Company  has  expensed  the  amount  of the  purchase  price  allocated  to
in-process research and development, which based on a preliminary valuation, the
Company  has  estimated  at $89  million  as of the  date  of  acquisition.  The
remaining  identifiable  intangible  assets will be amortized on a straight-line
basis over periods ranging from two to fifteen years.

The  amount  of  the  purchase  price  allocated  to  in-process   research  and
development  was  determined  by  estimating  the stage of  development  of each
in-process  research  and  development  project  at  the  date  of  acquisition,
estimating cash flows resulting from the expected  revenues  generated from such
projects, and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value using a
discount  rate of 20%,  which  represents  a premium  to the  Company's  cost of
capital. The estimated revenues assume an average compound annual revenue growth
rate of 37% during fiscal years 1999 to 2007.  Estimated total revenues from the
purchased in-process projects peak in fiscal year 2002 and then begin to decline
as other new products are expected to be introduced. These projections are based
on  management's  estimates  of  market  size and  growth,  expected  trends  in
technology  and the  expected  timing  of new  product  introductions.  If these
projects are not successfully  developed,  the Company may not realize the value
assigned to the in-process research and development projects.  In addition,  the
value of the other acquired intangible assets may also become impaired.

The following  unaudited pro forma  information has been prepared  assuming that
the  acquisition  had taken place at the  beginning  of the  respective  periods
presented.  The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of
the combined results that would have occurred had the acquisition 

                                                                              10
<PAGE>

taken place at the beginning of the periods, nor is it necessarily indicative of
results that may occur in the future.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands)                     Three Months Ended         Nine Months Ended
                                December 27,  December 28,  December 27,  December 28, 
                                   1998          1997           1998          1997
                                   ----          ----           ----          ----
<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          
Sales                          $1,325,581    $1,536,833    $3,633,626    $4,563,654
Net income (loss)              $ (106,551)   $  (36,692)   $  (96,986)   $  154,032
Net income (loss) per share:
   Basic                       $    (0.64)   $    (0.27)   $    (0.59)   $     1.14
   Diluted                     $    (0.64)   $    (0.27)   $    (0.59)   $     0.95
</TABLE>

7.  Loss from Investee

On May 16, 1997, the Company sold a 51% majority interest in its recording heads
operations to Matsushita-Kotobuki  Electronics Industries, Ltd. ("MKE"), thereby
forming a recording heads joint venture with MKE, named  MKE-Quantum  Components
LLC ("MKQC"). MKQC was involved in the research, development, and manufacture of
MR recording  heads used in the Company's  disk drive products  manufactured  by
MKE.

On October 28,  1998,  the Company and MKE agreed to dissolve  MKQC because MKQC
had not been able to produce MR recording  heads on a  cost-effective  basis. In
connection with the  dissolution,  MKE has taken control and ownership of MKQC's
manufacturing  operations in Batam,  Indonesia;  MKQC's domestic operations have
substantially  ceased as of December  27, 1998;  and its domestic  assets are in
liquidation.  The  Company  recorded a $101  million  loss from  investee  which
includes a write-off of Quantum's  investment in MKQC; a write-down of Quantum's
interest in facilities in Louisville,  Colorado,  and Shrewsbury,  Massachusetts
that were occupied by MKQC;  warranty costs  resulting  from MR recording  heads
manufactured  by MKQC;  and  Quantum's  49% pro rata  share  in  funding  MKQC's
repayment of its obligations,  primarily bank debt, accounts payable,  and other
liabilities  through  June 1999 when the  liquidation  of MKQC is expected to be
completed.

For the quarter  ended  December 27,  1998,  the Company  accounted  for its 49%
interest in MKQC based on estimated  liquidation  values and costs. From May 16,
1997 to September 27, 1998,  the Company  accounted for its 49% interest in MKQC
using the equity method of accounting.  MKQC's net loss for the six months ended
September  27, 1998 was $84 million on sales of $62 million.  The results of the
Company's involvement in recording heads through May 15, 1997 were consolidated.

During the first  three  quarters  of fiscal  year 1999,  the  Company  provided
support  services to MKQC.  The support  services  were  primarily  comprised of
finance,  human resources,  facilities,  legal, and information service support.
The loss  from  investee  includes  support  services  expected  to be  provided
throughout the liquidation of MKQC.

                                                                              11
<PAGE>

8.  Comprehensive Income (Loss)

As of April 1, 1998,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards,   ("SFAS")  No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income."  SFAS  130
establishes new rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive  income and
its  components;  however,  it has no  impact  on the  Company's  net  income or
shareholders'   equity.   SFAS  130  requires   foreign   currency   translation
adjustments, which prior to adoption were reported only in shareholders' equity,
to be included in the determination of comprehensive income.

The components of comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, are as follows:

  (In thousands)                  Three Months Ended        Nine Months Ended
                              December 27, December 28, December 27,December 28,
                                  1998         1997         1998         1997
                                  ----         ----         ----         ----

Net income (loss)              $(106,551)   $ (32,183)   $ (86,276)   $ 168,108
Change in cumulative
   Translation adjustment          1,377       (1,341)       1,500       (1,090)
                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Comprehensive income
  (loss)                       $(105,174)   $ (33,524)   $ (84,776)   $ 167,018
                               =========    =========    =========    =========




                                                                              12
<PAGE>


Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
         of Operations

Management's discussion and analysis includes:

o        Business overview.

o        Strategic developments.

o        A comparison  of Quantum's  results of operations in the three and nine
         months ended  December 27, 1998 with the results of  operations  in the
         corresponding periods in fiscal year 1998.

o        Year 2000 update.

o        A discussion of Quantum's operating liquidity and capital resources.

o        A discussion of trends and  uncertainties,  which include those related
         to the information  storage industry and those related to more specific
         characteristics of Quantum.


                           Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains  forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section
27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Forward-looking  statements can be identified
by the use of  forward-looking  terminology,  such as "may," "will,"  "project,"
"estimate,"  "anticipate," "expect," "continue,"  "potential,"  "opportunity" or
the negative  thereof or other variations  thereon or comparable  terminology or
expressions. All forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain as they are
based on various expectations and assumptions  concerning future events and they
are  subject  to  numerous  known and  unknown  risks and  uncertainties.  These
uncertainties  could  cause  actual  results  to differ  materially  from  those
expected for the reasons set forth below under Trends and Uncertainties. Readers
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these  forward-looking  statements,
which speak only as of the date hereof.


Business Overview

Founded  in  1980,  Quantum  Corporation  ("Quantum"  or  the  "Company")  is  a
diversified mass storage company with leadership positions in both the fixed and
removable storage markets. In calendar year 1998, Quantum was the highest-volume
global  supplier of hard disk drives for personal  computers  and the  worldwide
revenue leader for all classes of tape drives.

Quantum designs,  develops, and markets information storage products,  including
high-performance, high-quality half-inch cartridge tape drives, tape media, tape
autoloaders  and  libraries,  hard disk  drives,  and solid  state disk  drives.
Quantum also  manufactures  the half-inch  cartridge tape drives and solid state
disk drives,  and the Company's  wholly owned  subsidiary, 

                                                                              13
<PAGE>

ATL Products,  Inc. ("ATL"),  manufactures  tape autoloaders and libraries.  The
Company  combines its  engineering  and design  expertise  with the  high-volume
manufacturing    capabilities   of   its   exclusive    manufacturing   partner,
Matsushita-Kotobuki  Electronics Industries, Ltd. ("MKE") of Japan, a subsidiary
of Matsushita Electric  Industrial Co., Ltd., to produce  high-quality hard disk
drives. MKE manufactures all of Quantum's hard disk drives.

The Company's strategy is to offer a diversified  storage product portfolio that
features  leading-edge  technology and  high-quality  manufacturing  for a broad
range  of  storage  applications.  Inherent  in  this  strategy  is a  focus  on
anticipating  and  meeting  customers'  information  storage  needs  and  on the
research and development of storage technology.

Quantum's  products  meet the  storage  requirements  of  mid-range  to high-end
computer systems, workstations, network servers, high-end to entry-level desktop
personal  computers,  and storage  subsystems.  The Company directly markets its
products to major original equipment  manufacturers ("OEMs") and through a broad
range of distributors, resellers, and systems integrators worldwide.

The Company's  information  storage business  currently  includes two units, the
Specialty  Storage  Products  Group  and the  Enterprise  and  Personal  Storage
Products  Group.  The  primary  business  activities  of these  two  groups  are
discussed below.

         Specialty Storage Products.  Quantum designs,  develops,  manufactures,
         and markets half-inch cartridge tape drives,  autoloaders and libraries
         based on patented DLTtape(TM) technology,  and solid state disk drives.
         Quantum also designs, develops, and markets DLTtape media. In addition,
         the DLTtape  technology  has been licensed to Tandberg Data ASA for the
         manufacture  and marketing of DLTtape  drives based on current  DLTtape
         and future Super DLTtape technology,  as well as to Fuji and Maxell for
         the  manufacture of tape media.  The DLTtape drives (20 gigabytes to 70
         gigabytes   capacity,   compressed)  use  advanced   linear   recording
         technology  and  a  highly   accurate  tape  guide  system  to  perform
         mission-critical  data  backup  for  mid-range  and  high-end  computer
         systems.  Quantum has worldwide  manufacturing rights for DLTtape drive
         and media technology and is currently the sole  manufacturer of DLTtape
         drives.  The  Company  believes  that  DLTtape  drives are the de facto
         market  standard in the mid-range  segment of the tape storage  market.
         The  Company's  solid  state disk  drives  have high  execution  speeds
         required for applications such as imaging, multimedia, video-on-demand,
         online transaction  processing,  material  requirements  planning,  and
         scientific modeling.

         The Company's current DLTtape drive and DLTtape media product offerings
         include:

         Quantum DLT 7000 tape drive.  The DLT 7000 provides a combination of 35
         gigabytes  ("GB") native  capacity (70 GB  compressed)  and a sustained
         data transfer  rate of 5 megabytes  ("MB") per second (10 MB per second
         compressed).  The DLT 7000  tape  drive  features  a  SCSI-2  fast/wide
         interface with single-ended and differential options.

         Quantum DLT 4000 tape drive.  This  product  features a native  storage
         capacity of 20 GB per cartridge  and a sustained  data transfer rate of
         1.5 MB per second.

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

         Quantum DLTtape III, IIIXT, IV tape media and cleaning cartridges.  The
         DLTtape family of half-inch cartridge tapes are designed and formulated
         specifically for Quantum DLTtape drives, autoloaders and libraries. The
         capacity  of the DLTtape  media is up to 35 GB, or 70 GB in  compressed
         mode. By combining both solid and liquid  lubricants in the tape binder
         system,  tape  and head  wear  are  reduced  while  repelling  airborne
         particles that could affect read/write head  performance.  In addition,
         by using a uniform  particle  shape, a dense binding  system,  a smooth
         coating  surface,   and  a  specially  selected  base  film,  Quantum's
         half-inch   cartridge  tapes  take  advantage  of  shorter   wavelength
         recording schemes to ensure read  compatibility with future generations
         of DLT brand tape drives.

         The Company's current library and automation product offerings include:

         P3000  Series  library.  The P3000 series is the first DLT library with
         High Availability  features  designed for data intensive  applications.
         This product  also  features the Prism  Library  ArchitectureTM,  which
         incorporates  a high  performance  PCI expansion  bus. A  Prism-enabled
         library  can be  upgraded  by adding  library  building  blocks,  which
         harness the power of high-speed PCI adapter cards. This enables network
         and fibre  connectivity,  provides the capability to embed  single-card
         CPUs and  drives,  and  allows  for  added  functionality  such as tape
         mirroring and auto tape copy.  Features also include the  IntelligripTM
         precision  cartridge handling  technology,  designed to accurately load
         and unload.  The P3000 Series library  supports up to 16 DLT7000 drives
         and 326  cartridges  for a native data transfer rate of 288 GB per hour
         and a  native  capacity  of 11.4  Terabytes  ("TB").  Up to five  P3000
         modules can be connected to form a single  library system with up to 80
         DLT7000 drives and 1,630  cartridges for a native transfer rate of 1.44
         TB per hour, and a native capacity of 57 TB.

         PL50  Library  Hub.  This  external  library   controller   offers  the
         capability  of  connecting  up to  three  backup  servers  to a  single
         automated DLT library.  The PL50 Library Hub features a server equipped
         with  four SCSI  ports,  a  monitor,  and ATL's  advanced  Library  Hub
         software.  Three of the PL50's four SCSI ports are interfaces to backup
         servers.  The fourth port is for connection to the ATL library robotics
         controller.  The PL50 presents a virtual  library to each backup server
         by  allowing  a user to  assign  specific  cartridge  slots  and  drive
         partitions.

         P1000 Series  library.  Features the Prism  Library  Architecture,  the
         IntelliGrip   precision  cartridge  handling   technology,   option  to
         accommodate from 2 to 4 DLT4000 or 7000 drives, 16 or 30 cartridge slot
         capacity,  a native  storage  capacity of 1.05TB,  and  maximum  native
         throughput of 144 GB per hour.

         7100 Series  library.  Features  the  Intelligrip  precision  cartridge
         handling technology,  option to accommodate from 2 to 4 DLT4000 or 7000
         drives,  maximum native  storage  capacity of 1.8 TB at speeds of up to
         126 GB per hour, and a sustained data transfer rate of 5 MB per second.

         520  Series  library.  Features  the  Intelligrip  precision  cartridge
         handling technology,  option to accommodate from 2 to 4 DLT4000 or 7000
         drives, maximum native storage capacity of 1.8 TB, and a sustained data
         transfer rate of 5 MB per second.

                                                                              15
<PAGE>

         StorLink Series library.  Features the Intelligrip  precision cartridge
         handling technology,  option to accommodate up to 528 DLT cartridges or
         18 DLT drives, maximum native storage capacity of 37 TB and capacity of
         up to 648 GB per hour of backup and restore performance.

         2640 Series  library.  Features  the  Intelligrip  precision  cartridge
         handling  technology,  option to accommodate up to nine DLT4000 or 7000
         drives and 264 cartridges,  storage  capacity of up to 9.24 TB, library
         throughput of up to 162 GB per hour, and a sustained data transfer rate
         of 5 MB per second.

         PowerStor(TM)  L500  library.  Features  a  14-cartridge  capacity  and
         accommodates up to three DLTtape drives. A fully  configured  PowerStor
         Library  provides a maximum  native  storage  capacity  of 490 GB and a
         sustained data transfer rate of 15 MB per second.

         PowerStor  L200  autoloader.  Accommodates  a DLT 4000 or DLT 7000 tape
         drive and delivers a maximum  native  storage  capacity of 280 GB and a
         sustained data transfer rate of 5 MB per second.

         DLT 4500,  4700  autoloaders.  The DLT 4500  five-cartridge  autoloader
         provides   native   storage   capacity   of  100  GB.   The  DLT   4700
         seven-cartridge  autoloader provides native storage capacity of 140 GB.
         These  autoloaders  have a sustained  data  transfer rate of 1.5 MB per
         second.

         The Company's current solid state disk drive product offerings include:

         Quantum Rushmore(TM) NTE family of solid state disk drives includes the
         ESP3000 and ESP5000  series.  These drives are  available in capacities
         ranging from 134 MB to 950 MB and have a data access time that is up to
         15 times faster than magnetic hard disk drives.

         Quantum  Rushmore Ultra family of solid state disk drives  includes the
         RU3000 and RU5000  series.  These drives are  available  in  capacities
         ranging  from 134 MB to 1.66 GB and have a data  access time that is up
         to 10 times faster than magnetic hard disk drives.

         Enterprise and Personal Storage  Products.  Quantum designs,  develops,
         and markets  technologically  advanced  desktop and high-end  hard disk
         drives.  These  drives  are  designed  to meet  the  storage  needs  of
         entry-level to high-end desktop personal  computers  ("PCs"),  servers,
         and  workstations for use in both home and business  environments;  and
         for the  data-intensive  storage  needs of  high-end  desktop  systems,
         workstations, high-performance network servers, and storage subsystems.
         The high-end disk drives are designed for data-intensive  applications,
         such as data warehousing, digital content creation, digital video, file
         servers, financial services, Internet and intranet services, mechanical
         CAD, multimedia,  online transaction processing, RAID storage, software
         development, and workgroup computing.

                                                                              16
<PAGE>

         The Company's current desktop disk drive product offerings include:

         Quantum  Bigfoot(TM)  TS. The Bigfoot TS is the first  5.25-inch  drive
         with the award winning Shock Protection  System(TM),  a technology that
         protects  the  mechanical  platform  against the impact of  mishandling
         during  shipping  or  integration  into a PC. The  Bigfoot TS  features
         capacities of 6.4 GB, 8.4 GB, 12.7 GB and 19.2 GB, Ultra ATA interface,
         MR heads, a PRML read channel, burst data transfer rates of up to 33 MB
         per second,  internal data rates up to 168 MB per second,  average seek
         time of 10.5 milliseconds ("ms"), and a rotational speed of 4,000 RPM.

         Quantum Bigfoot TX. Features  capacities of 4 GB, 6 GB, 8 GB and 12 GB,
         Ultra ATA interface, MR heads, a PRML read channel, burst data transfer
         rates of up to 33 MB per second,  internal  data rates up to 142 MB per
         second,  average  seek time of 12 ms, and a  rotational  speed of 4,000
         RPM.

         Quantum Fireball(TM) Plus KA. Announced in December 1998, Fireball Plus
         KA is  expected  to begin  mass  production  in late  first  quarter of
         calendar  year 1999.  The Fireball  Plus KA is the first 7200 RPM drive
         with the  Quantum-developed  Ultra ATA/66  interface  (patent  pending)
         which  enhances data  integrity  through  improved  timing  margins and
         Cyclical  Redundancy Check, a data protection scheme which helps assure
         the integrity of transferred data. Additional features include the Data
         Protection  System,  a  technology  which  tests the  health of Quantum
         desktop hard drives and  determines  if the disk drive is the source of
         system failure, Shock Protection System,  capacities of 6.4 GB, 9.1 GB,
         13.6 GB and 18.2 GB, MR  Heads,  internal  data  rates up to 235 MB per
         second, and an average seek time of 8.5 ms.

         Quantum Fireball CR. Announced in November 1998, Fireball CR began mass
         production in January 1999.  Features include Shock Protection  System,
         capacities  of 4.3  GB,  6.4  GB,  8.4 GB and  12.7  GB,  Ultra  ATA/66
         interface,  MR heads,  internal  data rates of up to 190 MB per second,
         average seek times of 9.5 ms, and a rotational speed of 5,400 RPM.

         Quantum  Fireball EX. Features Shock Protection  System,  capacities of
         3.2 GB, 5.1 GB, 6.4 GB, 10.2 GB and 12.7 GB,  Ultra ATA  interface,  MR
         heads,  buffer-to-host  data transfer  rates of up to 33 MB per second,
         internal data rates up to 187 MB per second,  average seek times of 9.5
         ms, and a rotational speed of 5,400 RPM.

         Quantum  Fireball EL. Features Shock Protection  System,  capacities of
         2.5 GB,  5.1 GB,  7.6 GB and 10.2 GB,  Ultra ATA  interface,  MR heads,
         buffer-to-host data transfer rates of up to 33 MB per second,  internal
         data rates up to 162 MB per second, average seek times of 9.5 ms, and a
         rotational speed of 5,400 RPM.

         Quantum Fireball SE. Features capacities of 2.1 GB, 3.2 GB, 4.3 GB, 6.4
         GB and 8.4 GB,  Ultra  ATA  interface,  MR heads,  buffer-to-host  data
         transfer rates of up to 33 MB per second, internal data rates up to 158
         MB per second,  average seek times of 9.5 ms, and a rotational speed of
         5,400 RPM.
                                                                              17
<PAGE>

         The Company's current high-end disk drive product offerings include:

         Quantum  Viking(TM)  II.  The  Viking II  3.5-inch  hard disk  drive is
         available in capacities of 4.5 GB and 9.1 GB with high bandwidth Ultra2
         SCSI Low Voltage Differential (LVD) or Ultra SCSI interface. The Viking
         II also features MR heads, burst data transfer rates of up to 80 MB per
         second, internal data rates of up to 170 MB per second, an average seek
         time of 7.5 ms, and a rotational speed of 7200 RPM.

         Quantum  Atlas(TM)  10K.  Announced in October  1998,  the Atlas 10K is
         expected  to begin mass  production  in the second  quarter of calendar
         year  1999.  The Atlas 10K  family is among the first to offer  36.4 GB
         capacity in a half-height, 3.5-inch form factor, as well as 18.2 GB and
         9.1 GB capacities in a low-profile,  1-inch-high  footprint.  The drive
         features  the Shock  Protection  System and advanced  SCSI  interface -
         Ultra  160/m  SCSI  interface  supports  up to 160 MB per second and is
         fully  compatible  with the Ultra2 and Ultra SCSI  systems.  Additional
         features include the leading-edge Fibre Channel option interface,  full
         duplex, command on second port, 200 MB/sec peak bus throughout, Class 3
         and FC-AL2  compliant,  third party XOR and 4 MB buffer,  internal data
         rates  up to  315 MB per  second,  average  seek  time  of 5 ms,  and a
         rotational speed of 10,000 RPM.

         Quantum Atlas IV.  Announced in October 1998,  the Atlas IV is expected
         to begin mass  production  in late first quarter of calendar year 1999.
         The  Atlas IV drive  family is also  among  the  first to offer  36.4GB
         capacity in a half-height, 3.5-inch form factor, as well as 18.2 GB and
         9.1 GB capacities in a  low-profile,  1-inch-high  footprint.  Atlas IV
         supports the Ultra160/m SCSI interface,  Ultra2 and Ultra SCSI systems.
         Additional features include the Shock Protection System, buffer-to-host
         data transfer rates of up to 160 MB per second,  internal data rates up
         to 257 MB per second,  average  seek time of 6.9 ms, 21 MB/sec  maximum
         sustained data throughput, and a rotational speed of 7,200 RPM.

         Quantum Atlas III. The Atlas III multimode  3.5-inch hard disk drive is
         available  in  capacities  of 9.1 GB and 18.2 GB. It supports  both the
         high-speed Ultra2 SCSI LVD interface and the Ultra SCSI interface.  The
         Atlas III features broad  interface  availability  with new Ultra-2 LVD
         SCSI-3,  Ultra  single-ended  SCSI-3 and Fibre Channel  Arbitrated Loop
         (FC-AL).  The drive's performance includes burst data transfer rates of
         up to 80 MB per  second,  internal  data rates up to 180 MB per second,
         average seek time of 7.8 ms, and a rotational speed of 7200 RPM.


The Company is currently  concentrating  its product  research  and  development
efforts on broadening its existing tape, tape automation, and disk drive product
lines through the introduction of new products.  These development  efforts span
the  Company's  business  and  focus  on the  development  of new  tape  drives,
autoloaders and libraries, desktop and high-end hard disk drives, including disk
drives  designed  for  consumer  electronics  applications,  and  other  storage
solutions.  A key initiative involves Super DLTtape  technology,  which includes
four new tape drive  technologies that the Company plans to develop into a major
extension of its DLTtape architecture.  The Company expects to deliver its first
tape storage product based on the Super DLTtape technology in the second half of
calendar year 1999.

                                                                              18
<PAGE>

Strategic Developments

Dissolution of MKQC. On October 28, 1998, the Company and MKE agreed to dissolve
MKE-Quantum Components LLC ("MKQC") because MKQC had not been able to produce MR
recording heads on a cost-effective basis. MKQC was formed on May 16, 1997, when
the Company sold a 51% majority  interest in its recording  heads  operations to
Matsushita-Kotobuki Electronics Industries, Ltd. ("MKE"). In connection with the
dissolution,  MKE has  taken  control  and  ownership  of  MKQC's  manufacturing
operations in Batam,  Indonesia;  MKQC's domestic  operations have substantially
ceased as of December 27, 1998; and its domestic assets are in liquidation.  The
Company recorded a $101 million loss from investee which includes a write-off of
Quantum's  investment in MKQC; a write-down of Quantum's  interest in facilities
in Louisville,  Colorado,  and Shrewsbury,  Massachusetts  that were occupied by
MKQC; warranty costs resulting from MR recording heads manufactured by MKQC; and
Quantum's  49% pro rata share in funding  MKQC's  repayment of its  obligations,
primarily bank debt, accounts payable, and other liabilities.

Quantum and TiVo Inc. - Strategic  Cooperation.  In December  1998,  the Company
announced a strategic  alliance  with TiVo,  Inc.,  a company  which has created
personalized  television through the combination of an innovative new television
service and patented  consumer  electronics  technology  that enables viewers to
control what, when and how they watch TV. Under the terms of the agreement,  the
Company  will  provide  the  Quantum  QuickView(TM)  hard drive  technology  for
integration into the TiVo receiver,  an in-home center for the TiVo personalized
television  service.  Quantum  QuickView hard drive technology was optimized for
the TiVo center to enable time-shifting capability and provide instant access to
content. The technology allows viewers to pause, rewind, slow-motion and instant
replay any live TV broadcast as well as automatically  time-shift their favorite
TV shows for viewing  anytime.  Availability  of the TiVo service is expected to
begin in early calendar year 1999.


Results of Operations

Sales.  Sales for the three and nine months ended  December 27, 1998 were $1.326
billion and $3.593 billion, respectively,  compared to $1.520 billion and $4.520
billion,  respectively,  for the corresponding  periods in fiscal year 1998. The
decrease in sales  reflected  lower  revenues from sales of desktop and high-end
hard disk drives,  partially offset by an increase in DLTtape media revenues and
the acquisition of ATL and consolidation of ATL's sales effective  September 28,
1998.  The three month  comparative  period  reflected  record  sales of DLTtape
drives,  automation products and media royalty revenues as the Company continued
to experience  favorable market  conditions for DLT brand products,  despite the
decline in overall  revenues  for the period.  The decline in desktop  hard disk
drive  revenues  for the three and nine month  comparative  periods  reflected a
decline in shipments and average unit prices. However, a strong PC market in the
third  quarter  of  fiscal  year 1999  resulted  in some  easing of the  intense
competitive  pricing  pressures of prior quarters.  Although  high-end hard disk
drive  shipments  increased in the three and nine month  comparative  periods of
fiscal year 1999,  increased  competitive  pricing pressures,  especially in the
third quarter of fiscal year 1999,  resulted in reduced  average unit prices and
lower high-end hard disk drive revenue.

                                                                              19
<PAGE>

Sales to the  Company's  top five  customers for the three and nine months ended
December 27, 1998  represented 40% and 43% of sales,  respectively,  compared to
44% and 45% of sales, respectively, for the corresponding periods in fiscal year
1998 (these  amounts  reflect a retroactive  combination  of the sales to Compaq
Computer,  Inc. and Digital Equipment Corporation as a result of their merger in
June 1998).  Sales to Compaq  Computer,  Inc.  were 14% and 15% of sales for the
three and nine months ended December 27, 1998, respectively, compared to 15% and
18% of sales,  respectively,  for the corresponding  periods in fiscal year 1998
(including   sales   made  to   Digital   Equipment   Corporation).   Sales   to
Hewlett-Packard were 12% and 14% of sales, respectively,  for the three and nine
months ended December 27, 1998, compared to 13% and 12% of sales,  respectively,
for the corresponding periods in fiscal year 1998.

The OEM and distribution channel sales were 62% and 34% of sales for the quarter
ended December 27, 1998, respectively,  compared to 63% and 37% of sales for the
quarter ended  December 28, 1997. For the first nine months of fiscal year 1999,
OEM and  distribution  channel  sales  were 64% and 34% of sales,  respectively,
compared  to 62% and 38% of sales for the  corresponding  periods of fiscal year
1998. The remaining sales in fiscal year 1999 represented media royalty revenues
and sales to value added resellers.


Gross Margin Rate. The gross margin rate for the quarter ended December 27, 1998
increased to 18.0% from 8.9% in the quarter ended  December 28, 1997.  The gross
margin rate for the first nine months of fiscal year 1999 was 16.6%, compared to
12.9% in the corresponding period in fiscal year 1998.

The gross margin rate for the third quarter and first nine months of fiscal year
1998  reflected the impact of a $103 million  special  charge taken in the third
quarter  related to the  transition  to a new  generation of high-end disk drive
products,  and consisted primarily of inventory write-offs and adjustments,  and
losses  related  to  firm  inventory  purchase  commitments.  The  gross  margin
excluding  the  impact of the  charge  was 15.7% and 18.0% in the three and nine
month periods ended December 28, 1997.

Excluding  the  impact  of the  special  charge  in the  three  and  nine  month
comparative  periods, the increase in the gross margin rate for the fiscal third
quarter of 1999  reflected  increased  revenues  of DLTtape  drives,  automation
products and DLTtape media  royalties  which have  significantly  higher margins
compared to the Company's other  products.  The decline in the gross margin rate
for the nine month comparative  period reflected the decline in prices and gross
margins earned on desktop hard disk drives,  partially offset by increased media
royalties and the  proportion  of revenue  coming from the sale of higher margin
DLTtape drive and automation products,  although at generally lower margin rates
compared  to the prior year  period.  The  decline  in  desktop  hard disk drive
margins for the nine month comparative period reflected intense  competition and
aggressive pricing, especially in the first two quarters of fiscal year 1999, in
part,  reflecting  the growth of the value PC market.  For the fourth quarter of
fiscal year 1999,  the Company  expects to  experience  continued  gross  margin
pressure with respect to its desktop and high-end hard disk drive products.

                                                                              20
<PAGE>

Research and  Development  Expenses.  Research and  development  expenses in the
three and nine months  ended  December 27,  1998,  were $88 million,  or 6.6% of
sales,  and  $255  million,  or 7.1% of  sales,  respectively,  compared  to $88
million, or 5.8% of sales, and $237 million, or 5.2% of sales, respectively,  in
the  corresponding  periods in fiscal year 1998.  The  increase in research  and
development  expenses as a percentage of sales reflected  decreased sales, while
the increase in research and  development  expenses for the first nine months of
fiscal year 1999 reflected  higher research and development  expenses related to
new hard disk drive  products,  as well as  research  and  development  expenses
related to new  information  storage  products and  technologies,  including the
Super DLTtape drive and optical storage  technology.  The amount of research and
development  expenses is  expected  to increase in the fourth  quarter of fiscal
year 1999 as compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 1999.


Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses in the three and nine
months ended  December 27, 1998,  were $51 million,  or 3.9% of sales,  and $135
million,  or 3.8% of sales,  respectively,  compared to $45 million,  or 3.0% of
sales, and $129 million,  or 2.9% of sales,  respectively,  in the corresponding
periods of fiscal  year  1998.  The  increase  in sales and  marketing  expenses
reflected the  consolidation  of ATL's expenses and an increase in marketing and
advertising  costs  associated  with DLTtape  products.  The amount of sales and
marketing  expenses is expected to increase in the fourth quarter of fiscal year
1999 as compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 1999.


General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses in the
three and nine months  ended  December 27,  1998,  were $22 million,  or 1.7% of
sales, and $61 million, or 1.7% of sales, respectively, compared to $23 million,
or 1.5% of  sales,  and $75  million,  or 1.7% of  sales,  respectively,  in the
corresponding  periods  of  fiscal  year  1998.  The  decrease  in  general  and
administrative expenses reflected the impact of cost control efforts,  including
reduced bonus expenses, in response to the lower level of earnings and sales.


Purchased In-process Research and Development. Purchased in-process research and
development  costs  pursuant  to the  acquisition  of ATL were  expensed  in the
quarter ending December 27, 1998. Based on a preliminary valuation,  the Company
has estimated these costs at $89 million. For additional  information  regarding
the  ATL  acquisition  and  the  costs  allocated  to  in-process  research  and
development,  refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.


Interest and Other Income/Expense.  Net interest and other income and expense in
the three and nine months  ended  December  27,  1998 was $1.8  million and $0.2
million net expense, respectively, compared to $0.3 million and $0.5 million net
income, respectively, in the corresponding periods of fiscal year 1998.


Loss From Investee.  On October 28, 1998, the Company and MKE agreed to dissolve
MKQC. In connection with the  dissolution,  the Company  recorded a $101 million
loss in the period  ended  

                                                                              21
<PAGE>

December 27, 1998 which included a write-off of Quantum's  investment in MKQC; a
write-down  of Quantum's  interest in facilities in  Louisville,  Colorado,  and
Shrewsbury,  Massachusetts that were occupied by MKQC;  warranty costs resulting
from MR recording  heads  manufactured by MKQC; and Quantum's 49% pro rata share
in funding MKQC's  repayment of its obligations,  primarily bank debt,  accounts
payable,  and other  liabilities.  Refer to Note 7 of the Notes to  Consolidated
Condensed Financial  Statements for additional  discussion of the dissolution of
MKQC.


Income  Taxes.  No tax benefit  was  recognizable  for the charge for  purchased
in-process research and development. The Company recorded a provision for income
taxes at an effective rate of 33% of pretax  earnings  before the charge for the
nine months  ended  December  27, 1998 as compared to 26% for the  corresponding
period in fiscal year 1998.  The higher  effective  tax rate for the nine months
ended December 27, 1998 was primarily  attributable to a decreased percentage of
foreign  earnings  taxed at less than the U.S. rate and  nondeductible  goodwill
amortization.


Year 2000

A  year  2000  computer  issue  is  raised  by  the   possibility   that  unless
modifications  are made, by midnight on December 31, 1999,  computer systems may
not be able to distinguish the year 2000 from the year 1900. There are two other
date-related  issues which may  contribute to the year 2000 problem:  i) certain
systems have associated special values with date fields (i.e.,  9/9/99), and ii)
these same  systems  may fail to  recognize  that year 2000 is a leap year.  The
pervasive  use and  dependency  on computer  technology  in all facets of modern
commerce means that the inherent  risks to companies,  including  Quantum,  from
year 2000 issues is potentially  quite vast.  For example,  risks are associated
with potential disruptions or failures within Quantum (i.e.,  Quantum's products
and operations),  within Quantum's  suppliers,  customers and service  providers
(i.e.,  their products and  operations),  and so on. Because the year 2000 issue
can impact  Quantum  indirectly  through its  suppliers,  service  providers and
customers,  an assessment and prediction of the impact of the year 2000 issue on
the Company is difficult.

The Company is in the process of implementing  plans to address year 2000 issues
both  within and  outside of  Quantum.  In  addressing  the year 2000 issues and
risks,  the Company has focused,  and will continue to focus, its efforts on the
Company's  enterprise-wide  and  departmental  operations,   products,  critical
suppliers  (including  service  providers),  and key customers.  Within Quantum,
these efforts are intended to encompass all major categories of computer systems
and  operating  equipment in use by the  Company,  including  those  utilized in
manufacturing, research and development, sales, finance, and human resources. To
ensure  year 2000  compliance  for all of  Quantum's  systems,  the  Company has
adopted a resolution  approach based on the U.S. General  Accounting Office Year
2000 Assessment  Guide. The approach  utilizes a multi-phased  model, with major
phases consisting of the following: inventory, assessment,  resolution, testing,
and certification.  Briefly described,  the inventory phase is the process where
all  hardware,  software,  equipment,  infrastructure,  and  desktop  tools  and
applications are listed and reviewed for criticality and risk. Thereafter, it is
determined in the assessment phase whether to convert, replace, or eliminate the
impacted  system or  application.  A formal plan is developed and carried out in
the resolution  phase.  Under  stringent  procedures in the

                                                                              22
<PAGE>

testing phase,  the system or application is validated on its  functionality  to
perform  seamlessly  in the year  2000.  All test  results  are  documented  and
verified in the certification phase.

Within each of the major categories of computer systems and operating equipment,
the  Company  prioritizes  its year  2000  issues  and  risks  on three  levels:
critical, key, or active. The critical level proposes short-term failure to have
a severe impact on business  operations,  resulting in significant downtime or a
manual  effort  to  perform  the  required  functions.  Without  this  system or
application, the business could not function. Key level applications or systems,
although required by the Company,  are not mandatory for business survival.  The
failure  of  key  level  applications  is  not  expected  to  cause  significant
disruption  to the  Company's  operations.  The work can be  deferred  or manual
back-up  procedures  will be devised to handle the interim  needs.  Active level
applications,  although  currently in use,  are not  required for the  Company's
normal operations.  Their failure is not expected to result in any disruption to
the business.

Quantum has made  significant  progress in its  preparedness  for year 2000. The
inventory phase is 85% complete for all levels, with an expected completion date
of mid  February  1999.  The  Company  is acting  to  remedy  issues as they are
revealed  while it  simultaneously  completes its assessment of year 2000 risks.
Quantum  currently  anticipates  that it will have  assessed  and  remedied  all
critical  areas of its own  operations by the end of February  1999, and that it
will be prepared to internally  certify readiness of these critical areas by the
end of  March  1999.  Assessment,  resolution,  testing,  and  certification  of
critical  third  parties is expected to be  completed  by the end of March 1999.
Quantum  also  plans  to  develop  contingency  plans  based,  in  part,  on the
assessment results.

The Company's  estimated  timetable for  assessment,  resolution,  testing,  and
certification of critical  level-year 2000 issues is summarized in the following
table:

                                                                              23
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------
                         Assessment              Resolution         Testing                      Certification
- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------
<S>                  <C>                    <C>                     <C>                     <C>        
Information          85 % Complete          75% Complete            5% Complete             0% Complete
Technology
                     Expected               Expected completion     Expected completion     Expected completion
                     completion date,       date, February 28,      date, March 31, 1999    date, March 31, 1999
                     February 28, 1999      1999
- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------

- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------
Operating
Equipment with       90%  Complete          75% Complete             50%  Complete          0%   Complete
Embedded Chips or
Software             Expected completion    Expected completion      Expected completion    Expected completion
                     date, February 28,     date, February 28,       date, March 31, 1999   date, March 31, 1999
                     1999                   1999

- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------

- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------

Products             100%  Complete         100%  Complete           100%  Complete         100% Complete

- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------

- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------

3rd Party            90% Complete for       40% Complete for         20% Complete for       0% Complete for system
                     system interface;      system interface.        system interface.      interface
                     80% Complete for
                     all other material     Develop contingency      Expected completion    Expected completion date
                     exposures              plans as appropriate,    date for system        for system interface
                                            March 31, 1999           interface work,        work, March 31, 1999
                     Expected completion                             March 31, 1999
                     date for surveying                                                     Implement contingency
                     all third parties,                                                     plans or other
                     February 28, 1999                                                      alternatives as
                                                                                            necessary, March 31, 1999

- ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------------
</TABLE>

The  Company's  failure to complete  critical  readiness  assessments,  critical
corrective  actions or implement  viable  contingency  plans in a timely  matter
could have a  material,  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

As indicated above,  the Company's risk assessment  includes  understanding  the
year 2000 readiness of its  suppliers.  The Company's  risk  assessment  process
associated  with  suppliers  includes  soliciting  and  analyzing  responses  to
questionnaires distributed to these suppliers, as well as onsite interviews with
certain critical  suppliers.  The Company has received 100% of responses from an
initial  survey sent to  suppliers,  and has received  100% of responses  from a
second follow-up survey sent to those identified as critical suppliers.  Certain
critical  suppliers  will  receive an on-site  visit by Quantum,  to commence in
February 1999, and to be completed by March 1999.

The  Company's  manufacturing  partner,  MKE and its year 2000  readiness are of
particular  importance.  MKE has implemented a year 2000 compliance project plan
in April 1998, similar in content and structure to that employed by Quantum. MKE
is expected to have all of its  critical  processes,  applications  and hardware
tested and year 2000  compliant and certified by the end of March 1999.  All key
and active  processes,  applications  and  hardware are expected to be year 2000
compliant  and  certified  by the end of June 1999.  Regular  meetings  are held
between  Quantum and 

                                                                              24
<PAGE>

MKE to verify  that MKE is, and will  remain,  on  schedule.  Additionally,  the
Company will perform  limited  on-site  evaluations  of MKE operations in Japan,
Singapore, and Ireland during February and March 1999. Quantum's reliance on MKE
and other critical suppliers,  and therefore, on the proper functioning of their
information  systems  and  software,  means that any  failure by these  critical
suppliers to address year 2000 issues  could have a material  adverse  impact on
the Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations. Based on
the level of risk  assessed  of  critical  suppliers,  the  Company  may develop
contingency plans,  including the possibility of a planned increase in inventory
or other measures.

The  Company is also  working  closely  with key  customers  to  evaluate  their
readiness for year 2000 and expects to perform site visits if deemed  necessary.
The  ability  of  customers  to deal with  year 2000  issues  may  affect  their
operations  and their ability to order and pay for products.  Based on the level
of risk assessed,  the Company may develop contingency plans to address possible
changes in customer order patterns.

Quantum  believes that its most  reasonably  likely worst case scenario would be
attributed  to third  party  factors,  rather  than  its  internal  systems  and
applications. For example, since the Company deals heavily with third parties to
manufacture  and  transport  products  and  services,  a failure of third  party
systems could result in a disruption of service, which could result in delays in
shipments  of the  Company's  products.  For  internal  systems,  the Company is
developing  workarounds,  which may involve  providing manual or other automated
systems in lieu of normal procedures.

Although the year 2000 issue is resident in both  software and  hardware,  it is
created by those system  components  that effect or calculate time and date. The
disk drive and tape  sub-system  does not retain software that has date and time
information  but only as generated by the system clock or software  application.
Quantum products are inherently year 2000 compliant;  the family of disk drives,
whether  for  desktop,  workstation  and  systems,  or solid  state disks has no
internal  date clocks,  and  therefore is not impacted by the year 2000 problem.
Quantum's  DLT tape drives use a  four-character  string to describe the year in
the  internal  buffer  and  will  not be  affected  by  the  year  2000  change.
Additionally,  no  modifications  need to be made  to any  disk or tape  drive's
internal  firmware to  accommodate  the transition to the year 2000. The Company
considers a disk drive or tape  product to be year 2000  compliant  when used in
accordance with Quantum's product  information and will not generate an error in
data  related to the year  change  from  December  31,  1999 to January 1, 2000.
Furthermore,  year 2000  compliant  products will  correctly  handle leap years,
including leap years  beginning  January 1, 2000 and  thereafter.  However,  the
assessment of whether a complete  computer system operates  correctly depends on
factors such as the operating system,  BIOS, software and components,  which are
provided by companies other than Quantum.

Costs  incurred  to date in  addressing  the year 2000 issue were  approximately
$6.25 million at December 27, 1998. Based on assessment and resolution  projects
underway,  the Company  currently  expects that the total cost of addressing the
year 2000 issue,  including both incremental spending and redeployed  resources,
will not exceed $15 million. A majority of the cost is expected to relate to the
redeployed  resources.  However, as the year 2000 efforts continue,  Quantum may
use  third-party  vendors,  auditors,  and/or service  providers as necessary to
assure that program  milestones are successfully met. The expected costs related
to the year 2000 effort in fiscal year 1999 represent  approximately  10% of the
total information  technology budget for the fiscal year. No significant 

                                                                              25
<PAGE>

system  projects  have  been  deferred  due to the  year  2000  program.  As the
Company's risk assessment and correction  activities  continue,  these costs may
change.  In  addition,  the  Company's  total  cost  estimate  does not  include
potential  costs  related to any  customer or other  claims  resulting  from the
Company's failure to adequately correct year 2000 issues.

Based on  assessment  and  remediation  completed to date,  the Company does not
expect any  significant  disruption to its operations or operating  results as a
result of year 2000  issues.  The  Company is taking all steps it  believes  are
appropriate  to  identify  and  resolve  any year 2000  issues;  however,  it is
uncertain to what extent the Company may be affected by such matters.  There can
be no assurance  that the Company  will be able to assess,  identify and correct
year 2000 issues in a timely or successful manner. In addition,  there can be no
assurance that the failure to ensure year 2000 capability by suppliers,  service
providers,  customers,  or other third parties would not have a material adverse
affect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

The  foregoing  statements  regarding  the  Company's  year  2000  plans and the
Company's  expectations  for  resolving  these  issues and the costs  associated
therewith are  forward-looking  statements  and actual  results could vary.  The
Company's  success in  addressing  year 2000  issues  could be  impacted  by the
severity of the problems to be resolved within the Company,  by year 2000 issues
affecting its suppliers and service providers,  and by the costs associated with
third party consultants and software necessary to address these issues.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash, cash  equivalents and marketable  securities were $707 million at December
27, 1998,  compared to $714  million at March 31,  1998.  The major uses of cash
were the purchase of $305 million of treasury  stock,  as discussed  below,  and
investment  in  property  and  equipment.  Offsetting  this use of cash was cash
provided by operating  activities,  primarily  sales, the collection of accounts
receivable, and the reduction in inventories.

In September 1998, the Company issued 16.9 million shares to the shareholders of
ATL to complete  the  acquisition  of ATL as a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company.   In  part,  the  Company  reissued  treasury  stock  to  complete  the
acquisition. The difference between the cost of the treasury stock and the value
at which the  shares  were  reissued  resulted  in a $63  million  reduction  to
retained  earnings  in the quarter  ended  December  27,  1998.  For  additional
information  regarding  the ATL  acquisition,  refer  to Note 6 of the  Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 1998, the Company  repurchased 2.8 million shares of its common stock
which  completed the share  repurchase of a total of 15.5 million  shares during
the nine months ended  December 27, 1998 at a cost of $305 million as authorized
by the Board of  Directors.  The intent of the  repurchase  was to minimize  the
dilutive impact of the shares issued to complete the acquisition of ATL.

In December  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a senior  credit  facility  that
provides a $35 million  revolving  credit line to ATL. The revolving credit line
is coterminous with the Company's $500 million  revolving credit line,  expiring
in June 2000. At the option of ATL,  borrowings  under the 

                                                                              26
<PAGE>

revolving credit line bear interest at either LIBOR plus a margin  determined by
a total funded debt ratio of the Company, or a base rate, with option periods of
one to six months.  At December 27, 1998,  $25 million was  outstanding on ATL's
revolving credit line.

In June 1997, the Company entered into an unsecured  senior credit facility that
provides a $500 million  revolving  credit line and expires in June 2000. At the
option of the Company,  borrowings under the revolving credit line bear interest
at either LIBOR plus a margin determined by a total funded debt ratio, or a base
rate, with option periods of one to six months. At September 27, 1998, there was
no outstanding balance drawn on this line.

In September  1996, the Company  entered into a $42 million  mortgage  financing
related  to  certain  domestic  facilities  at an  effective  interest  rate  of
approximately 10.1%. The term of the mortgage is 10 years, with monthly payments
based on a 20-year  amortization period, and a balloon payment at the end of the
10-year term.

Based on the  adverse  conditions  in the hard disk drive  market in fiscal year
1999,  the Company has reduced  capital  spending and expects to spend less than
$130 million for capital equipment,  expansion of the Company's facilities,  and
leasehold  improvements  in the fiscal year.  These  capital  expenditures  will
support the disk drive and tape drive businesses,  research and development, and
general corporate  operations.  Refer to the Future Capital Needs section of the
Trends and Uncertainties section for additional discussion of capital.

The Company believes that its existing capital  resources,  including the credit
facility and any cash generated from operations,  will be sufficient to meet all
currently  planned  expenditures and sustain  operations for the next 12 months.
However,  this  belief  assumes  that  operating  results  and  cash  flow  from
operations will meet the Company's  expectations,  and actual results could vary
due to factors described in the Trends and Uncertainties section that follows.


Trends and Uncertainties

By  operating  in the  information  storage  industry,  Quantum is  affected  by
numerous  trends and  uncertainties,  some of which are specific to the industry
while others relate more specifically to Quantum.

Trends and Uncertainties - Information Storage Industry

Key trends and uncertainties  inherent in the information storage industry - and
how  these  trends  and  uncertainties  specifically  impact  the  Company - are
summarized below.

     o   Intense  competition - The  information  storage  products  industry in
         general, and the hard disk drive market in particular, is characterized
         by intense  competition  that  results in rapid  price  erosion;  short
         product  life  cycles;   and  continuous   introduction  of  new,  more
         cost-effective  products  offering  increased  levels of  capacity  and
         performance.
                                                                              27
<PAGE>

     o   Declining  desktop hard disk drive prices - In conjunction with intense
         competition, the growth of the low-cost PC market, often referred to as
         the "sub  $1,000" PC market,  has led to a shift in the storage  market
         toward lower priced hard disk drives.

     o   Rapid technological change - Technology  advancement in the information
         storage industry is increasingly  rapid and the customer  qualification
         process is difficult.

     o   Customer concentration - High-purchase-volume customers for information
         storage  products  are  concentrated  within a small number of computer
         system manufacturers, distribution channels, and systems integrators.

     o   Fluctuating  product  demand - The demand for hard disk drive  products
         depends  on the  demand  for the  computer  systems  in which hard disk
         drives are used,  which is in turn affected by computer  system product
         cycles and prevailing economic conditions.

Intensely  Competitive  Industry.  To  compete  within the  information  storage
industry,  Quantum  frequently  introduces new products and transitions to newer
versions  of  existing  products.  Product  introductions  and  transitions  are
significant to the operating results of Quantum, and if they are not successful,
the Company is materially  adversely  affected.  The hard disk drive market,  in
particular,  also tends to experience  periods of excess  product  inventory and
intense price competition. If price competition intensifies,  the Company may be
forced to lower prices more than expected and  transition  products  sooner than
expected, which can materially adversely affect the Company. For example, in the
first nine  months of fiscal  year 1999 and the second half of fiscal year 1998,
periods of excess  inventory in the desktop hard disk drive  market,  aggressive
pricing and  corresponding  margin  reduction  adversely  impacted the Company's
operating results during these periods,  although with less of an adverse impact
in the third  quarter  of fiscal  year 1999.  The  Company  experienced  similar
conditions  in the high-end of the hard disk drive market  during most of fiscal
year 1998 and in the first nine months of fiscal year 1999,  although  with less
of an adverse  impact in the first nine months of fiscal year 1999.  As a result
of  these  conditions,  the  Company  had  diminished  profitability,   at  near
breakeven, in the first quarter of fiscal year 1999 and fourth quarter of fiscal
year 1998.  Furthermore,  losses in the third  quarter of fiscal  year 1998 were
largely  attributable  to a $103 million  special charge  primarily for high-end
hard disk drive inventory write-offs and firm inventory purchase commitments. If
competition and pricing further  intensifies,  the Company's  operating  results
could be further adversely affected.

Another  competitive  risk is that the Company's  customers  could  commence the
manufacture of disk and tape drives for their own use or for sale to others. Any
such loss of customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Quantum faces direct competition from a number of companies,  including Exabyte,
Fujitsu,  Hewlett-Packard,  IBM, Maxtor,  Seagate, Sony, and Western Digital. In
the  event  that the  Company  is  unable  to  compete  effectively  with  these
companies,  any other company,  or any  collaboration of companies,  the Company
would be  materially  adversely  affected.  The  Company's  information  storage
product competition can be further broken down as follows:

                                                                              28
<PAGE>

      Specialty Storage Products.  In the market for tape storage products,  the
      Company  competes  with other  companies  that have tape  storage  product
      offerings and alternative  formats,  including  Exabyte,  Hewlett-Packard,
      Sony,  and Storage  Technology.  In  addition,  Hewlett-Packard,  IBM, and
      Seagate  formed a consortium  to develop two tape drive  products,  one of
      which targets  high-capacity data storage. The Company targets and has the
      market  leadership  position in the storage  product  market that provides
      mission-critical  backup  systems,  archiving,  and disaster  recovery for
      mid-range servers. The Company has achieved market leadership and competes
      in this segment based on the  reliability,  data  integrity,  performance,
      capacity,  and  scalability of its tape and automation  storage  products.
      Although  the Company has  experienced  excellent  market  acceptance  and
      conditions  for its tape  storage  products,  the market would become more
      competitive if other  companies  individually or  collaboratively  broaden
      their  product  lines in this  market.  As a  result,  the  Company  could
      experience  increased  price  and  performance  competition.  If  price or
      performance competition increases,  the Company could be required to lower
      prices,  resulting in decreased  margins that could  materially  adversely
      affect the Company's operating results.

      Hard Disk Drive  Products.  In the market for  desktop  products,  Quantum
      competes  primarily  with Fujitsu,  IBM,  Maxtor,  Samsung,  Seagate,  and
      Western  Digital.  Quantum and its competitors have developed and continue
      to develop a number of products  targeted at  particular  segments of this
      market,  such as business  users and home PC buyers,  and factors  such as
      time-to-market, cost, product performance, quality, and reliability have a
      significant effect on the success of any particular  product.  The desktop
      market is characterized by more  competitiveness  and shorter product life
      cycles  than  the   information   storage   industry   in  general.   This
      competitiveness,  which intensified in the second half of fiscal year 1998
      and  continued  in the first nine months of fiscal year 1999,  resulted in
      significantly  reduced gross profit margins on desktop disk drive products
      during these periods.

      The Company  faces  competition  in the  high-end  hard disk drive  market
      primarily from Fujitsu,  Hitachi,  IBM, and Seagate.  Seagate and IBM have
      the largest  share of the market for high-end  hard disk drives.  Although
      the  same  competitive   factors   identified  above  as  being  generally
      applicable  to the overall  disk drive  industry  apply to  high-end  disk
      drives,  the Company believes that performance,  quality,  and reliability
      are even more important to the users of high-end products than to users in
      the  desktop  market.   However,   this  does  not  lessen  the  intensely
      competitive  nature of the  high-end  of the hard disk drive  market.  For
      example,  intense  competition  has  lead to the  trend of  losses  on the
      Company's  high-end  hard disk drive  products over the past six quarters,
      although  with  decreased  losses in the first nine  months of fiscal year
      1999.  The  Company  does not  anticipate  that the  high-end  disk  drive
      products will return to  profitability  prior to shipping next  generation
      products  and there can be no assurance  as to the  profitability  of next
      generation products.  The Company's operating results in the high-capacity
      market  during  the  foreseeable  future is  dependent  on the  successful
      development,   timely   introduction,   market  acceptance,   and  product
      transition  of key new  products,  as to which  there  can be no  positive
      assurance.


Declining  Desktop  Hard  Disk  Drive  Prices.   As  discussed  above,   intense
competition  has resulted in  aggressive  pricing in the desktop hard disk drive
market. The intense  competition,  when 

                                                                              29
<PAGE>

combined  with the growth of the  low-cost PC market,  often  referred to as the
"sub $1,000" PC market,  has led to a shift in the storage  market  toward lower
priced desktop hard disk drives.  To be successful as a hard disk drive supplier
in  general as well as to the  low-cost  PC market,  cost  structure,  including
corporate  infrastructure,  materials,  distribution  and warranty costs must be
appropriately  aligned to the product  performance and price required to compete
in this market.  The Company is currently  implementing  plans to bring the cost
structure of desktop hard disk drives into alignment with prices; however, there
can be no assurance  that the Company's  plans will be successful or implemented
timely. Continued growth of the low cost market as a portion of the overall hard
disk  drive  market  could  result in  increasingly  adverse  pricing  having an
increasingly adverse impact on the Company's results of operations.  The Company
will continue to evaluate its business  model for its desktop hard disk products
given the challenging environment in this market.


Rapid  Technological  Change,  New Product  Development and  Qualification,  and
Technology  Investments.  In the hard disk drive market,  the  combination of an
environment of  increasingly  rapid  technological  changes,  short product life
cycles,  and intense  competitive  pressures results in rapidly decreasing gross
margins on specific products. Accordingly, any delay in the introduction of more
advanced  and more  cost-effective  products can result in  significantly  lower
sales and gross  margins.  The  Company's  future is therefore  dependent on its
ability to anticipate what customers will demand and to develop the new products
that meet this demand and effectively compete with the products of competitors.

For example,  magnetoresistive  ("MR")  recording  heads  represent an important
technology and component related to the performance and  competitiveness  of the
Company's  products.  In particular,  MR recording  heads have been important to
achieving   competitive  storage  density  for  the  Company's   products.   The
anticipated  next  generation of MR recording heads is referred to as "Giant" MR
("GMR")   recording   heads.   In  calendar  year  1999,  the  Company   expects
industry-wide  competition in products  incorporating  GMR technology to have an
impact  on  technology  leadership  and  competitiveness.  In this  regard,  the
alliance  between IBM and Western  Digital that includes a purchasing  agreement
and  technology  licensing  involving  GMR  recording  heads has  increased  the
competition in products  incorporating  GMR technology.  The Company can make no
assurance  regarding its ability to  incorporate  GMR  recording  heads into its
products and, if successful, the competitiveness of the Company's products.

The  Company's  future is also  dependent on its ability to qualify new products
with  customers,  to  successfully  introduce  these products to the market on a
timely basis, and to commence and achieve volume  production that meets customer
demand.  Because of these factors,  the Company expects sales of new products to
continue  to account  for a  significant  portion of its future  hard disk drive
sales, and that sales of older products will decline rapidly.

The Company is  frequently  in the process of  qualifying  new products with its
customers.   The  customer   qualification  process  for  disk  drive  products,
particularly  high-end products,  can be lengthy,  complex,  and difficult.  The
Company  would be  materially  adversely  affected  if it were unable to achieve
customer  qualifications  for new products in a timely manner,  or at all, or if

                                                                              30
<PAGE>

MKE were  unable to continue to  manufacture  qualified  products in volume with
consistent high quality.

In the  mid-range  tape drive  market,  the Company has  experienced  less rapid
technological   change,  as  well  as  less  technology  and  performance  based
competition  compared  with the hard disk drive  market.  This has  resulted  in
favorable gross margins on sales of the Company's DLTtape brand products. Higher
margins on DLTtape  products,  as compared with the eroded gross margins on hard
disk drives, have resulted in tape drive and related media products becoming the
primary  source of the  Company's  operating  income in the first nine months of
fiscal year 1999 and the second half of fiscal  year 1998.  Given the  favorable
tape drive market  conditions that the Company has experienced,  competitors are
aggressively trying to make technological advances and take other steps in order
to more successfully  compete with the Company's  DLTtape  products.  Successful
competitor  product  offerings  that  target the  market in which the  Company's
DLTtape products compete could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In
addition,  in the  event  that  the  Company  is not  able to  maintain  DLTtape
technology  competitiveness based on its performance,  quality,  reliability and
scalability, or otherwise not meet the requirements of the market, it could lose
market share and experience declining sales and gross margins,  which would have
a material adverse effect on the Company.

In the information  storage industry in general,  there can be no assurance that
the Company  will be  successful  in the  development  and  marketing of any new
products and components in response to technological change or evolving industry
standards; that the Company will not experience difficulties that could delay or
prevent  the  successful  development,  introduction,  and  marketing  of  these
products and components;  or that the Company's new products and components will
adequately   meet  the   requirements  of  the  marketplace  or  achieve  market
acceptance.  These significant risks apply to all new products,  including those
expected to be based on optical and Super  DLTtape  technologies.  In  addition,
technological  advances in  magnetic,  optical,  or other  technologies,  or the
development of new technologies, could result in the introduction of competitive
products  with  superior  performance  and  substantially  lower prices than the
Company's products.  Furthermore,  the Company's new products and components are
subject to significant technological risks. If the Company experiences delays in
the  commencement  of commercial  shipments of new products or  components,  the
Company could experience  delays or loss of product sales. If, for technological
or other reasons, the Company is unable to develop and introduce new products in
a  timely  manner  in  response  to  changing  market   conditions  or  customer
requirements, the Company would be materially adversely affected.

As part of the Company's  strategy to remain  technologically  competitive,  the
Company has invested in technologies,  such as in optical technology through its
strategic alliance with and investment in TeraStor. In addition,  the Company is
developing  technologies for consumer  electronics  applications,  including the
strategic  alliance with TiVo, Inc., as discussed in the Strategic  Developments
section.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the  technologies,  companies,  and
ventures in which the Company has invested will be profitable in the information
storage industry.  Adverse  technological or operating  outcomes could result in
impairment and write-down of associated  investments  that could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.

                                                                              31
<PAGE>

Customer  Concentration.  In addition to the  concentration  of the  information
storage  industry and the Company's  customer base,  customers are generally not
obligated  to purchase any minimum  volume of the  Company's  products,  and the
Company's  relationships with its customers are generally terminable at will. In
June 1998, two Quantum  customers,  Compaq Computer,  Inc. and Digital Equipment
Corporation merged,  thereby increasing the Company's customer concentration and
associated risk.

Sales of the Company's  desktop and tape  products,  which  together  comprise a
majority of its overall sales,  were  concentrated with several key customers in
the first nine months of fiscal year 1999 and in fiscal year 1998.  Sales to the
Company's  top five  customers  in the  nine  months  ended  December  27,  1998
represented 43% of sales,  compared to 45% of sales in the corresponding  period
in fiscal year 1998  (percentage of sales reflects a retroactive  combination of
the sales to Compaq Computer, Inc. and Digital Equipment Corporation as a result
of their merger in June 1998). Because of the rapid and unpredictable changes in
market  conditions,  and the  short  product  life  cycles  for  its  customers'
products, the Company is unable to predict whether there will be any significant
change in demand for any of its customers'  products in the future. In the event
that any such changes  result in decreased  demand for the  Company's  products,
whether  by loss of or  delays  in  orders,  the  Company  could  be  materially
adversely  affected.  In addition,  the loss of one or more key customers  could
materially adversely affect the Company.


Fluctuation in Product Demand.  Fluctuation in demand for the Company's products
results in fluctuations in operating results. Demand for the computer systems in
which the Company's  storage products are used has historically  been subject to
significant fluctuations. Such fluctuations in end-user demand have in the past,
and may in the future,  result in the deferral or cancellation of orders for the
Company's products,  either of which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. During the past several years, there has been significant growth in the
demand for PCs, a portion of which represented sales of PCs for use in the home.
However,  many analysts predict that future growth will be at a slower rate than
the rate experienced in recent years.

Sales of  DLTtape  drives  and media  have  tended to be more  stable and were a
significant  component  of sales for the Company.  In addition,  the Company has
experienced  longer  product  cycles for its tape drives and tape  drive-related
products compared with the short product cycles of disk drive products. However,
there can be no assurance that this trend will continue.  Beginning in the third
quarter of fiscal  year 1998,  sales of tape  drives  and media  achieved  gross
margins that significantly exceeded gross margins from the sale of the Company's
hard drive  products.  In this regard the Company  expects  sales of DLTtape and
automation  products,  which  represented  28% of sales in the third  quarter of
fiscal  year  1999 and 21% of sales in  fiscal  year  1998,  and a  majority  of
operating profits in both periods, will continue to represent a major portion of
the Company's  operating profits in the future.  The Company expects the rate of
sales  growth to lessen in  fiscal  year 1999  compared  with the rate of growth
achieved in fiscal year 1998. However, there can be no assurance that any growth
expectations will be achieved or that current market conditions will continue.

                                                                              32
<PAGE>

The Company's  shipments  tend to be highest in the third month of each quarter.
Failure by the  Company to  complete  shipments  in the final month of a quarter
resulting from a decline in customer demand,  manufacturing  problems,  or other
factors would adversely affect the Company's operating results for that quarter.

Because the Company has no long-term  purchase  commitments  from its customers,
future demand is difficult to predict. The Company could experience decreases in
demand  for any of its  products  in the  future,  which  could  have a material
adverse effect on the Company.


Trends and Uncertainties More Specific to Quantum

Certain trends and uncertainties relate more specifically to Quantum and are not
necessarily  indicative of the information  storage  industry as a whole.  These
trends and uncertainties  include intellectual property matters, the acquisition
of ATL, the Tandberg  manufacturing  license and marketing agreement,  inventory
risk, dependence on MKE for the manufacture of the hard disk drives that Quantum
develops and markets, the dissolution of MKQC, risks from conversion to a single
European currency, dependence on suppliers,  component shortages, future capital
needs,  warranty  costs,  foreign  manufacturing  and  sales,  foreign  exchange
contracts,  and price  volatility  of Quantum's  common stock.  For  information
regarding  litigation,  refer to Note 5 of the Notes to  Condensed  Consolidated
Financial Statements.


Intellectual  Property Matters.  From time to time, the Company is approached by
companies and  individuals  alleging  Quantum's  infringement  of and need for a
license under patented or proprietary  technology that Quantum  assertedly uses.
On August 7,  1998,  the  Company  was named as one of several  defendants  in a
patent  infringement  lawsuit filed in the U.S.  District Court for the Northern
District of Illinois,  Eastern Division.  On Quantum's motion, the suit has been
moved to the Northern  District of California.  The plaintiff,  Papst  Licensing
GmbH,  owns at least 24 U.S.  patents  which it  asserts  that the  Company  has
infringed.  The  Company has studied  many of these  patents  before and, of the
patents  it has  studied,  believes  that  defenses  of  patent  invalidity  and
non-infringement can be asserted.  However, Quantum has not yet had time to make
a  complete  study of all the  patents  asserted  by Papst  and  there can be no
assurance  that the Company has not  infringed  these or other  patents owned by
Papst.  The  final  results  of this  litigation,  as with any  litigation,  are
uncertain.  If  required,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  licenses  to  any
technology owned by Papst or any other third party alleging  infringement  could
be obtained on commercially  reasonable terms if at all.  Adverse  resolution of
the Papst litigation or any other intellectual property litigation could subject
the  Company  to  substantial   liabilities  and  require  it  to  refrain  from
manufacturing certain products which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business,  financial condition or results of operations.  In addition,
the costs of engaging in the Papst  litigation  or other  intellectual  property
litigation could be substantial, regardless of the outcome.


Acquisition  of  ATL.  As  discussed  in  Note  6  of  the  Notes  to  Condensed
Consolidated  Financial Statements,  on September 28, 1998 the Company completed
the acquisition of ATL. In connection with the acquisition, the Company expensed
the  amount  of  the  purchase  price

                                                                              33
<PAGE>

allocated to in-process  research and development,  which based on a preliminary
valuation, the Company has estimated at $89 million. Recent actions and comments
from the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  have indicated they are reviewing
the  current  valuation   methodology  of  purchased   in-process  research  and
development related to business  combinations.  The Commission is concerned that
some  companies  are  writing  off more of the value of an  acquisition  than is
appropriate.  The Company believes it is in compliance with all of the rules and
related  guidance as they currently  exist.  However,  there can be no assurance
that the Commission will not seek to retroactively apply new guidance and reduce
the amount of purchased in-process research and development  previously expensed
by the  Company.  This  could  result in the  restatement  of  previously  filed
financial  statements of the Company and could have a material adverse impact on
financial results for periods subsequent to the acquisition.

In addition,  the  acquisition of ATL by the Company  entails a number of risks.
The success of Quantum  and ATL is  dependent,  in part,  on the  retention  and
integration of key management,  technical, marketing, sales and customer support
personnel of ATL, in particular its President and Chief Executive Officer, Kevin
C. Daly, Ph.D. However, there can be no assurance that key personnel will remain
with Quantum for any specified  period.  Quantum's  success with the acquisition
also  depends in large part upon its  ability to  attract,  retain and  motivate
highly  skilled   employees.   Competition  for  such  employees,   particularly
development  engineers and experienced senior management,  is intense, and there
can be no assurance  that Quantum will be able to continue to attract and retain
sufficient  numbers of such highly  skilled  employees.  Quantum's  inability to
attract and retain  additional  key  employees or the loss of one or more of its
current key  employees  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

The success of Quantum and ATL is also  dependent,  in part, on the retention of
key  customers  of both  Quantum  and ATL.  A number  of ATL's  competitors  are
Quantum's  customers and therefore  the  acquisition  may increase the Company's
competition with its customers.  Although Quantum already competes with a number
of its key customers,  increased  competition could result in customers shifting
storage  strategies  and purchases away from Quantum  products.  A loss of a key
customer  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  financial
condition and results of operations.


Tandberg  Manufacturing  License and  Marketing  Agreement.  In September  1998,
Quantum  and  Tandberg  entered  into  a  manufacturing  license  and  marketing
agreement  through which  Tandberg can become an  independent  second source for
DLTtape drives,  including  products under  development based on Quantum's Super
DLTtape  technology as well as current DLTtape  technology.  Tandberg expects to
implement full DLTtape  manufacturing  operations by the second half of calendar
year 1999. As part of the agreement,  Tandberg intends to market a full spectrum
of DLTtape  products,  including drives,  media, and libraries.  With Tandberg's
strong name  recognition and established  distribution  channels in the European
market,  Tandberg is expected to be a  synergistic  partner.  Tandberg will need
Quantum's  assistance to ramp-up its production of DLTtape  drives.  There are a
number of risks associated with this agreement,  including that Tandberg may not
be  successful  or timely in ramping-up  its  production  of DLTtape  drives for
technical,  operational, cost or other reasons; if the Quantum/Tandberg alliance
is unsuccessful,  more broadly licensed 

                                                                              34
<PAGE>

competitive  products  may be able to gain market  share in the  mid-range  tape
market;  manufacturing  capacity added by Tandberg could lead to over supply and
price  declines if demand in the  mid-range  tape storage  market begins to slow
down.  There  can  be no  assurance  that  the  agreement  will  be  successful,
synergistic,  or will not have an  adverse  impact  on the  Company's  financial
position and results of operations.


Inventory Risk. As discussed in the "Customer Concentration" and "Fluctuation in
Product Demand" sections, the Company's customers generally are not obligated to
purchase  any minimum  volume of the  Company's  products  and  fluctuations  in
end-user  demand may result in the  deferral or  cancellation  of orders for the
Company's products.  These risk factors, when combined with the OEM trend toward
carrying minimal  inventory  levels related to just-in-time  and  build-to-order
type  manufacturing  processes,  increase the risk that Quantum,  as a supplier,
will  manufacture  and  custom  configure  too much or too little  inventory  in
support of OEM manufacturing processes.  Significant excess inventory conditions
could result in inventory write-downs and losses that could adversely impact the
Company's  results of operations,  whereas  inventory  shortages could adversely
impact the Company's  relationship  with its customers and the Company's results
of operations.


Dependence on MKE Relationship.  Quantum is dependent on MKE for the manufacture
of all of its  hard  disk  drive  products.  Approximately  75%  and  79% of the
Company's  sales in the first nine months of fiscal year 1999 and in fiscal year
1998,  respectively,  were  derived  from  products  manufactured  by  MKE.  The
Company's  relationship with MKE is therefore critical to the Company's business
and financial performance.

Quantum's  master  agreement  with MKE,  which  covers the general  terms of the
business  relationship  is  effective  through May 2007.  The  agreement  may be
terminated   sooner  as  a  result  of  certain  specified  events  including  a
change-in-control  of either Quantum or MKE.  Quantum's  relationship  with MKE,
which dates from 1984, is built on Quantum's  engineering  and design  expertise
and MKE's high-volume, high-quality manufacturing expertise.

The Company's  dependence on MKE entails,  among others, the following principal
risks:

      Quality and  Delivery.  The Company  relies on MKE's  ability to bring new
      products  rapidly to volume  production  at low cost to meet the Company's
      stringent quality requirements, and to respond quickly to changing product
      delivery  schedules from the Company.  This requires,  among other things,
      close and  continuous  collaboration  between  the  Company and MKE in all
      phases of design, engineering,  and production. The Company's business and
      financial results would be adversely affected if products  manufactured by
      MKE fail to satisfy the Company's quality requirements or if MKE is unable
      to meet the Company's delivery commitments.  In the event MKE is unable to
      satisfy Quantum's production  requirements,  the Company would not have an
      alternative  manufacturing  source to meet the demand without  substantial
      delay and disruption to the Company's operations. As a result, the Company
      would be materially adversely affected.
                                                                              35
<PAGE>

      Volume and Pricing.  MKE's  production  schedule is based on the Company's
      forecasts  of its  product  purchase  requirements,  and the  Company  has
      limited  contractual rights to modify short-term purchase orders issued to
      MKE.  Further,  the  demand  in the  disk  drive  business  is  inherently
      volatile,  and there is no  assurance  that the  Company's  forecasts  are
      accurate.  In  addition,  the  Company  periodically   negotiates  pricing
      arrangements  with MKE. The failure of the Company to accurately  forecast
      its requirements or successfully adjust MKE's production  schedule,  which
      could lead to inventory  shortages or  surpluses,  or the failure to reach
      pricing agreements reasonable to the Company would have a material adverse
      effect on the Company.  For example, a portion of the $103 million special
      charge recorded in the third quarter of fiscal year 1998 reflected  losses
      on  firm  inventory  commitments   associated  with  high-end  disk  drive
      production at MKE.

      Manufacturing  Capacity and Capital Commitment.  The Company believes that
      MKE's current and committed  manufacturing  capacity should be adequate to
      meet the  Company's  requirements  for the next 12 months.  The  Company's
      future  growth  will  require,   however,  that  MKE  continue  to  devote
      substantial  financial  resources to property,  plant,  and  equipment and
      working capital to support  manufacture of the Company's  products,  as to
      which  there  can be no  assurance.  In the  event  that MKE is  unable or
      unwilling to meet the Company's manufacturing  requirements,  there can be
      no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain an alternate  source
      of supply.  Any such failure to obtain an alternative  source would have a
      material adverse effect on the Company.


Dissolution of MKQC.  Since the acquisition of MR recording heads  technology in
fiscal year 1995 as part of the  purchase of certain  businesses  of the Storage
Business Unit of Digital  Equipment  Corporation,  Quantum has made  significant
efforts to advance the  development  of its MR recording  heads  capability.  On
October 28, 1998, the Company and MKE agreed to dissolve MKE-Quantum  Components
LLC  ("MKQC").  MKQC was formed on May 16,  1997,  when the  Company  sold a 51%
majority  interest in its  recording  heads  operations  to  Matsushita-Kotobuki
Electronics Industries, Ltd. ("MKE").

Although  the Company  does not expect to be further  adversely  impacted by the
dissolution  of MKQC,  the $101  million  loss from  investee  that the  Company
recorded  in the third  quarter of fiscal  year 1999 is based,  in part,  on the
Company's  estimated  cash  outflow  required  to  liquidate  MKQC and there are
inherent uncertainties involved in such estimates. For example, if the assets of
MKQC are sold for  amounts  that are less  than  estimated  by MKQC or if buyers
cannot be found, MKQC would require  additional  funding to repay its bank debt,
accounts  payable and other  liabilities,  and the Company  would be expected to
fund cash  shortfalls on a 49% pro rata basis. If the Company's cash outflows to
complete the dissolution of MKQC are greater than  estimated,  the Company could
be further adversely impacted.


Risks from Conversion to Single European  Currency.  On January 1, 1999, certain
member  states  of  the  European  Economic  Community  fixed  their  respective
currencies to a new currency, the Single European Currency ("Euro"). On that day
the Euro became a functional legal currency within these  countries.  During the
three years  beginning on January 1, 1999,  business in these  countries  can be

                                                                              36
<PAGE>

conducted both in the former  national  currency as well as the Euro.  Companies
operating in or conducting business in these countries need to ensure that their
financial and other software systems are capable of processing  transactions and
properly  handling  the  existing  currencies  and the  Euro.  Quantum  is still
assessing the impact that the  introduction and use of the Euro will have on its
internal  systems.  The  Company  will  take  corrective  actions  based on such
assessment but does not presently  expect that  introduction and use of the Euro
will materially affect the Company's foreign exchange and hedging  activities or
use of derivative  instruments or will result in any material  increase in costs
to the Company.  While  Quantum will continue to evaluate the impact of the Euro
introduction  over time, based on currently  available  information,  management
does not believe that the  introduction of the Euro will have a material adverse
impact on the  Company's  financial  condition  or overall  trends in results of
operations.


Dependence on Suppliers of Components and Sub-Assemblies;  Component  Shortages.
Both the Company and its manufacturing  partner, MKE, are dependent on qualified
suppliers for components and  sub-assemblies,  including recording heads, media,
and integrated circuits, which are essential to the manufacture of the Company's
disk drive and tape drive  products.  In connection with certain  products,  the
Company  and MKE  qualify  only a  single  source  for  certain  components  and
sub-assemblies,  which can magnify the risk of  shortages.  Component  shortages
have  constrained  the  Company's  sales  growth  in the past,  and the  Company
believes that the industry will periodically  experience component shortages. If
component  shortages occur, or if the Company  experiences quality problems with
component  suppliers,  shipments of products could be  significantly  delayed or
costs significantly increased, which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company.


Future Capital Needs. The information storage industry is capital, research, and
development intensive,  and the Company will need to maintain adequate financial
resources for capital expenditures, working capital and research and development
in order to remain competitive in the information storage business.  The Company
believes that it will be able to fund these capital  requirements  over the next
12 months.  However, if the Company decides to increase its capital expenditures
further, or sooner than presently  contemplated,  or if results of operations do
not meet the Company's  expectations,  the Company could require additional debt
or equity  financing.  There can be no assurance that such additional funds will
be available to the Company or will be available on favorable terms. The Company
may  also  require   additional   capital  for  other   purposes  not  presently
contemplated. If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient capital, it could be
required  to  curtail  its  capital   equipment,   research,   and   development
expenditures, which could adversely affect the Company.


Warranty.  Quantum generally  warrants its products against defects for a period
of three to five years.  A provision  for  estimated  future  costs  relating to
warranty  expense is recorded when products are shipped.  Actual  warranty costs
could have a material  unfavorable  impact on the  Company if the actual rate of
unit  failure or the cost to repair a unit is greater than what the Company used
to estimate the warranty expense accrual.

                                                                              37
<PAGE>

Risks  Associated with Foreign  Manufacturing  and Sales.  Many of the Company's
products and product  components are currently  manufactured  outside the United
States.  In addition,  close to half of the  Company's  revenue comes from sales
outside  the  United  States,  including  sales to the  overseas  operations  of
domestic  companies.  As a result,  the  Company is  subject  to  certain  risks
associated with  contracting  with foreign  manufacturers,  including  obtaining
requisite United States and foreign governmental permits and approvals, currency
exchange  fluctuations,  currency  restrictions,  political  instability,  labor
problems,  trade  restrictions,  and  changes in tariff and  freight  rates.  In
addition, several Asian countries have recently experienced significant economic
downturns and significant  declines in the value of their currencies relative to
the U.S.  dollar.  In the four quarters  ending with the first quarter of fiscal
year 1999,  the  Company  experienced  a  year-over-year  reduction  in sales to
certain Asian countries due, in part, to the effects of these factors. With most
of the Company's non-U.S.  sales being denominated in U.S. dollars,  the Company
is unable to predict what effect, if any, these factors will have on its ability
to maintain or increase its sales in these markets, general economic conditions,
and the Company's customers.


Foreign Exchange  Contracts.  The Company manages the impact of foreign currency
exchange rate changes on certain foreign currency receivables and payables using
foreign  currency  forward  exchange  contracts.  With this approach the Company
expects  to  minimize  the  impact of  changing  foreign  exchange  rates on the
Company's  net  income.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that all  foreign
currency  exposures  will be  adequately  managed,  and the Company  could incur
material charges as a result of changing foreign exchange rates.


Volatility of Stock Price.  The market price of the  Company's  common stock has
been, and may continue to be,  extremely  volatile.  Factors such as new product
announcements by the Company or its competitors;  quarterly  fluctuations in the
operating  results  of  the  Company,  its  competitors,  and  other  technology
companies; and general conditions in the information storage and computer market
may have a  significant  impact on the  market  price of the  common  stock.  In
particular,  when the Company reports  operating  results that are less than the
expectations of analysts, the market price of the common stock can be materially
adversely affected.

                                                                              38
<PAGE>


                               QUANTUM CORPORATION

                           PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


Item 1.       Legal proceedings

Refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 2.     Changes in securities - Not Applicable


Item 3.     Defaults upon senior securities - Not Applicable


Item 4.     Submission of matters to a vote of security holders - Not Applicable


Item 5.     Other information - Not Applicable


Item 6.     Exhibits and reports on Form 8-K.

            (a)  Exhibits.           The  exhibits  listed  on  the accompanying
                                     index to exhibits immediately following the
                                     signature  page are filed as part  of  this
                                     report.

            (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

                 None.

                                                                              39
<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE



Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


                                                   QUANTUM CORPORATION
                                                       (Registrant)




Date:  February 9, 1999                By:    /s/ Richard L. Clemmer
                                              ----------------------
                                              Richard L. Clemmer
                                              Executive Vice President, Finance
                                                 and Chief Financial Officer



                                                                              40
<PAGE>


                               QUANTUM CORPORATION

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Exhibit
Number           Exhibit

10.1             SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT,  dated December 18, 1998,
                 among  Quantum  Corporation,   certain  financial  institutions
                 (collectively,   the  "Banks"),   Canadian   Imperial  Bank  of
                 Commerce, as administrative agent for the Banks, ABN AMRO Bank,
                 N.V.,  as  syndication  agent for the Banks and Bank of America
                 National Trust & Savings  Association,  as documentation  agent
                 for the Banks.

10.2             CREDIT AGREEMENT,  dated December 18, 1998, among ATL Products,
                 Inc.,  certain  financial   institutions   (collectively,   the
                 "Banks") and Fleet National Bank as agent for the Banks.

10.3             INDUSTRIAL  LEASE,  dated  July 17,  1998,  between  The Irvine
                 Company as lessor, and ATL Products, Inc. as lessee.


27.1             Financial Data Schedule

Footnotes to
Exhibits         Footnote
None

                                                                              41





                                                               EXECUTION VERSION


                      SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

         THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment"),  dated as
of December 18, 1998, is entered into by and among:

                  (1) QUANTUM CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Borrower");

                  (2) Each of the financial institutions listed in Schedule I to
         the Credit Agreement referred to in Recital A below (collectively,  the
         "Banks") that execute this Amendment;

                  (3)  CANADIAN  IMPERIAL  BANK OF COMMERCE,  as  administrative
         agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Administrative Agent").


                  (4) ABN AMRO BANK,  N.V., San Francisco  International  Branch
         ("ABN"),  as  syndication  agent  for  the  Banks  (in  such  capacity,
         "Syndication Agent"); and


                  (5) BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST & SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION,  as
         documentation  agent for the Banks  (in such  capacity,  "Documentation
         Agent").


                                    RECITALS

         A. Each of (i) Borrower,  (ii) the Banks, (iii)  Administrative  Agent,
(iv) ABN and CIBC Inc., as co-arrangers  for the Banks,  (v) Syndication  Agent,
(vi) Documentation  Agent, and (vii) BankBoston,  N.A., The Bank of Nova Scotia,
Fleet National Bank and The Industrial Bank of Japan,  Limited, as co-agents for
the Banks,  are  parties  to a Credit  Agreement  dated as of June 6,  1997,  as
amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 26,
1998 (as amended, the "Credit Agreement").

         B. Borrower has requested the Banks,  Administrative Agent, Syndication
Agent and Documentation Agent to amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects.

         C.  The  Banks   executing  this   Amendment,   Administrative   Agent,
Syndication  Agent and  Documentation  Agent are  willing so to amend the Credit
Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below.


                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the above recitals and for other
good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged,  Borrower,  the Banks  executing  this  Amendment,  Administrative
Agent, Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent hereby agree as follows:


                                       1
<PAGE>

         1. Definitions, Interpretation. All capitalized terms defined above and
elsewhere in this Amendment shall be used herein as so defined. Unless otherwise
defined  herein,  all  other  capitalized  terms  used  herein  shall  have  the
respective meanings given to those terms in the Credit Agreement,  as amended by
this Amendment.  The rules of construction  set forth in Section I of the Credit
Agreement  shall,  to the  extent  not  inconsistent  with  the  terms  of  this
Amendment, apply to this Amendment and are hereby incorporated by reference.


         2. Amendments to Credit  Agreement.  Subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions  set forth in  Paragraph  4 below,  the  Credit  Agreement  is hereby
amended as follows:

                  (a) Paragraph 1.01 is hereby amended by adding thereto, in the
         appropriate  alphabetical order,  definitions of the terms "MKE-Quantum
         Dissolution  Charge" and "Second  Amendment  Effective Date" to read in
         their entirety as follows:

                           "MKE-Quantum   Dissolution  Charge"  shall  mean  the
                  non-recurring charge, not to exceed $125,000,000  (pre-tax) in
                  the  aggregate,  taken by Borrower in Borrower's  third fiscal
                  quarter  in  fiscal  year  1999 as a result  of  expenses  and
                  charges incurred by Borrower in connection with the winding up
                  of the affairs and dissolution of MKE-Quantum.

                           "Second Amendment Effective Date" shall mean December
                  18, 1998.

                  (b) Clause (xvii) of Subparagraph 5.02(a) is hereby amended by
         adding thereto at the beginning of such clause the phrase "Prior to the
         Second Amendment Effective Date,".

                  (c) Clause (ix) of  Subparagraph  5.02(e) is hereby amended by
         adding thereto at the beginning of such clause the phrase "Prior to the
         Second Amendment Effective Date,".

                  (d) Clause (ii) of  Subparagraph  5.02(l) is hereby amended by
         (i) deleting the word "sum" in Subclause  (G) thereof and  replacing it
         with the word  "amount",  (ii) deleting the "." at the end of Subclause
         (G) thereof and  replacing it with a ";", and (ii) adding the following
         immediately after Subclause (G):

                                      minus

                           (H) An amount  equal to (1) the  after tax  amount of
                  any  MKE-Quantum  Dissolution  Charge  minus (2) the after tax
                  gains (if any)  realized by Borrower  upon any Transfer of the
                  assets or property of MKE-Quantum.

                  (e) Clause (iii) of Subparagraph  5.02(l) is hereby amended by
         (i) deleting the "." at the end of the first  proviso  clause  thereof,
         and (ii) adding thereto  immediately  after the first proviso clause, a
         second proviso clause to read in its entirety as follows:

                  ;  provided,   further,   that  for  purposes  of  calculating
                  Borrower's  net  income  for any  period  which  includes  the
                  quarter ending on or about December 31, 1998, such



                                       2
<PAGE>


                  calculation shall exclude the after tax sum of any MKE-Quantum
                  Dissolution Charge minus the after tax gains (if any) realized
                  by  Borrower  upon any  Transfer  of the assets or property of
                  MKE-Quantum.


         3.  Representations  and  Warranties.  Borrower  hereby  represents and
warrants to Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, Documentation Agent and the
Banks that the following are true and correct on the date of this  Amendment and
that,  after giving effect to the amendments set forth in Paragraph 2 above, the
following will be true and correct on the Effective Date (as defined below):

                  (a) The  representations  and  warranties  of Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries set forth in Paragraph 4.01 of the Credit Agreement and in
         the  other  Credit  Documents  are true  and  correct  in all  material
         respects  as if made on  such  date  (except  for  representations  and
         warranties  expressly made as of a specified date,  which shall be true
         and correct in all material respects as of such date);

                  (b) No  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is
         continuing; and

                  (c) Each of the Credit Documents is in full force and effect.

(Without limiting the scope of the term "Credit  Documents,"  Borrower expressly
acknowledges  in making the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in this
Paragraph  3 that,  on and  after  the date  hereof,  such  term  includes  this
Amendment.)


         4. Effective  Date. The amendments  effected by Paragraph 2 above shall
become effective on December 18, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), subject to receipt
by  Administrative  Agent and the Banks on or prior to the Effective Date of the
following,  each in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, the
Banks executing this Amendment and their respective counsel:

                  (a) This  Amendment  duly  executed by Borrower,  the Majority
         Banks, Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent and Documentation Agent;

                  (b) A Certificate  of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
         of  Borrower,  dated  the  Effective  Date,  certifying  that  (i)  the
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  of  Borrower,  in the form
         delivered  to  Administrative  Agent on the Closing  Date,  are in full
         force and effect and have not been  amended,  supplemented,  revoked or
         repealed since such date, (ii) that the resolution of Borrower,  in the
         form delivered to Administrative  Agent on the Closing Date, is in full
         force and effect  and has not been  amended,  supplemented,  revoked or
         repealed  since such date,  and (iii) the  incumbency,  signatures  and
         authority of the officers of Borrower  authorized  to execute,  deliver
         and perform the Credit  Agreement,  this  Amendment,  the other  Credit
         Documents and all other documents,  instruments or agreements  relating
         thereto executed or to be executed by Borrower and indicating each such
         officer which is an Executive Officer or Authorized Financial Officer;


                                       3
<PAGE>


                  (c) A nonrefundable amendment fee to be paid to each Bank that
         executes this  Amendment on or before  December 18, 1998 equal to 0.10%
         of each such Bank's respective Proportionate Share; and

                  (d) Such other  evidence as  Administrative  Agent or any Bank
         executing  this  Amendment  may  reasonably  request to  establish  the
         accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties and the
         compliance  with the terms and  conditions  contained in this Amendment
         and the other Credit Documents.


         5. Effect of this  Amendment.  On and after the  Effective  Date,  each
reference in the Credit  Agreement and the other Credit  Documents to the Credit
Agreement  shall  mean  the  Credit  Agreement  as  amended  hereby.  Except  as
specifically  amended  above,  (a) the  Credit  Agreement  and the other  Credit
Documents  shall  remain in full force and effect  and are hereby  ratified  and
confirmed and (b) the execution,  delivery and  effectiveness  of this Amendment
shall  not,  except as  expressly  provided  herein,  operate as a waiver of any
right,  power, or remedy of the Banks or Administrative  Agent, nor constitute a
waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document.


         6.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number
         of identical  counterparts,  any set of which signed by all the parties
         hereto shall be deemed to constitute a complete,  executed original for
         all purposes.

                  (b) Headings.  Headings in this Amendment are for  convenience
         of reference only and are not part of the substance hereof.

                  (c)  Governing  Law. This  Amendment  shall be governed by and
         construed  in  accordance  with  the laws of the  State  of  California
         without reference to conflicts of law rules.




                                       4
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower,  Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent,
Documentation  Agent and the Banks  executing  this  Amendment  have caused this
Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

                           QUANTUM CORPORTION, as Borrower


                           By:  /s/ Anthony H. Lewis, Jr.
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Anthony H. Lewis, Jr.
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President, Finance & Treasurer
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, 
                           as Administrative Agent


                           By:  /s/ Paul J. Chakmak
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Paul J. Chakmak
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Managing Director, CIBC Oppenheimer
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Corp. as AGENT
                                     -------------------------------------------

                           ABN AMRO BANK N.V., San Francisco 
                           International Branch, as Syndication Agent


                           By:  /s/ Robin S. Yim
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Robin S. Yim
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Group Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------

                           By:  /s/ Richard R. DaCosta
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Richard R. DaCosta
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND 
                           SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Documentation Agent


                           By:  /s/ Kevin Mc Mahon
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Kevin Mc Mahon
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Managing Director
                                     -------------------------------------------




                                       5
<PAGE>

                           ABN AMRO BANK N.V., San Francisco 
                           International Branch, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Robin S. Yim
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Robin S. Yim
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Group Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------

                           By:  /s/ Richard R. DaCosta
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Richard R. DaCosta
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           BANKBOSTON, N.A., as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ John B. Desmond
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  John B. Desmond
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                           SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Kevin Mc Mahon
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Kevin Mc Mahon
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Managing Director
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Michael D. McCorriston  /s/ Gavin S. Holles
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Michael D. McCorriston     Gavin S. Holles
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President             Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           PARIBAS, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Jonathan Leong
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Jonathan Leong
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------

                                       6
<PAGE>



                           By:  /s/ Lee S. Buckner
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Lee S. Buckner
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Managing Director
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           CIBC INC., as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Paul J. Chakmak
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Paul J. Chakmak
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Managing Director, CIBC Oppenheimer
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Corp. as AGENT
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           DEUTSCHE BANK A.G., NEW YORK AND/OR
                           CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCHES, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Andre Heitbaum
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Andre Heitbaum
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Asst. Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------

                           By:  /s/ William W. McGinty
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  William W. McGinty
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Director
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           FLEET NATIONAL BANK, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Mathew M. Glauninger
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Mathew M. Glauninger
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Mary K. Young
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Mary K. Young
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Assistant Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                                       7
<PAGE>




                           MELLON BANK, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Michael P. Rogers
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Michael P. Rogers
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Michael A. Cole
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Michael A. Cole
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Senior Manager
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           SANWA BANK LIMITED, SAN FRANCISCO BRANCH, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Peter Olson
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Peter Olson
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: First Vice President & Manager
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Chris Osborn
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Chris Osborn
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Finance Manager
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Masahito Fukuda
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Masahito Fukuda
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Joint General Manager
                                     -------------------------------------------




                                       8
<PAGE>





                           THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Kensaku Iwata
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Kensaku Iwata
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Deputy General Manager
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, LTD., as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Noboru Akahane
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Noboru Akahane
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Deputy General Manager
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           THE MITSUBISHI TRUST AND BANKING 
                           CORPORATION, LOS ANGELES AGENCY, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Yasushi Satomi
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Yasushi Satomi
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Senior Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED, as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Azar Shakeri
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Azar Shakeri
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                           THE SUMITOMO TRUST AND BANKING CO., LTD., as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Eleanor Chan
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Eleanor Chan
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Manager & Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------



                                       9
<PAGE>


                           UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., as a Bank


                           By:  /s/ Allan B. Miner
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Allan B. Miner
                                     -------------------------------------------
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------------------


                                       10



                                                                    Exhibit 10.2


                                                               EXECUTION VERSION


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      among

                               ATL PRODUCTS, INC.

                                       and

                             THE BANKS NAMED HEREIN

                                       and

                               FLEET NATIONAL BANK
                             as Agent for the Banks



                                December 18, 1998





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>               <C>                                                                                           <C>

SECTION I.            INTERPRETATION.............................................................................1
         1.01.    Definitions....................................................................................1
         1.02.    GAAP..........................................................................................16
         1.03.    Headings......................................................................................17
         1.04.    Plural Terms..................................................................................17
         1.05.    Time..........................................................................................17
         1.06.    Governing Law.................................................................................17
         1.07.    Construction..................................................................................17
         1.08.    Entire Agreement..............................................................................17
         1.09.    Calculation of Interest and Fees..............................................................17
         1.10.    Other Interpretive Provisions.................................................................17

SECTION II.           CREDIT FACILITIES.........................................................................18
         2.01.    Revolving Loan Facility.......................................................................18
         2.03.    Fees..........................................................................................21
         2.04.    Prepayments...................................................................................21
         2.05.    Other Payment Terms...........................................................................22
         2.06.    Notes and Interest Account....................................................................23
         2.07.    Revolving Loan Funding, Etc...................................................................23
         2.08.    Pro Rata Treatment............................................................................24
         2.09.    Change of Circumstances.......................................................................25
         2.10.    Taxes on Payments.............................................................................27
         2.11.    Funding Loss Indemnification..................................................................29
         2.12.    Replacement of Banks..........................................................................29
         2.13.    Guaranty......................................................................................29

SECTION III.          CONDITIONS PRECEDENT......................................................................30
         3.01.    Initial Conditions Precedent..................................................................30
         3.02.    Conditions Precedent to Each Credit Event.....................................................30
         3.03.    Conditions Precedent to Each Conversion or Each Selection of Interest Period..................30

SECTION IV.           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES............................................................31
         4.01.    Borrower's Representations and Warranties.....................................................31

SECTION V.            COVENANTS.................................................................................33
         5.01.    Affirmative Covenants.........................................................................33
         5.02.    Negative Covenants............................................................................34

SECTION VI.           DEFAULT...................................................................................35
         6.01.    Events of Default.............................................................................35
         6.02.    Remedies......................................................................................37

SECTION VII.          AGENT AND RELATIONS AMONG BANKS...........................................................38
         7.01.    Appointment, Powers and Immunities............................................................38
         7.02.    Reliance by Agent.............................................................................38
         7.03.    Defaults......................................................................................38
         7.04.    Indemnification...............................................................................39

                                                          -i-

<PAGE>

         7.05.    Non-Reliance..................................................................................39
         7.06.    Resignation or Removal of Agent...............................................................39
         7.07.    Authorization.................................................................................40
         7.08.    Agent in its Individual Capacity..............................................................40
         7.09.    Agent's Communications Binding Upon Banks.....................................................40
         7.10.    No Obligations of Borrower....................................................................40

SECTION VIII.         MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................................40
         8.01.    Notices.......................................................................................40
         8.02.    Expenses......................................................................................41
         8.03.    Indemnification...............................................................................42
         8.04.    Waivers; Amendments...........................................................................42
         8.05.    Successors and Assigns........................................................................43
         8.06.    Setoff; Security Interest.....................................................................45
         8.07.    No Third Party Rights.........................................................................46
         8.08.    Partial Invalidity............................................................................46
         8.09.    Jury Trial....................................................................................46
         8.10.    Counterparts..................................................................................46
         8.11.    Confidentiality...............................................................................46

EXHIBIT A             NOTICE OF BORROWING......................................................................A-1

EXHIBIT B             NOTICE OF CONVERSION.....................................................................B-1

EXHIBIT C             NOTICE OF INTEREST PERIOD SELECTION......................................................C-1

EXHIBIT D             REVOLVING LOAN NOTE......................................................................D-1

EXHIBIT E             FORM OF GUARANTY...........................................................................1

EXHIBIT F             ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT.....................................................................F-1

ATTACHMENT 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT.............................................................................1

ATTACHMENT 2 TO ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT.............................................................................1

</TABLE>

                                                       -ii-

<PAGE>

An extra  section break has been inserted  above this  paragraph.  Do not delete
this   section   break   if  you   plan  to  add  text   after   the   Table  of
Contents/Authorities.    Deleting    this   break    will    cause    Table   of
Contents/Authorities  headers and footers to appear on any pages  following  the
Table of Contents/Authorities.





<PAGE>



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

         THIS CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of December 18, 1998, is entered into
by and among:

                  (1) ATL PRODUCTS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower");

                  (2)  Each  of the  financial  institutions  from  time to time
         listed  in  Schedule  I hereto,  as  amended  from  time to time  (such
         financial  institutions  to be referred to herein  collectively  as the
         "Banks"); and

                  (3)  FLEET  NATIONAL  BANK,  a  national  banking  association
         ("Fleet"), as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, "Agent").


                                    RECITALS

         A.  Borrower  has  requested  that the  Banks  provide  certain  credit
facilities  to Borrower on an unsecured  basis but which shall be  guarantied by
Borrower's parent Quantum Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Guarantor").

         B. The Banks are  willing to provide  such credit  facilities  upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.


                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the above Recitals and the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION I. INTERPRETATION.

         1.01. Definitions.  Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement or any
other Credit Document, each term set forth below, when used in this Agreement or
any other Credit Document,  shall have the respective meaning given to that term
below or in the provision of this Agreement or other Credit Document  referenced
below:

                  "Agent"  shall have the  meaning  given to that term in clause
         (3) of the introductory paragraph.

                  "Agent's Fee Letter" shall mean the letter agreement dated the
         date of this Agreement between Borrower and Agent.

                  "Affiliate"  shall mean, with respect to any Person,  (a) each
         Person  that,  directly  or  indirectly,   owns  or  controls,  whether
         beneficially or as a trustee,  guardian or other fiduciary, ten percent
         (10%) or more of the Equity  Securities  of such Person  having  voting
         power,  (b) each Person that  controls,  is  controlled  by or is under
         common  control with such Person or any Affiliate of such Person or (c)
         each of such Person's officers and directors;  provided,  however, that
         in no case  shall  Agent or any Bank be  deemed to be an  Affiliate  of
         Borrower  or  any of  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  for  purposes  of  this
         Agreement.



<PAGE>

         For the purpose of this  definition,  "control"  of a Person shall mean
         the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
         the  direction  of its  management  or  policies,  whether  through the
         ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

                  "Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement.

                  "Applicable  Lending  Office" shall mean,  with respect to any
         Bank, (a) initially,  its office  designated as such in Schedule I (or,
         in the case of any Bank which becomes a Bank by an assignment  pursuant
         to  Subparagraph   8.05(c),  its  office  designated  as  such  in  the
         applicable  Assignment  Agreement)  and (b)  subsequently,  such  other
         office or offices as such Bank may  designate to Agent as the office at
         which such Bank's Revolving Loans will thereafter be maintained and for
         the account of which all  payments of  principal  of, and  interest on,
         such Bank's Revolving Loans will thereafter be made.

                  "Applicable Margin" shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Loan
         at any time,  the per annum margin which is determined  pursuant to the
         Pricing Grid and added to the LIBO Rate for such LIBOR Loan;  provided,
         however, that each Applicable Margin determined pursuant to the Pricing
         Grid shall be increased by two percent (2.00%) (a) on the date an Event
         of Default of the type referred to in Subparagraph 6.01(a),  6.01(e) or
         6.01(f)  occurs and (b) on the date Agent  provides  written  notice to
         Borrower of the  occurrence  of any Event of Default  other than of the
         type referred to in Subparagraph  6.01(a),  6.01(e) or 6.01(f),  and in
         each case shall  continue at such  increased rate unless and until such
         Event of  Default  is waived in  accordance  with this  Agreement.  The
         Applicable  Margins shall be determined as provided in the Pricing Grid
         and may change for each Pricing Period.

                  "Assignee  Bank" shall have the meaning  given to that term in
         Subparagraph 8.05(c).

                  "Assignment"  shall  have the  meaning  given to that  term in
         Subparagraph 8.05(c).

                  "Assignment  Agreement"  shall have the meaning  given to that
         term in Subparagraph 8.05(c).

                  "Assignment  Effective  Date" shall have, with respect to each
         Assignment Agreement, the meaning set forth therein.

                  "Assignor  Bank" shall have the meaning  given to that term in
         Subparagraph 8.05(c).

                  "Attorney  Costs" of any  Person  shall mean and  include  all
         reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of any law firm or other  external
         counsel  for such  Person  and,  to the extent  such  services  are not
         redundant to those provided in the matter by external  counsel for such
         Person,   the  allocated  cost  of  internal  legal  services  and  all
         disbursements of internal counsel.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                  "Authorized  Financial Officer" shall mean (a) with respect to
         Borrower,  the Chief Financial  Officer or Treasurer of Borrower or any
         Vice  President  of  Finance  of  Borrower  and  (b)  with  respect  to
         Guarantor, the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of Guarantor or any
         Vice President of Finance of Guarantor.

                  "Banks"  shall have the  meaning  given to that term in clause
         (2) of the introductory paragraph.

                  "Base  Rate" shall  mean,  on any day,  the greater of (a) the
         Prime  Rate in effect on such date and (b) the  Federal  Funds Rate for
         such day plus one-half percent  (0.50%);  provided,  however,  that the
         Base Rate shall be increased by two percent  (2.00%) (a) on the date an
         Event of  Default  of the type  referred  to in  Subparagraph  6.01(a),
         6.01(e) or 6.01(f)  occurs and (b) on the date Agent  provides  written
         notice to Borrower of the occurrence of any Event of Default other than
         of the type referred to in  Subparagraph  6.01(a),  6.01(e) or 6.01(f),
         and in each case shall continue at such increased rate unless and until
         such Event of Default is waived in accordance with this Agreement.

                  "Base Rate Loan" shall  mean,  at any time,  a Revolving  Loan
         which then bears  interest as  provided  in clause (i) of  Subparagraph
         2.01(c).

                  "Borrower" shall have the meaning given to that term in clause
         (1) of the introductory paragraph.

                  "Borrower  Disclosure  Letter"  shall  mean  the  letter  from
         Borrower to Agent,  dated the date of this Agreement,  which identifies
         itself as the "Borrower Disclosure Letter" under this Agreement.

                  "Borrower  Permitted  Indebtedness"  shall  mean  and  include
         (without duplication) the following:

                           (a) The  Obligations  of  Borrower  under the  Credit
                  Documents;

                           (b)  Indebtedness  listed in the Borrower  Disclosure
                  Letter existing on the date of this Agreement;

                           (c)   Intercompany   Indebtedness   of   Borrower  to
                  Guarantor or any of Guarantor's Subsidiaries provided that the
                  aggregate   principal   amount   of  all   such   Intercompany
                  Indebtedness does not exceed $15,000,000 at any time;

                           (d)  Indebtedness  of the types  described in clauses
                  (iii), (iv), (viii), (ix), (x) (other than with respect to the
                  references  to clauses (ii) and (vi)  therein),  (xi),  (xii),
                  (xiii),  (xiv), (xv), (xvi) and (xvii) of Subparagraph 5.02(a)
                  of the Guarantor Credit Agreement; and

                           (e) Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries not
                  otherwise  permitted  hereunder,  provided  that the aggregate
                  principal amount of all such  Indebtedness  does not exceed at
                  any time Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  "Borrowing"  shall mean a borrowing by Borrower  consisting of
         the  Revolving  Loans made by each of the Banks on the same date and of
         the same Type pursuant to a single Notice of Borrowing.

                  "Business  Day"  shall mean any day other  than  Saturday  and
         Sunday on which (a) commercial  banks are not authorized or required to
         close in San Francisco,  California, Boston, Massachusetts or New York,
         New York and (b) if such  Business  Day is related to a Revolving  Loan
         which bears or is to bear  interest  based on a LIBO Rate,  dealings in
         Dollar  deposits  are  carried  out in the  London or other  applicable
         interbank eurodollar market.

                  "Capital Adequacy Requirement" shall have the meaning given to
         that term in Subparagraph 2.09(d).

                  "Capital  Leases"  shall  mean any and all  lease  obligations
         that, in accordance  with GAAP,  are required to be  capitalized on the
         books of a lessee.

                  "Change of  Control"  shall mean with  respect to  Borrower or
         Guarantor,  as  applicable,  the  occurrence  of any  of the  following
         events:  (i) any  person or group of  persons  (within  the  meaning of
         Section 13 or 14 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended)
         shall (A)  acquire  beneficial  ownership  (within  the meaning of Rule
         13d-3  promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission under the
         Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of forty percent (40%) or
         more of the  outstanding  Equity  Securities  of Borrower or  Guarantor
         entitled to vote for members of the board of directors,  or (B) acquire
         all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower or Guarantor and its
         Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  or (ii)  during  any period of fifteen
         (15)  consecutive  calendar  months,  individuals  who are directors of
         Guarantor on the first day of such period ("Initial Directors") and any
         directors of Guarantor who are  specifically  approved by two-thirds of
         the   directors   of   Guarantor   who   are   Initial   Directors   or
         previously-approved  Approved  Directors  ("Approved  Directors") shall
         cease to  constitute  a majority of the Board of Directors of Guarantor
         before the end of such period.

                  "Change of Law" shall have the  meaning  given to that term in
         Subparagraph 2.09(b).

                  "Closing Date" shall mean the date when the initial  Revolving
         Loan is made.

                  "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to any Bank at any time,
         such Bank's Proportionate Share at such time of the Total Commitment at
         such time.

                  "Commitment  Fee  Percentage"  shall mean, with respect to the
         Unused  Commitment  at any time,  a per annum rate which is  determined
         pursuant to the Pricing Grid.

                  "Commitment Fees" shall have the meaning given to that term in
         Subparagraph 2.03(c).



                                       4
<PAGE>

                  "Contingent Obligation" shall mean, with respect to any Person
         without  duplication,  (a) any Guaranty  Obligation of that Person; and
         (b) any direct or indirect monetary obligation or liability, contingent
         or otherwise,  of that Person (i) in respect of any letter of credit or
         similar instrument issued for the account of that Person or as to which
         that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings,  (ii) to
         purchase any  materials,  supplies or other property from, or to obtain
         the  services  of,  another  Person if the  relevant  contract or other
         related   document  or  obligation   requires  that  payment  for  such
         materials,  supplies or other property, or for such services,  shall be
         made  regardless  of whether  delivery of such  materials,  supplies or
         other  property is ever made or  tendered,  or such  services  are ever
         performed  or tendered if and to the extent  such  obligations  are not
         designated  as  accounts  payable in  accordance  with  GAAP,  or (iii)
         incurred pursuant to any interest rate swap, cap or collar  agreements,
         interest rate future or option  contracts,  currency  swap  agreements,
         currency  future  or  option  contracts  or  other  similar  agreements
         relating to interest rates or currencies.  The amount of any Contingent
         Obligation  shall be deemed equal to the  liability in respect  thereof
         reasonably anticipated in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Contractual   Obligation"  of  any  Person  shall  mean,  any
         indenture,  note,  lease,  loan  agreement,  security,  deed of  trust,
         mortgage, security agreement, guaranty, instrument, contract, agreement
         or other form of  contractual  obligation or  undertaking to which such
         Person is a party or by which  such  Person or any of its  property  is
         bound.

                  "Credit  Documents" shall mean and include the Loan Documents;
         all documents,  instruments  and  agreements  delivered to Agent or any
         Bank pursuant to Paragraph 3.01; and all other  documents,  instruments
         and  agreements  delivered  by  Borrower,  Guarantor  or any  of  their
         Subsidiaries  to Agent or any Bank in connection with this Agreement on
         or after the date of this Agreement.

                  "Credit Event" shall mean the making of any Revolving Loan.

                  "Default"  shall  have  the  meaning  given  to  that  term in
         Paragraph 6.01.

                  "Defaulting  Bank"  shall mean a Bank which has failed to fund
         its  portion of any  Borrowing  which it is required to fund under this
         Agreement and has continued in such failure for three (3) Business Days
         after written notice from Agent.

                  "Dollars" and "$" shall mean the lawful currency of the United
         States of America.

                  "Equity  Securities"  of any Person  shall mean (a) all common
         stock, preferred stock,  participations,  shares, partnership interests
         or other equity interests in such Person  (regardless of how designated
         and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (b) all warrants,  options
         and  other  rights  to  acquire  any  of  the  foregoing,   other  than
         convertible  debt securities  which have not been converted into common
         stock, preferred stock,  participations,  shares, partnership interests
         or other equity interests in any such Person.

                  "Event of Default"  shall have the meaning  given to that term
         in Paragraph 6.01.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                  "Executive  Officer"  shall mean,  with respect to Borrower or
         Guarantor,  respectively,  the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
         Operating  Officer,  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer,
         General Counsel or Vice President of Corporate Development and Planning
         of such Person or any division President or Executive Vice President of
         such Person (or, if the titles are changed,  the persons having similar
         responsibilities for such Person).

                  "Federal  Funds  Rate" shall  mean,  for any day,  the Federal
         funds  effective  rate as set forth in the weekly  statistical  release
         designated  as H.15(519)  published by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New
         York for such day, or in any successor publication (or, if such rate is
         not so  published  for any day, the average rate quoted to Agent on and
         for such day by three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized  standing
         selected by Agent).

                  "Federal  Reserve  Board" shall mean the Board of Governors of
         the Federal Reserve System.

                  "Financial   Statements"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  any
         accounting  period for any Person,  consolidated  statements of income,
         shareholders' equity and cash flows of such Person for such period, and
         a balance  sheet of such Person as of the end of such  period,  setting
         forth in each case in  comparative  form figures for the  corresponding
         period in the preceding  fiscal year if such period is less than a full
         fiscal  year or, if such period is a full  fiscal  year,  corresponding
         figures from the  preceding  annual  audit,  all prepared in reasonable
         detail and in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Fleet"  shall have the  meaning  given to that term in clause
         (3) of the introductory paragraph.

                  "Funding  Losses" shall mean,  with respect to any  repayment,
         prepayment  or  conversion of any LIBOR Loan as set forth in clause (a)
         of Paragraph 2.11, any failure to borrow any LIBOR Loan as set forth in
         clause (b) of  Paragraph  2.11 or any failure to convert into any LIBOR
         Loan as set forth in clause (c) of Paragraph  2.11,  the amount  (which
         shall not be less than zero) computed in accordance  with the following
         formula:

                  Funding Losses = (R-T) x P x D
                                   -------------
                                        360

                  where    R =      the  interest  rate  that was or would  have
                                    been applicable to such LIBOR Loan;

                           T =      the   LIBO   Rate   for  the  date  of  such
                                    repayment,  prepayment,  conversion, failure
                                    to  borrow or  failure  to  convert  for new
                                    LIBOR Loans,  of the same  principal  amount
                                    made for an  assumed  Interest  Period  (the
                                    "Remaining Period") which begins on the date
                                    of such repayment,  prepayment,  conversion,
                                    failure to borrow or failure to convert  and
                                    ends on the last day of the actual  Interest
                                    Period   that   was  or  would   have   been
                                    applicable   to  the  LIBOR  Loan  that  was


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                    repaid, prepaid or converted or that was not
                                    borrowed or converted;

                          P =       the principal  amount of the LIBOR Loan that
                                    was repaid, prepaid or converted or that was
                                    not borrowed or converted; and

                          D =       the number of days in the Remaining Period.

                  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles and
         practices  as in effect in the United  States of  America  from time to
         time, consistently applied.

                  "Governmental  Authority"  shall mean any  domestic or foreign
         national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof,
         any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing, or
         any  other  entity   exercising   executive,   legislative,   judicial,
         regulatory or administrative  functions of or pertaining to government,
         including,   without   limitation,   the  Federal   Deposit   Insurance
         Corporation,   the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  the  Comptroller  of  the
         Currency, any central bank or any comparable authority.

                  "Governmental Charges" shall mean, with respect to any Person,
         all levies,  assessments,  fees, claims or other charges imposed by any
         Governmental  Authority  upon  such  Person or any of its  property  or
         otherwise payable by such Person.

                  "Governmental  Rule"  shall  mean any law,  rule,  regulation,
         ordinance,  order, code interpretation,  judgment,  decree,  directive,
         guidelines,  policy or similar  form of  decision  of any  Governmental
         Authority.

                  "Guarantor" has the meaning given to that term in Recital A.

                  "Guarantor  Credit  Agreement"  shall mean that certain Credit
         Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1997,  among  Guarantor,  the financial
         institutions  listed in  Schedule  I thereto,  ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,  San
         Francisco  International  Branch ("ABN") and CIBC Inc., as co-arrangers
         for such financial institutions, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as
         administrative   agent  for  such  financial   institutions,   ABN,  as
         syndication  agent for such  financial  institutions,  Bank of  America
         National Trust and Savings Association, as documentation agent for such
         financial  institutions,  and  certain  co-agents  listed  therein  (as
         amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance
         with Paragraph 8.04 thereof).

                  "Guarantor Credit Documents" shall mean the "Credit Documents"
         as such term is defined in the Guarantor Credit Agreement.

                  "Guaranty  Obligation" shall mean, with respect to any Person,
         any direct or indirect  liability  of that  Person with  respect to any
         indebtedness,  lease,  dividend,  letter of credit or other  obligation
         (the "primary  obligations") of another Person (the "primary obligor"),
         including any obligation of that Person, whether or not contingent, (a)
         to purchase,  repurchase or otherwise acquire such primary  obligations
         or any property  constituting direct or indirect security therefor,  or
         (b) to advance or provide funds (i) for 



                                       7
<PAGE>

         the payment or  discharge of any such  primary  obligation,  or (ii) to
         maintain  working  capital or equity capital of the primary  obligor or
         otherwise  to maintain  the net worth or solvency or any balance  sheet
         item, level of income or financial condition of the primary obligor, or
         (c) to purchase  property,  securities  or services  primarily  for the
         purpose of assuring  the owner of any such  primary  obligation  of the
         ability  of the  primary  obligor  to  make  payment  of  such  primary
         obligation  (except  to the  extent  of the fair  market  value of such
         property,  securities or services to be purchased), or (d) otherwise to
         assure  or hold  harmless  the  holder of any such  primary  obligation
         against loss in respect thereof.  The amount of any Guaranty Obligation
         shall be deemed equal to the  liability in respect  thereof  reasonably
         anticipated under GAAP.

                  "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean,  without  duplication
         (in each case, measured in accordance with GAAP):

                           (a) All monetary obligations of such Person evidenced
                  by notes,  bonds,  debentures or other similar instruments and
                  all other obligations of such Person for borrowed money;

                           (b) All monetary  obligations  of such Person for the
                  deferred  purchase  price of property  or services  (including
                  obligations   under   letters  of  credit  and  other   credit
                  facilities  which secured or financed  such  purchase  price),
                  other  than  trade  payables  incurred  by such  Person in the
                  ordinary course of its business on ordinary terms;

                           (c) All  monetary  obligations  of such Person  under
                  conditional  sale or other  title  retention  agreements  with
                  respect  to  property  acquired  by  such  Person  other  than
                  pursuant to leases  classified as operating  leases under GAAP
                  (to the extent of the value of such property if the rights and
                  remedies of the seller or lender  under such  agreement in the
                  event of default are limited solely to repossession or sale of
                  such property);

                           (d) All monetary obligations of such Person as lessee
                  with respect to the  capitalized  portion of Capital Leases of
                  such Person (other than  capitalized  interest)  calculated in
                  accordance with GAAP;

                           (e) all monetary  obligations  of such Person  (other
                  than  inchoate  indemnity  obligations)  with  respect  to any
                  Synthetic  Leases;  provided,  however,  that  the  amount  of
                  monetary  obligations for the purpose of this clause (e) shall
                  be equal to the aggregate  present  value of scheduled  rental
                  payments  under  each  such  Synthetic  Lease  (excluding  any
                  component thereof in the nature of operating  expenses,  taxes
                  or similar  obligations),  together  with the  purchase  price
                  payable  by such  Person at the end of such  Synthetic  Lease,
                  discounted  by the interest  rate  implicit in such  Synthetic
                  Lease;

                           (f) all monetary  obligations  of such Person  (other
                  than inchoate indemnity obligations) with respect to any sale,
                  transfer  or  assignment  of accounts  



                                       8
<PAGE>

                  receivable and related rights and property by such Person with
                  recourse to such Person;

                           (g)  All   monetary   obligations   of  such  Person,
                  contingent or  otherwise,  under or with respect to letters of
                  credit, banker's acceptances or other similar facilities;

                           (h)  All   monetary   obligations   of  such  Person,
                  contingent  or  otherwise,  under or with  respect to interest
                  rate swap, cap or collar  agreements,  interest rate future or
                  option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or
                  option  contracts  or other  similar  agreements  relating  to
                  interest rates or currencies;

                           (i) All  Contingent  Obligations  of such Person with
                  respect to the  obligations of such Person or other Persons of
                  the types described in clauses (a) - (h) above; and

                           (j) All  obligations  of other  Persons  of the types
                  described in clauses (a) - (h) above to the extent  secured by
                  (or for which any holder of such  obligations  has an existing
                  right,  contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien in
                  any property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by
                  such Person, even though such person has not assumed or become
                  liable for the payment of such obligations; provided, however,
                  that the amount of such  Indebtedness  under  this  clause (j)
                  shall  be the  lesser  of (i) the  fair  market  value  of the
                  property  subject  to such  Lien and (ii)  the  amount  of the
                  monetary obligations of such other Person.

                  "Interest  Account"  shall have the meaning given to that term
         in Subparagraph 2.06(b).

                  "Interest  Period" shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Loan,
         the time periods selected by Borrower pursuant to Subparagraph  2.01(b)
         or  Subparagraph  2.01(d)  which  commences  on the  first  day of such
         Revolving  Loan or the effective date of any conversion and ends on the
         last day of such time period,  and  thereafter,  each  subsequent  time
         period  selected by Borrower  pursuant to  Subparagraph  2.01(e)  which
         commences on the last day of the immediately  preceding time period and
         ends on the last day of that time period.

                  "LIBO Rate" shall mean,  with respect to any  Interest  Period
         for the LIBOR  Loans in any  Borrowing,  a rate per annum  equal to the
         quotient of (a) the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the
         nearest  1/16 of one  percent) of the rates per annum  appearing on the
         Reuters screen LIBO page (or any successor  publication)  on the second
         Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period at or about
         11:00  A.M.  (London  time)  (for  delivery  on the  first  day of such
         Interest Period) for a term comparable to such Interest Period, divided
         by (b) one minus the Reserve  Requirement  for such Revolving  Loans in
         effect from time to time.  If for any reason rates are not available as
         provided in clause (a) of the preceding  sentence,  the rate to be used
         in clause (a) shall be, at Agent's  discretion,  (i) the rate per annum
         at which Dollar  deposits are offered to Agent 



                                       9
<PAGE>

         in the London interbank  eurodollar currency market or (ii) the rate at
         which  Dollar  deposits  are  offered to Agent in, or by Agent to major
         banks in, any offshore  interbank  eurodollar market selected by Agent,
         in each case on the second  Business Day prior to the  commencement  of
         such  Interest  Period at or about  10:00  A.M.  (New York  time)  (for
         delivery  on  the  first  day  of  such  Interest  Period)  for a  term
         comparable to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal
         to the  amount of the  Revolving  Loan to be made or funded by Agent as
         part of such Borrowing.

                  "LIBOR Loan" shall mean,  at any time, a Revolving  Loan which
         then bears interest as provided in clause (ii) of Subparagraph 2.01(c).

                  "Lien" shall mean, with respect to any property,  any security
         interest,  mortgage,  pledge,  lien or other  encumbrance in, of, or on
         such property or the income therefrom,  including,  without limitation,
         the interest of a vendor or lessor under a conditional  sale agreement,
         Capital Lease or other title retention agreement.

                  "Loan  Documents"  shall mean this Agreement,  the Notes,  the
         Guaranty,  the Agent's Fee Letter,  each Notice of Borrowing,  and each
         additional certificate delivered by Borrower, Guarantor or any of their
         Subsidiaries  from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
         or any such other Loan Documents.

                  "Majority  Banks" shall mean (a) at any time  Revolving  Loans
         are  outstanding  and the Banks are obligated to make  Revolving  Loans
         pursuant to their  Commitments,  Banks holding more than  sixty-six and
         two-thirds  percent (66 2/3%) of the aggregate  principal amount of all
         Revolving  Loans  outstanding,  calculated as if Revolving Loans in the
         full amount of the Banks' Commitments were outstanding, (b) at any time
         Revolving Loans are outstanding and the Banks are not obligated to make
         Revolving Loans pursuant to their Commitments,  Banks holding more than
         sixty-six and two-thirds  percent (66 2/3%) of the aggregate  principal
         amount  of all  Revolving  Loans  outstanding  and  (c) at any  time no
         Revolving  Loans are  outstanding,  Banks whose  aggregate  Commitments
         exceed  sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66  2/3%)  of  the  Total
         Commitment at such time.

                  "Margin  Stock"  shall have the meaning  given to that term in
         Regulation U issued by the Federal  Reserve Board, as amended from time
         to time, and any successor regulation thereto.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect
         on (a) the business, assets, operations or financial or other condition
         of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries  taken as a whole; (b) the ability of
         Borrower  or  Guarantor  on behalf of  Borrower  to pay or perform  the
         Obligations  in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  and the
         other Credit Documents;  (c) the ability of Guarantor to pay or perform
         its  obligations in accordance  with the terms of the Guaranty;  or (d)
         the rights and  remedies of Agent and the Banks  under this  Agreement,
         the Guaranty or any other Credit Documents taken as a whole.



                                       10
<PAGE>

                  "Material  Subsidiaries"  (a) with respect to Guarantor  shall
         have the meaning given to that term in the Guarantor Credit  Agreement;
         provided,   however,  that  for  purposes  of  determining  Guarantor's
         compliance with each of the  representations,  warranties and covenants
         set forth in the Guarantor  Credit Agreement and in the other Guarantor
         Credit Documents, Material Subsidiaries shall include Borrower; and (b)
         with respect to Borrower  shall mean each  Subsidiary of Borrower which
         has assets with a total book value  greater  than ten percent  (10%) of
         the consolidated  total assets of Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  each
         determined as of the end of the fiscal  quarter  immediately  preceding
         the date of determination.

                  "maturity"  shall mean,  with respect to any  Revolving  Loan,
         interest,  fee or other amount payable by Borrower under this Agreement
         or the other Credit Documents,  the date such Revolving Loan, interest,
         fee or other amount  becomes due,  whether upon the stated  maturity or
         due date, upon acceleration or otherwise.

                  "Maturity  Date" shall have the meaning  given to that term in
         Subparagraph 2.01(a).

                  "Moody's"  means  Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  and  any
         successor thereto that is a nationally-recognized rating agency.

                  "Note"   shall  have  the  meaning   given  to  that  term  in
         Subparagraph 2.06(a).

                  "Notice of  Borrowing"  shall have the  meaning  given to that
         term in Subparagraph 2.01(b).

                  "Notice of  Conversion"  shall have the meaning  given to that
         term in Subparagraph 2.01(d).

                  "Notice of Interest Period  Selection"  shall have the meaning
         given to that term in Subparagraph 2.01(e).

                  "Obligations"   shall  mean  and  include,   with  respect  to
         Borrower, all loans,  advances,  debts,  liabilities,  and obligations,
         howsoever arising,  owed by Borrower to Agent or any Bank of every kind
         and description (whether or not evidenced by any note or instrument and
         whether or not for the payment of money), direct or indirect,  absolute
         or contingent,  due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising
         pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  or any of the  other  Credit
         Documents,  including without limitation all interest,  fees,  charges,
         expenses,  attorneys' fees and accountants' fees chargeable to Borrower
         or payable by Borrower hereunder or thereunder.

                  "Origination  Fees" shall have the meaning  given to that term
         in Subparagraph 2.04(b).

                  "Participant"  shall  have the  meaning  given to that term in
         Subparagraph 8.05(b).

                                       11
<PAGE>

                  "Person" shall mean and include an individual,  a partnership,
         a  corporation  (including  a  business  trust),  a  limited  liability
         company, a joint stock company, an unincorporated  association, a joint
         venture, a trust or other entity or a Governmental Authority.

                  "Pricing Grid" shall mean Schedule II.

                  "Pricing  Period" shall mean (a) the period  commencing on the
         date of this  Agreement  and ending on February 28, 1999,  and (b) each
         consecutive  four-calendar  month  period,  two-calendar  month period,
         three-calendar   month  period  or  three-calendar   month  period  (as
         applicable)  thereafter  which  commences on the day following the last
         day  of  the   immediately   preceding   four-calendar   month  period,
         two-calendar   month   period,    three-calendar    month   period   or
         three-calendar month period (as applicable) and ends on the last day of
         that time period as follows:

                           (i)   December 1st through  February 28th or February
                  29th (as applicable);

                           (ii)  March 1st through June 30th;

                           (iii) July 1st through August 31st; and

                           (iv)  September 1st through November 30th.

                  "Prime Rate" shall mean the per annum rate publicly  announced
         by  Agent  from  time to time at its head  office.  The  Prime  Rate is
         determined  by Agent  from  time to time as a means of  pricing  credit
         extensions  to  some  customers  and is  neither  directly  tied to any
         external rate of interest or index nor  necessarily  the lowest rate of
         interest charged by Agent at any given time for any particular class of
         customers or credit  extensions.  Any change in the Base Rate resulting
         from a change in the Prime Rate shall become  effective on the Business
         Day on which each change in the Prime Rate occurs.

                  "Prior  Credit  Agreement"  shall  mean  that  certain  Credit
         Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1998 between Borrower and Union Bank
         of California, N.A.

                  "Proportionate  Share" shall mean,  with respect to each Bank,
         the  percentage  set forth  under  the  caption  "Proportionate  Share"
         opposite  such  Bank's  name  on  Schedule  I,  or,  if  changed,  such
         percentage as may be set forth for such Bank in the Register.

                  "Requirement  of Law"  applicable to any Person shall mean (a)
         the Articles or Certificate of Incorporation  and By-laws,  Partnership
         Agreement,  Operating  Agreement or other  organizational  or governing
         documents of such Person,  (b) any Governmental  Rule binding upon such
         Person,  (c) any  license,  permit,  approval  or  other  authorization
         granted by any  Governmental  Authority  to or for the  benefit of such
         Person or (d) any final  judgment,  decision  or  determination  of any
         Governmental  Authority or  arbitrator,  in each case  applicable to or
         binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person
         or any of its property is subject.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                  "Reserve  Requirement"  shall mean, with respect to any day in
         an  Interest  Period for a LIBOR  Loan,  the  aggregate  of the reserve
         requirement  rates  (expressed  as a decimal) in effect on such day for
         eurocurrency   funding   (currently   referred   to  as   "Eurocurrency
         liabilities" in Regulation D of the Federal  Reserve Board)  maintained
         by a member bank of the Federal  Reserve  System.  As used herein,  the
         term "reserve  requirement"  shall  include,  without  limitation,  any
         basic,  supplemental or emergency reserve  requirements  imposed on any
         Bank by any Governmental Authority.

                  "Revolving  Loan" shall have the meaning given to that term in
         Subparagraph 2.01(a).

                  "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,  a division of
         The McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc., and any successor  thereto that is a
         nationally-recognized rating agency.

                  "Solvent"  shall mean, with respect to any Person on any date,
         that on such date (a) the fair  value of the  assets of such  Person is
         greater  than the fair  value of the  liabilities  (including,  without
         limitation,  contingent  liabilities) of such Person,  as such value is
         established and  liabilities  evaluated for purposes of Section 101(31)
         of the  Federal  Bankruptcy  Reform Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C.  ss.101,  et
         seq.)  and,  in the  alternative,  the  California  Uniform  Fraudulent
         Transfer  Act, (b) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe
         that it will,  incur debts or liabilities  beyond such Person's ability
         to pay as such debts and liabilities  mature and (c) such Person is not
         engaged in  business  or a  transaction,  and is not about to engage in
         business  or a  transaction,  for which such  Person's  property  would
         constitute an unreasonably small capital.

                  "Subsidiary"  of any Person shall mean (a) any  corporation of
         which  50% or more of the  issued  and  outstanding  Equity  Securities
         having  ordinary  voting  power to  elect a  majority  of the  Board of
         Directors  of such  corporation  (irrespective  of  whether at the time
         capital stock of any other class or classes of such  corporation  shall
         or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any  contingency)  is
         at the time directly or indirectly  owned or controlled by such Person,
         by such Person and one or more of its other  Subsidiaries  or by one or
         more of such Person's other Subsidiaries or (b) any partnership,  joint
         venture,  or  other  association  of  which  50% or more of the  equity
         interest having the power to vote,  direct or control the management of
         such  partnership,  joint venture or other  association  is at the time
         owned and controlled by such Person,  by such Person and one or more of
         the  other  Subsidiaries  or by one or  more  of  such  Person's  other
         Subsidiaries  and in each case,  only if such Person is included in the
         Financial Statements of such Person on a consolidated basis.

                  "Synthetic  Lease" shall mean an off-balance  sheet  financing
         arrangement  for  equipment  or real  estate  which  is  treated  as an
         operating  lease  under GAAP but  pursuant  to which the lessee of such
         equipment  or real estate has the  benefits and burdens of ownership of
         the leased equipment or real estate for U.S. tax purposes.

                  "Taxes"   shall  have  the  meaning  given  to  such  term  in
         Subparagraph 2.10(a).

                                       13
<PAGE>

                  "Total  Commitment"  shall have the meaning given to that term
         in Subparagraph 2.01(a).

                  "Total Funded Debt Ratio" shall have the meaning given to that
         term in the Guarantor Credit Agreement.

                  "Type"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any  Revolving  Loan or
         Borrowing at any time,  the  classification  of such  Revolving Loan or
         Borrowing  by the  type of  interest  rate it then  bears,  whether  an
         interest rate based on the Base Rate or the LIBO Rate.

                  "Unused  Commitment"  shall  mean,  at  any  time  after  this
         Agreement is executed by Borrower,  Agent and the Banks,  the remainder
         of (a) the  Total  Commitment  at such  time  minus  (b) the sum of the
         aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding.

                  "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  shall mean any Subsidiary in which
         (other than directors' qualifying or local ownership shares required by
         law) 100% of the issued and  outstanding  Equity  Securities  or equity
         interest  (as  applicable)  having  ordinary  voting  power  to elect a
         majority  of the Board of  Directors  of such  Subsidiary  or direct or
         control the  management of such  Subsidiary  (as  applicable) is at the
         time owned and  controlled by a Person,  by such Person and one or more
         of the  other  Subsidiaries  or by one or more of such  Person's  other
         Subsidiaries.

                  "Year  2000  Problem"   shall  mean  the  risk  that  computer
         applications used by Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Guarantor and its
         Subsidiaries   may  be  unable  to  properly   recognize   and  perform
         date-sensitive  functions  involving certain dates on or after December
         31, 1999.

         1.02. GAAP.  Unless otherwise  indicated in this Agreement or any other
Credit Document,  all accounting  terms used in this Agreement,  the Guaranty or
any other Credit  Document shall be construed,  and all accounting and financial
computations hereunder or thereunder shall be computed, in accordance with GAAP.
If GAAP changes in any material  respect  during the term of this Agreement such
that any  covenants  contained  herein would then be  calculated  in a different
manner or with different components,  Borrower,  Guarantor,  the Banks and Agent
agree to  negotiate  in good faith to amend this  Agreement  and the Guaranty in
such  respects as are  necessary  to conform  those  covenants  as criteria  for
evaluating Guarantor's financial condition to substantially the same criteria as
were effective  prior to such change in GAAP;  provided,  however,  that,  until
Borrower,  Guarantor,  the  Banks  and  Agent so amend  this  Agreement  and the
Guaranty,  all such covenants  shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP as in
effect immediately prior to such change.

         1.03. Headings. Headings in this Agreement and each of the other Credit
Documents  are for  convenience  of  reference  only  and  are  not  part of the
substance hereof or thereof.

                                       14
<PAGE>

         1.04.  Plural Terms.  All terms defined in this  Agreement or any other
Credit Document in the singular form shall have comparable meanings when used in
the plural form and vice versa.

         1.05.  Time.  All  references  in this  Agreement and each of the other
Credit  Documents  to a time of day shall  mean New York time  unless  otherwise
indicated.

         1.06.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  and each of the  other  Credit
Documents  (unless  otherwise  provided in such other Credit Documents) shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California
without reference to conflicts of law rules.

         1.07. Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations among,
and has been  reviewed  by,  Borrower,  each  Bank,  Agent and their  respective
counsel.  Accordingly,  this Agreement  shall be deemed to be the product of all
parties  hereto,  and no  ambiguity  shall be  construed  in favor of or against
Borrower, any Bank or Agent.

         1.08. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  the Agent's Fee Letter,  the
Guaranty and each of the other Credit Documents, taken together,  constitute and
contain the entire  agreement  of Borrower,  Guarantor,  the Banks and Agent and
supersede   any  and  all  prior   agreements,   negotiations,   correspondence,
understandings  and communications  among the parties,  whether written or oral,
respecting the subject matter hereof.

         1.09.  Calculation of Interest and Fees. All  calculations  of interest
and fees under this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents for any period (a)
shall  include  the first day of such  period and  exclude  the last day of such
period and (b) shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days for actual
days elapsed,  except that during any period any Revolving  Loan bears  interest
based upon the Base Rate,  such  interest  shall be calculated on the basis of a
year of 365 or 366 days, as appropriate, for actual days elapsed.

         1.10. Other  Interpretive  Provisions.  References in this Agreement to
"Recitals,"   "Sections,"   "Paragraphs,"    "Subparagraphs,"   "Exhibits"   and
"Schedules" are to recitals, sections, paragraphs,  subparagraphs,  exhibits and
schedules  herein and hereto  unless  otherwise  indicated.  References  in this
Agreement and each of the other Credit Documents to any document,  instrument or
agreement  (a) shall  include  all  exhibits,  schedules  and other  attachments
thereto,  (b) shall include all documents,  instruments or agreements  issued or
executed in replacement thereof and (c) shall mean such document,  instrument or
agreement,  or  replacement  or predecessor  thereto,  as amended,  modified and
supplemented  from  time to time and in  effect  at any  given  time.  The words
"hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this
Agreement or any other  Credit  Document  shall refer to this  Agreement or such
other Credit Document,  as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular
provision of this Agreement or such other Credit  Document,  as the case may be.
The words  "include" and  "including"  and words of similar  import when used in
this  Agreement  or any  other  Credit  Document  shall not be  construed  to be
limiting or exclusive.  In the event of any  inconsistency  between the terms of
this  Agreement  and the terms of any other Credit  Document,  the terms of this
Agreement shall govern.

                                       15
<PAGE>

SECTION II. CREDIT FACILITIES.

         2.01. Revolving Loan Facility.

                  (a)  Revolving  Loan  Availability.  Subject  to the terms and
conditions of this  Agreement  (including  the amount  limitations  set forth in
Paragraph 2.02),  each Bank severally agrees to advance to Borrower from time to
time during the period  beginning on the Closing Date and ending on June 6, 2000
(the "Maturity  Date") such  revolving  loans as Borrower may request under this
Paragraph 2.01 (individually,  a "Revolving Loan"); provided,  however, that (i)
the aggregate  principal  amount of all Revolving Loans made by such Bank at any
time outstanding  shall not exceed such Bank's  Commitment at such time and (ii)
the aggregate  principal  amount of all Revolving Loans made by all Banks at any
time  outstanding  shall not exceed  Thirty Five Million  Dollars  ($35,000,000)
(such  amount,  as reduced from time to time pursuant to this  Agreement,  to be
referred to herein as the "Total Commitment"). All Revolving Loans shall be made
on  a  pro  rata  basis  by  the  Banks  in  accordance  with  their  respective
Proportionate Shares, with each Borrowing to be comprised of a Revolving Loan by
each Bank equal to such Bank's Proportionate Share of such Borrowing.  Except as
otherwise  provided herein,  Borrower may borrow,  repay and reborrow  Revolving
Loans until the Maturity Date.

                  (b) Notice of Borrowing. Borrower shall request each Borrowing
by delivering to Agent an  irrevocable  written notice in the form of Exhibit A,
appropriately completed (a "Notice of Borrowing"),  which specifies, among other
things:

                           (i) The principal amount of the requested  Borrowing,
         which shall be in the amount of (A) $500,000 or an integral multiple of
         $100,000 in excess thereof;

                           (ii) Whether the requested Borrowing is to consist of
         Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans;

                           (iii) If the  requested  Borrowing  is to  consist of
         LIBOR Loans,  the initial Interest Period selected by Borrower for such
         LIBOR Loans in accordance with Subparagraph 2.01(e); and

                           (iv) The date of the requested Borrowing, which shall
         be a Business Day.

         Borrower  shall give each Notice of  Borrowing  to Agent at least three
         (3)  Business  Days before the date of the  requested  Borrowing in the
         case of a Borrowing  consisting of LIBOR Loans and by 12:00 P.M. on the
         day of the requested Borrowing in the case of a Borrowing consisting of
         Base  Rate  Loans.  Each  Notice of  Borrowing  shall be  delivered  by
         first-class  mail or  facsimile  to Agent at the  office  or  facsimile
         number and during the hours  specified  in  Paragraph  8.01;  provided,
         however,  that Borrower shall promptly deliver to Agent the original of
         any Notice of Borrowing initially  delivered by facsimile.  Agent shall
         promptly  notify each Bank of the  contents of each Notice of Borrowing
         and of the amount and Type of (and, if applicable,  the Interest Period
         for)  each  Revolving  Loan  to be  made  by  such  Bank as part of the
         requested Borrowing.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                  (c) Interest Rates.  Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
principal  amount of each  Revolving  Loan from the date of such  Revolving Loan
until the maturity thereof, at one of the following rates per annum:

                           (i) During such periods as such  Revolving  Loan is a
         Base Rate Loan,  at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate,  such rate
         to change from time to time as the Base Rate shall change; and

                           (ii) During such periods as such  Revolving Loan is a
         LIBOR Loan, at a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest
         Period for such LIBOR  Loan to the LIBO Rate for such  Interest  Period
         plus the Applicable  Margin therefor,  such rate to change from time to
         time during such Interest Period as the Applicable Margin shall change;

         Provided,  however,  that all Revolving  Loans  outstanding  during the
         period  commencing  on the Closing  Date and ending  three (3) Business
         Days after the  Closing  Date shall be Base Rate Loans.  All  Revolving
         Loans in each  Borrowing  shall,  at any given time prior to  maturity,
         bear  interest at one, and only one, of the above rates.  The number of
         Borrowings  consisting  of LIBOR Loans shall not exceed five (5) at any
         time.

                  (d)  Conversion of Revolving  Loans.  Borrower may convert any
Borrowing  from one Type of Borrowing to the other Type.  Borrower shall request
such a  conversion  by an  irrevocable  written  notice  to Agent in the form of
Exhibit B, appropriately completed (a "Notice of Conversion"),  which specifies,
among other things:

                           (i)      The Borrowing which is to be converted;

                           (ii) The Type of  Revolving  Loans  into  which  such
         Revolving Loans are to be converted;

                           (iii) If such  Borrowing  is to be  converted  into a
         Borrowing  consisting  of LIBOR  Loans,  the  initial  Interest  Period
         selected  by  Borrower  for such  Revolving  Loans in  accordance  with
         Subparagraph 2.01(e); and

                           (iv)  The  date of the  requested  conversion,  which
         shall be a Business Day.

         Borrower  shall give each Notice of  Conversion to Agent at least three
         (3) Business  Days before the date of the  requested  conversion in the
         case of a conversion  into a Revolving Loan  consisting of LIBOR Loans.
         If Borrower  fails to give such Notice of Conversion at least three (3)
         Business  Days  before  the  date  of the  requested  conversion,  such
         Revolving  Loan  shall  automatically  convert  into a  Revolving  Loan
         consisting  of Base Rate  Loans.  Each  Notice of  Conversion  shall be
         delivered by first-class mail or facsimile to Agent at the office or to
         the facsimile  number and during the hours specified in Paragraph 8.01;
         provided,  however,  that Borrower shall promptly  deliver to Agent the
         original of any Notice of Conversion  initially delivered by facsimile.
         Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents of each Notice of
         Conversion.
                                       17
<PAGE>


                  (e)      LIBOR Loan Interest Periods.

                           (i) The initial and each  subsequent  Interest Period
         selected  by Borrower  for a LIBOR Loan shall be one (1),  three (3) or
         six (6) months as Borrower may specify; provided, however, that (A) any
         Interest  Period  which  would  otherwise  end on a day  which is not a
         Business  Day shall be extended  to the next  succeeding  Business  Day
         unless such next Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which
         case  such  Interest  Period  shall  end on the  immediately  preceding
         Business Day; (B) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business
         Day of a calendar  month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
         corresponding  day in the  calendar  month at the end of such  Interest
         Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and (C)
         no Interest Period shall end after the Maturity Date.

                           (ii)  Borrower  shall notify Agent by an  irrevocable
         written  notice in the form of Exhibit C,  appropriately  completed  (a
         "Notice of Interest  Period  Selection"),  at least three (3)  Business
         Days prior to the last day of each  Interest  Period for LIBOR Loans of
         the  Interest  Period  selected  by  Borrower  for the next  succeeding
         Interest  Period for such  Revolving  Loans.  Each  Notice of  Interest
         Period Selection shall be given by first-class mail or facsimile to the
         office or the  facsimile  number  and  during  the hours  specified  in
         Paragraph 8.01; provided, however, that Borrower shall promptly deliver
         to Agent the  original  of any  Notice  of  Interest  Period  Selection
         initially delivered by facsimile.  If Borrower fails to notify Agent of
         the next  Interest  Period  for  LIBOR  Loans in  accordance  with this
         Subparagraph  2.01(e),  such LIBOR Loans shall automatically convert to
         Base  Rate  Loans  on  the  last  day of the  current  Interest  Period
         therefor.

                  (f) Scheduled  Revolving Loan  Payments.  Borrower shall repay
the  unpaid  principal  amount  of all  Revolving  Loans on the  Maturity  Date.
Borrower  shall pay  accrued  interest  on the  unpaid  principal  amount of the
Revolving  Loans in  arrears  (i) in the case of Base  Rate  Loans,  on the last
Business Day in each calendar  quarter;  (ii) in the case of LIBOR Loans, on the
last day of each Interest  Period  therefor (and, if any such Interest Period is
longer than three (3) months, every three (3) months after the first day of such
Interest Period); and (iii) in the case of all Revolving Loans, at maturity.

                  (g) Purpose.  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Revolving
Loans (i) to refinance the loans outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement on
the  Closing  Date and (ii) to finance  Borrower's  working  capital and general
corporate needs.

         2.02. Amount Limitations, Commitment Reductions, Etc.

                  (a)  Total  Commitments.  The sum of the  aggregate  principal
amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Total
Commitment at such time.

                  (b)  Optional   Reduction  or   Cancellation  of  Commitments.
Borrower may, upon three (3) Business Days written notice to Agent,  permanently
reduce the Total  Commitment by the amount of $100,000 or integral  multiples of
$50,000  in excess  thereof  or cancel  the Total  Commitment  in its  entirety;
provided, however, that:

                                       18
<PAGE>
                           (i) Borrower may not reduce the Total  Commitment if,
         after giving effect to such reduction,  the aggregate  principal amount
         of  all  Revolving  Loans  then  outstanding  would  exceed  the  Total
         Commitment as so reduced; and

                           (ii)  Borrower  may not cancel  the Total  Commitment
         prior  to  the  Maturity   Date  if,   after  giving   effect  to  such
         cancellation, any Revolving Loan would remain outstanding.

                  (c) Effect of Commitment  Reductions.  From the effective date
of any reduction of the Total  Commitment,  the Commitment Fees payable pursuant
to Subparagraph  2.03(c) shall be computed on the basis of the Total  Commitment
as so reduced.  Any reduction of the Total Commitment pursuant to this Paragraph
2.02 shall be applied  ratably to reduce each Bank's  Commitment  in  accordance
with clause (i) of Subparagraph 2.08(a).

         2.03.    Fees.

                  (a) Agent's  Fees.  Borrower  shall pay to Agent,  for its own
accounts,  the fees in the amounts and at the times set forth in the Agent's Fee
Letter.

                  (b)  Origination  Fee.  Borrower  shall pay to Agent,  for the
ratable benefit of the Banks,  nonrefundable  origination fees (the "Origination
Fees") in an amount  equal to  one-half  of one  percent  (.50%) of each  Bank's
Commitment on the Closing Date.

                  (c)  Commitment  Fees.  Borrower  shall pay to Agent,  for the
ratable benefit of the Banks as provided in clause (iv) of Subparagraph 2.08(a),
nonrefundable  commitment fees (the  "Commitment  Fees") equal to the Commitment
Fee Percentage on the daily average Unused  Commitment for the period  beginning
on the date of this  Agreement and ending on the Maturity  Date.  The Commitment
Fee  Percentage  shall be  determined  as provided  in the Pricing  Grid and may
change for each Pricing Period. Borrower shall pay the Commitment Fees quarterly
in arrears on the last day in each  calendar  quarter  (commencing  December 31,
1998) and on the  Maturity  Date (or if the Total  Commitment  is cancelled on a
date prior to the Maturity Date, on such prior date).

         2.04.    Prepayments.

                  (a)  Terms  of all  Prepayments.  Upon the  prepayment  of any
Revolving  Loan  (whether  such  prepayment  is  an  optional  prepayment  under
Subparagraph 2.04(b), a mandatory prepayment required by Subparagraph 2.04(c) or
a mandatory  prepayment required by any other provision of this Agreement or the
other  Credit  Documents,  including,  without  limitation,  a  prepayment  upon
acceleration), Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the benefit of the Bank which
made such  Revolving  Loan (i) if such  prepayment is the  prepayment of a LIBOR
Loan, all accrued  interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid
and (ii) if such  prepayment  is the  prepayment  of a LIBOR Loan on a day other
than the last day of an Interest  Period for such  Revolving  Loan,  all amounts
payable to such Party pursuant to Paragraph 2.11.

                  (b) Optional  Prepayments.  At its option,  Borrower may, upon
three (3) Business Days notice to Agent for LIBOR Loans and one (1) Business Day
notice  to Agent  for 


                                       19
<PAGE>

Base Rate Loans,  prepay any Borrowing in part, in an aggregate principal amount
of $100,000 or more, or in whole.

                  (c)  Mandatory  Prepayments.  If, at any time,  the  aggregate
principal  amount of all  Revolving  Loans then  outstanding  exceeds  the Total
Commitment at such time, Borrower shall immediately prepay Revolving Loans in an
aggregate principal amount equal to such excess.

                  (d) Application of Revolving Loan Prepayments. All prepayments
of the Revolving Loans shall, to the extent possible, be first applied to prepay
Base Rate Loans and then, if any funds remain, to prepay LIBOR Loans.

         2.05.     Other Payment Terms.

                  (a) Place and Manner.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided
herein,  Borrower shall make all payments due to each Bank hereunder by payments
to Agent,  for the  account  of such  Bank and such  Bank's  Applicable  Lending
Office,  at Agent's office,  located at the address specified in Paragraph 8.01,
in lawful money of the United  States and in same day or  immediately  available
funds not later than 11:00 A.M. on the date due. Agent shall  promptly  disburse
to each Bank each such payment received by Agent for such Bank.

                  (b) Date. Whenever any payment due hereunder shall fall due on
a day  other  than a  Business  Day,  such  payment  shall  be made on the  next
succeeding  Business  Day,  and such  extension of time shall be included in the
computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

                  (c)  Late  Payments.  If any  amounts  required  to be paid by
Borrower under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (including,  without
limitation,  principal  or interest  payable on any  Revolving  Loan or interest
thereon,  any fees or other  amounts)  remain unpaid after such amounts are due,
Borrower  shall pay  interest  on the  aggregate,  outstanding  balance  of such
amounts  from the date due until  those  amounts are paid in full at a per annum
rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent  (2.00%),  such rate to change from
time to time as the Base Rate shall change.

                  (d) Application of Payments.  All payments  hereunder shall be
applied  first to unpaid  fees,  costs  and  expenses  then past due under  this
Agreement or the other Credit Documents, second to accrued interest then due and
payable under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents and finally to reduce
the principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans.

                  (e) Failure to Pay Agent.  Unless  Agent  shall have  received
notice from  Borrower  prior to the date on which any payment is due to any Bank
hereunder  that  Borrower  will not make such payment in full,  Agent may assume
that Borrower has made such payment in full to Agent on such date and Agent may,
in reliance upon such  assumption,  cause to be distributed  to the  appropriate
Banks on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Banks. If and
to the  extent  Borrower  shall not have so made such  payment in full to Agent,
each such Bank shall repay to Agent forthwith on demand such amount  distributed
to such Bank  together with  interest  thereon,  for each day from the date such
amount is  distributed  to such Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount
to Agent,  at (i) the  Federal  Funds Rate for the first 



                                       20
<PAGE>

three  (3)  days  and (ii) the Base  Rate  thereafter.  A  certificate  of Agent
submitted to any Party with respect to any amounts owing by such Bank under this
Subparagraph 2.05(e) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

         2.06.     Notes and Interest Account.

                  (a) Notes.  The  obligation of Borrower to repay the Revolving
Loans made by each Bank and to pay interest thereon at the rates provided herein
shall be evidenced by a promissory note in the form of Exhibit D  (individually,
a "Note") which note shall be (i) payable to the order of such Bank, (ii) in the
amount  of such  Bank's  Commitment,  (iii)  dated  the  Closing  Date  and (iv)
otherwise  appropriately  completed.  Borrower authorizes each Bank to record on
the schedule  annexed to such Bank's Note the date and amount of each  Revolving
Loan made by such Bank and of each payment or  prepayment  of principal  thereon
made by Borrower,  and agrees that all such  notations  shall  constitute  prima
facie evidence of the matters noted.  Borrower  further  authorizes each Bank to
attach to and make a part of such  Bank's  Note  continuations  of the  schedule
attached thereto as necessary.

                  (b) Interest Account.  Borrower  authorizes Agent to record in
an account or accounts maintained by Agent on its books (the "Interest Account")
(i) the interest rates applicable to all Revolving Loans and the effective dates
of all changes thereto,  (ii) the Interest Period for each LIBOR Loan, (iii) the
date and amount of each  principal and interest  payment on each  Revolving Loan
and (iv) such other  information  as Agent may  determine is  necessary  for the
computation of interest payable by Borrower hereunder.

         2.07.    Revolving Loan Funding, Etc.

                  (a) Bank  Funding  and  Disbursement  to  Borrower.  Each Bank
shall, before 12:00 P.M. on the date of each Borrowing,  make available to Agent
at its office specified in Paragraph 8.01, in same day or immediately  available
funds,  such Bank's pro rata share of such  Borrowing.  After Agent's receipt of
such  funds  and upon  fulfillment  of the  applicable  conditions  set forth in
Section III, Agent will promptly  disburse such funds in same day or immediately
available funds to Borrower.  Unless otherwise directed by Borrower, Agent shall
disburse  the  proceeds of each  Borrowing  to Borrower by  disbursement  to the
account or accounts specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing.

                  (b) Bank  Failure to Fund.  Unless  Agent shall have  received
notice  from a Bank prior to the date of any  Borrowing  that such Bank will not
make available to Agent such Bank's pro rata share of such Borrowing,  Agent may
assume that such Bank has made such  portion  available  to Agent on the date of
such  Borrowing  in  accordance  with  Subparagraph  2.07(a),  and Agent may, in
reliance  upon  such  assumption,  make  available  to  Borrower  (or  otherwise
disburse)  on such date a  corresponding  amount.  If any Bank does not make the
amount of its pro rata share of any Borrowing  available to Agent on or prior to
the date of such Borrowing,  such Bank shall pay to Agent,  on demand,  interest
which shall accrue on such amount  until made  available to Agent at rates equal
to (i) the daily  Federal  Funds Rate  during  the period  from the date of such
Borrowing  through  the third  Business  Day  thereafter  and (ii) the Base Rate
thereafter.  A  certificate  of Agent  submitted to any Bank with respect to any
amounts



                                       21
<PAGE>

owing under this Subparagraph 2.07(b) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
If any Bank's pro rata share of any  Borrowing is not in fact made  available to
Agent by such  Bank  within  three  (3)  Business  Days  after  the date of such
Borrowing,  Borrower shall pay to Agent, on demand,  an amount equal to such pro
rata  share  together  with  interest  thereon,  for each day from the date such
amount was made  available  to Borrower  until the date such amount is repaid to
Agent,  at the  interest  rate  applicable  at the time to the  Revolving  Loans
comprising such Borrowing.

                  (c) Banks'  Obligations  Several.  The  failure of any Bank to
make the  Revolving  Loan to be made by it as part of any  Borrowing  shall  not
relieve any other Bank of its obligation hereunder to make its Revolving Loan on
the date of such Borrowing,  but no Bank shall be responsible for the failure of
any other Bank to make the  Revolving  Loan to be made by such other Bank on the
date of any Borrowing.

         2.08.    Pro Rata Treatment.

                  (a)  Borrowings,   Commitment   Reductions,   Etc.  Except  as
otherwise provided herein:

                           (i) Each  Borrowing  and each  reduction of the Total
         Commitment  shall  be  made by or  shared  among  the  Banks  pro  rata
         according to their respective Proportionate Shares;

                           (ii) Each payment of principal of Revolving  Loans in
         any Borrowing  shall be shared among the Banks which made or funded the
         Revolving  Loans in such Borrowing pro rata according to the respective
         unpaid  principal  amounts of such Revolving Loans so made or funded by
         such Banks;

                           (iii) Each payment of interest on Revolving  Loans in
         any Borrowing  shall be shared among the Banks which made or funded the
         Revolving  Loans  in  such  Borrowing  pro  rata  according  to (A) the
         respective  unpaid principal amounts of such Revolving Loans so made or
         funded by such  Banks and (B) the dates on which  such Banks so made or
         funded  such  Revolving  Loans or is deemed to have made or funded such
         Revolving  Loans to the extent  such Bank  otherwise  paid  interest to
         Agent on such Revolving Loans in accordance with Subparagraph 2.07(b);

                           (iv) Each payment of Commitment  Fees shall be shared
         among   the  Banks  pro  rata   according   to  (A)  their   respective
         Proportionate  Share and (B) in the case of each Bank  which  becomes a
         Bank hereunder after the date hereof,  the date upon which such Bank so
         became a Bank;

                           (v) Each payment of interest  (other than interest on
         Revolving  Loans)  shall be shared  among the Banks and Agent  owed the
         amount upon which such interest  accrues pro rata  according to (A) the
         respective  amounts  so owed such Banks and (B) the dates on which such
         amounts became owing to such Banks; and

                           (vi) All other  payments under this Agreement and the
         other  Credit  Documents  shall be for the  benefit  of the  Person  or
         Persons specified.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                  (b) Sharing of  Payments,  Etc.  If any Bank shall  obtain any
payment (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any right of
setoff,  or otherwise) on account of Revolving Loans owed to it in excess of its
ratable  share of payments on account of such  Revolving  Loans  obtained by all
Banks entitled to such  payments,  such Bank shall  forthwith  purchase from the
other Banks entitled to such payments such participations in the Revolving Loans
as shall be necessary to cause such  purchasing Bank to share the excess payment
ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such
excess payment is thereafter  recovered from such purchasing Bank, such purchase
shall be rescinded  and each other Bank shall repay to the  purchasing  Bank the
purchase  price to the extent of such recovery  together with an amount equal to
such other Bank's  ratable share  (according to the proportion of (i) the amount
of such other  Bank's  required  repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered
from the purchasing Bank) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the
purchasing  Bank in respect of the total amount so  recovered.  Borrower  agrees
that any Bank so purchasing a  participation  from another Bank pursuant to this
Subparagraph  2.08(b) may, to the fullest extent permitted by law,  exercise all
its rights of payment  (including  the right of setoff,  but only as provided in
Paragraph 8.06) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Bank were
the direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation.

         2.09.    Change of Circumstances.

                  (a) Inability to Determine  Rates.  If, on or before the first
day of any Interest  Period for any LIBOR Loan,  Agent shall  determine that (i)
the LIBO Rate for such  Interest  Period  cannot be  adequately  and  reasonably
determined  due  to  the  unavailability  of  funds  in or  other  circumstances
affecting  the London  interbank  market or (ii) the rates of interest  for such
LIBOR Loans do not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Banks of making
or maintaining  such LIBOR Loans,  Agent shall  immediately  give notice of such
condition  to  Borrower  and the Banks.  After the giving of any such notice and
until Agent shall otherwise notify Borrower that the  circumstances  giving rise
to such condition no longer exist,  Borrower's right to request the making of or
conversion  to, and the  Banks'  obligations  to make or convert to LIBOR  Loans
shall be suspended.  Any LIBOR Loans outstanding at the commencement of any such
suspension  shall,  unless  fully  repaid,  be  converted at the end of the then
current  Interest  Period for such LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans  unless such
suspension has then ended.

                  (b)  Illegality.  If,  after the date of this  Agreement,  the
adoption of any Governmental  Rule, any change in any  Governmental  Rule or the
application or  requirements  thereof  (whether such change occurs in accordance
with the terms of such Governmental Rule as enacted, as a result of amendment or
otherwise),   any  change  in  the   interpretation  or  administration  of  any
Governmental Rule by any Governmental  Authority, or compliance by any Bank with
any  request  or  directive  (whether  or not  having  the  force of law) of any
Governmental  Authority (a "Change of Law") shall make it unlawful or impossible
for any Bank to make or  maintain  any LIBOR Loan,  such Bank shall  immediately
notify  Agent and  Borrower of such Change of Law.  Upon receipt of such notice,
(i) Borrower's  right to request the making of or conversion to, and such Bank's
obligation  to make or convert to,  LIBOR Loans  shall be  terminated,  and (ii)
Borrower shall, at the request of such Bank, either (A) pursuant to Subparagraph
2.01(d),  convert any such then  outstanding  LIBOR Loans of such Bank into Base
Rate Loans at the end of the current  Interest  Period for such LIBOR Loans,  or
(B) immediately  


                                       23
<PAGE>

repay or convert any such LIBOR Loans if such Bank shall  notify  Borrower  that
such Bank may not lawfully  continue to fund and maintain such LIBOR Loans.  Any
conversion or prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to the preceding  sentence
prior to the last day of an Interest Period for such LIBOR Loans shall be deemed
a prepayment  thereof for purposes of Paragraph  2.11.  After any Bank  notifies
Agent and  Borrower of such a Change of Law and until such Bank  notifies  Agent
and Borrower that it is no longer  unlawful or impossible  for such Bank to make
or maintain any LIBOR Loan, all Revolving  Loans of such Bank shall be Base Rate
Loans.

                  (c) Increased Costs. If, after the date of this Agreement, any
Change of Law:

                           (i) Shall  subject any Bank to any tax, duty or other
         charge  with  respect to any LIBOR Loan,  or shall  change the basis of
         taxation of payments by Borrower to any Bank on such a LIBOR Loan or in
         respect to such a LIBOR Loan under this  Agreement  (except for changes
         in the rate of taxation  on the overall net income of any Bank  imposed
         by its  jurisdiction of incorporation or the jurisdiction in which such
         Bank maintains a lending office); or

                           (ii)  Shall  impose,  modify or hold  applicable  any
         reserve  (excluding  any Reserve  Requirement  or other  reserve to the
         extent  included  in the  calculation  of the LIBO  Rate for any  LIBOR
         Loans),  special deposit or similar requirement against assets held by,
         deposits or other  liabilities  in or for the  account of,  advances or
         loans by, or any other  acquisition  of funds by any Bank for any LIBOR
         Loan; or

                           (iii)  Shall  impose on any Bank any other  condition
         related to any LIBOR Loan or such Bank's Commitments;

and the effect of any of the  foregoing  is to increase the cost to such Bank of
making,  renewing, or maintaining any such LIBOR Loan or such Bank's Commitments
or to reduce any amount  receivable by such Bank hereunder,  then Borrower shall
from time to time,  within five (5) days after demand by such Bank (which demand
shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis
for the calculation of the amount demanded), pay to such Bank additional amounts
sufficient to reimburse such Bank for such increased costs or to compensate such
Bank for such reduced  amounts;  provided,  however,  that Borrower shall not be
obligated  to pay any Bank  for any such  increased  costs  or  reduced  amounts
incurred  more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of such Bank's  demand for
payment  if such  demand  was made more than sixty (60) days after the latest of
(A) the date such Bank received  actual notice of such increased cost or reduced
amount,  (B) the  effective  date of such  Change  in Law,  or (C) the date such
Change in Law occurred or was enacted.  A  certificate  as to the amount of such
increased  costs or reduced  amounts  submitted  by such Bank to Borrower  shall
constitute prima facie evidence of such increased costs or reduced amounts.  The
obligations  of  Borrower  under this  Subparagraph  2.09(c)  shall  survive the
payment  and  performance  of  the  Obligations  and  the  termination  of  this
Agreement.

                  (d)  Capital   Requirements.   If,  after  the  date  of  this
Agreement,  any Bank determines that (i) any Change of Law affects the amount of
capital  required  or  expected  to be  maintained  by such  Bank or any  Person
controlling such Bank (a "Capital Adequacy



                                       24
<PAGE>

Requirement")  and (ii) the  amount of capital  maintained  by such Bank or such
Person which is reasonably  attributable  to or based upon the Revolving  Loans,
the  Commitments or this Agreement must be increased as a result of such Capital
Adequacy  Requirement (taking into account such Bank's or such Person's policies
with  respect  to  capital  adequacy),  Borrower  shall pay to such Bank or such
Person,  within five (5) days after  demand of such Bank (which  demand shall be
accompanied by a statement  setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the
calculation  of the amount  demanded),  such amounts as such Bank or such Person
shall reasonably  determine are necessary to compensate such Bank or such Person
for the increased costs to such Bank or such Person of such increased capital. A
certificate  of any Bank setting forth in reasonable  detail the  computation of
any such increased  costs  delivered by such Bank to Borrower  shall  constitute
prima facie evidence of such increased  costs. The obligations of Borrower under
this  Subparagraph  2.09(d)  shall  survive the payment and  performance  of the
Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

                  (e)  Mitigation.  As  promptly  as  practical  after  any Bank
becomes aware of (i) any Change of Law which will make it unlawful or impossible
for such Bank to make or  maintain  any  LIBOR  Loan or (ii) any  obligation  by
Borrower to pay any amount  pursuant  to  Subparagraph  2.09(c) or  Subparagraph
2.09(d),  such Bank shall notify  Borrower and Agent (and, if any Bank has given
notice of any such event  described  in clause (i) or (ii) above and  thereafter
such event  ceases to exist,  such Bank shall  promptly so notify  Borrower  and
Agent).  Each Bank  affected  by any Change of Law which  makes it  unlawful  or
impossible for such Bank to make or maintain any LIBOR Loan or to which Borrower
is obligated to pay any amount pursuant to Subparagraph  2.09(c) or Subparagraph
2.09(d)  shall  use  reasonable   commercial  efforts  (including  changing  the
jurisdiction  of its  Applicable  Lending  Office)  to avoid the  effect of such
Change of Law or to avoid or  materially  reduce any amounts  which  Borrower is
obligated to pay pursuant to Subparagraph 2.09(c) or Subparagraph 2.09(d) if, in
the reasonable  opinion of such Bank, such efforts would not be  disadvantageous
to such Bank or contrary to such Bank's normal banking practices.

         2.10.    Taxes on Payments.

                  (a)  Payments  Free of Taxes.  All  payments  made by Borrower
under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be made free and clear
of, and without  deduction or  withholding  for or on account of, any present or
future income, stamp or other taxes, levies,  imposts,  duties,  charges,  fees,
deductions  or  withholdings,  now  or  hereafter  imposed,  levied,  collected,
withheld or assessed by any Governmental  Authority (except (i) net income taxes
and franchise  taxes in lieu of net income taxes imposed on Agent or any Bank by
its  jurisdiction of  incorporation  or any jurisdiction in which it maintains a
lending office and (ii)  withholding  taxes required to be paid for Banks who do
not  comply  with  Subparagraph  2.10(b)  at the time they  first  become  Banks
hereunder) (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees,
deductions  and  withholdings  being  hereinafter  called  "Taxes").  Subject to
Subparagraph  2.10(c), if any Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts
payable to Agent or any Bank hereunder or under the other Credit Documents,  the
amounts  so  payable  to Agent or such Bank  shall be  increased  to the  extent
necessary to yield to Agent or such Bank (after  payment of all Taxes)  interest
or any such  other  amounts  payable  hereunder  at the rates or in the  amounts
specified in this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents.  Whenever


                                       25
<PAGE>

any Taxes are payable by Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter,  Borrower
shall send to Agent for its own account or for the account of such Bank,  as the
case may be, a  certified  copy of an  original  official  receipt  received  by
Borrower showing payment thereof. If Borrower fails to pay any Taxes when due to
the  appropriate  taxing  authority  or fails to  remit  to Agent  the  required
receipts or other required documentary evidence,  Borrower shall indemnify Agent
and the Banks for any incremental  taxes,  interest or penalties that may become
payable by Agent or any Bank as a result of any such failure. The obligations of
Borrower  under  this  Subparagraph   2.10(a)  shall  survive  the  payment  and
performance of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

                  (b)  Withholding  Exemption  Certificates.  On or prior to the
Closing Date, each Bank which is not  incorporated  under the laws of the United
States of America or a state  thereof shall deliver to Borrower and Agent either
two duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or
4224 (or successor applicable form), as the case may be, certifying in each case
that such Bank is  entitled to receive  payments  under this  Agreement  without
deduction or withholding  of any United States  federal  taxes.  Each Bank which
delivers to Borrower and Agent a Form 1001 or 4224  pursuant to the  immediately
preceding  sentence  further  undertakes  to deliver to  Borrower  and Agent two
further  copies of Form 1001 or 4224, or successor  applicable  forms,  or other
manner of certification or procedure,  as the case may be, on or before the date
that any such letter or form expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence
of any event  requiring a change in the most recent  letter and form  previously
delivered by it to Borrower and Agent,  and such extensions or renewals  thereof
as may reasonably be requested by Borrower or Agent, certifying in the case of a
Form 1001 or 4224 that such Bank is  entitled  to  receive  payments  under this
Agreement  without  deduction or withholding of any United States federal taxes,
unless in any such cases an event  (including  without  limitation any change in
treaty,  law or  regulation)  has  occurred  prior to the date on which any such
delivery would  otherwise be required which renders all such forms  inapplicable
or which  would  prevent a Bank from duly  completing  and  delivering  any such
letter or form with respect to it and such Bank advises  Borrower and Agent that
it is not capable of receiving  payments without any deduction or withholding of
United States federal income tax.

                  (c)  Mitigation.  Agent or any Bank  claiming  any  additional
amounts payable pursuant to this Paragraph 2.10 shall use reasonable  commercial
efforts to file any  certificate  or document  requested  in writing by Borrower
(including  without  limitation copies of Internal Revenue Service Form 1001, or
successor  forms,  reflecting  a reduced rate of  withholding)  or to change the
jurisdiction of its Applicable  Lending Office if the making of such a filing or
such change in the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office would avoid the
need for or materially  reduce the amount of any such  additional  amounts which
may thereafter accrue and if, in the reasonable opinion of Agent or such Bank in
the case of a change in the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office,  such
change would not be disadvantageous to Agent or such Bank or contrary to Agent's
or such Bank's normal banking practices.

                  (d) Tax  Returns.  Nothing  contained in this  Paragraph  2.10
shall require Agent or any Bank to make available any of its tax returns (or any
other information relating to its taxes which it deems to be confidential).

                                       26
<PAGE>

         2.11. Funding Loss Indemnification. If Borrower shall (a) repay, prepay
or  convert  any LIBOR  Loan on any day other  than the last day of an  Interest
Period  therefor  (whether  a  scheduled  payment,  an  optional  prepayment  or
conversion, a mandatory prepayment or conversion, a payment upon acceleration or
otherwise),  (b) fail to borrow any LIBOR  Loan for which a Notice of  Borrowing
has been  delivered to Agent  (whether as a result of the failure to satisfy any
applicable  conditions or otherwise) or (c) fail to convert any Revolving  Loans
into LIBOR Loans in accordance  with a Notice of  Conversion  delivered to Agent
(whether  as a result of the  failure to satisfy any  applicable  conditions  or
otherwise), Borrower shall, upon demand by any Bank, reimburse such Bank for and
hold such Bank harmless from all Funding Losses and all related incidental costs
and expenses (such as administrative  costs and expenses)  incurred by such Bank
as a result of such  repayment,  prepayment  or  failure.  Each  Bank  demanding
payment  under this  Paragraph  2.11 shall  deliver to Borrower,  with a copy to
Agent,  a  certificate  setting  forth the amount of Funding  Losses and related
incidental costs and expenses for which demand is made, which  certificate shall
set forth in reasonable  detail the calculation of the amount  demanded.  Such a
certificate  so delivered to Borrower shall  constitute  prima facie evidence of
such Funding Losses and related  incidental costs and expenses.  The obligations
of Borrower under this Paragraph 2.11 shall survive the payment and  performance
of the  Obligations  and the  termination  of this Agreement for a period of one
year from the date of termination.

         2.12.  Replacement of Banks.  If any Bank shall (a) become a Defaulting
Bank more than two (2) times in a period of twelve (12) consecutive  months, (b)
continue as a Defaulting  Bank for more than five (5) Business Days at any time,
(c)  suspend  its  obligation  to make  or  maintain  LIBOR  Loans  pursuant  to
Subparagraph  2.09(b) for a reason  which is not  applicable  to the Banks (or a
material  number of the  Banks)  generally,  or (d)  demand  any  payment  under
Subparagraph 2.09(c), 2.09(d) or 2.10(a) for a reason which is not applicable to
the Banks (or a material number of Banks) generally, then Agent may (or upon the
written request of Borrower,  shall) replace such Bank (the "affected Bank"), or
cause such  affected  Bank to be replaced,  with another bank (the  "replacement
bank")  satisfying  the  requirements  of an  Assignee  Bank under  Subparagraph
8.05(c),  by having  the  affected  Bank sell and  assign  all of its rights and
obligations  under  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Credit  Documents  to  the
replacement bank pursuant to Subparagraph  8.05(c);  provided,  however, that if
Borrower  seeks to exercise such right,  it must do so within one hundred twenty
(120) days after it first  knows or should have known of the  occurrence  of the
event or events giving rise to such right,  and neither Agent nor any Bank shall
have any obligation to identify or locate a replacement bank for Borrower.  Upon
receipt by any affected  Bank of a written  notice from Agent stating that Agent
is exercising  the  replacement  right set forth in this  Paragraph  2.12,  such
affected Bank shall sell and assign all of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement and the other Credit  Documents to the replacement bank pursuant to an
Assignment  Agreement and Subparagraph 8.05(c) for a purchase price equal to the
sum of the principal  amount of the affected Bank's  Revolving Loans so sold and
assigned,  all accrued and unpaid interest  thereon and its ratable share of all
fees to which it is entitled.

         2.13.    Guaranty.

                  (a) Guaranty.  The Obligations  shall be secured by a Guaranty
in the form of Exhibit E, duly executed by Guarantor (the "Guaranty").

                                       27
<PAGE>

                  (b) Further  Assurances.  Borrower  shall  deliver,  and shall
cause  Guarantor  to  deliver,  to Agent such  additional  guaranties  and other
instruments,  agreements,  certificates,  opinions  and  documents  as Agent may
reasonably  request to  establish,  maintain,  protect and  evidence  the rights
provided  to Agent,  for the  benefit  of Agent and the Banks,  pursuant  to the
Guaranty.  Borrower shall fully  cooperate,  and shall cause  Guarantor to fully
cooperate,  with Agent and the Banks and perform all additional  acts reasonably
requested by Agent or any Bank to effect the purposes of this Paragraph 2.13.

SECTION III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

         3.01.  Initial  Conditions  Precedent.  The obligations of the Banks to
make the Revolving Loans comprising the initial Borrowing are subject to receipt
by Agent, on or prior to the Closing Date, of each item listed in Schedule 3.01,
each in form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Banks,  and with
sufficient copies for, Agent and each Bank.

         3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each Credit Event. The occurrence of each
Credit  Event  (including  the  initial  Borrowing)  is subject  to the  further
conditions that:

                  (a)  Borrower  shall  have  delivered  to Agent the  Notice of
Borrowing for such Credit Event in accordance with this Agreement;

                  (b) On the date such Credit Event is to occur and after giving
effect to such Credit Event, the following shall be true and correct:

                           (i) The  representations  and  warranties of Borrower
         and  its   Subsidiaries   set   forth   in   Paragraph   4.01  and  the
         representations  and  warranties of Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  and
         Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries set forth in the other Credit Documents
         are true and correct in all  material  respects as if made on such date
         (except  for  representations  and  warranties  expressly  made as of a
         specified date, which shall be true as of such date); and

                           (ii) No Default or Event of Default has  occurred and
         is continuing or will result from such Credit Event; and

                  (c) On the date such Credit Event is to occur and after giving
effect to such Credit Event,  all of the Credit  Documents are in full force and
effect.

The submission by Borrower to Agent of each Notice of Borrowing  shall be deemed
to be a representation and warranty by Borrower as of the date thereon as to the
above.

         3.03.  Conditions  Precedent to Each  Conversion  or Each  Selection of
Interest  Period.  The occurrence of the conversion of any Base Rate Loan into a
LIBOR  Loan or the  selection  of a new  Interest  Period  for any LIBOR Loan is
subject to the further conditions that:

                  (a)  Borrower  shall  have  delivered  to Agent the  Notice of
Conversion or Notice of Interest Period Selection,  as the case may be, for such
conversion or selection of an Interest Period in accordance with this Agreement;

                                       28
<PAGE>

                  (b) On the date such  conversion  or  selection of an Interest
Period is to occur and after giving effect to such conversion or selection of an
Interest  Period,  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
or will result from such conversion or selection of an Interest Period; and

                  (c) On the date such  conversion  or  selection of an Interest
Period is to occur and after giving effect to such conversion or selection of an
Interest Period, all of the Credit Documents are in full force and effect.

The submission by Borrower to Agent of each Notice of Conversion and each Notice
of Interest Period Selection shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty
by Borrower as of the date thereon as to the above.

SECTION IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         4.01.  Borrower's  Representations  and Warranties.  In order to induce
Agent and the Banks to enter into this Agreement, Borrower hereby represents and
warranties to Agent and the Banks as follows:

                  (a) Due  Incorporation,  Qualification,  etc. Each of Borrower
and  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  (i)  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  its   jurisdiction   of
incorporation;  (ii) has the power and  authority to own,  lease and operate its
properties  and  carry  on its  business  as now  conducted;  and  (iii) is duly
qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation
in each  jurisdiction  where the  failure  to be so  qualified  or  licensed  is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (b)  Authority.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance by
Borrower of each Credit Document  executed,  or to be executed,  by Borrower and
the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby (i) are within the
corporate power of Borrower; and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate actions on the part of Borrower.

                  (c)  Enforceability.  Each Loan  Document  in the nature of an
agreement  executed,  or to be executed,  by Borrower has been, or will be, duly
executed and delivered by Borrower and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal,
valid and  binding  obligation  of  Borrower,  enforceable  against  Borrower in
accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency or other
laws  of  general  application  relating  to or  affecting  the  enforcement  of
creditors'  rights  generally and general  principles of equity  (regardless  of
whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  (d) Non-Contravention.  The execution and delivery by Borrower
of the Loan Documents and the performance and  consummation of the  transactions
contemplated  thereby do not (i) violate any  Requirement  of Law  applicable to
Borrower;  (ii)  violate  any  provision  of,  or  result  in the  breach or the
acceleration  of, or entitle any other Person to accelerate  (whether  after the
giving  of  notice or lapse of time or both),  any  Contractual  Obligations  of
Borrower which could  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect;
or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (or the  obligation to
create or impose any Lien)  upon any  property,  asset


                                       29
<PAGE>

or revenue of  Borrower  (except  such Liens as may be created in favor of Agent
pursuant to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents).


                  (e)  Approvals.  No  material  consent,   approval,  order  or
authorization of, or registration,  declaration or filing with, any Governmental
Authority or other Person having jurisdiction over Borrower or any of Borrower's
Subsidiaries   (including  the  shareholders  of  any  Person)  is  required  in
connection  with the  execution and delivery of the Loan  Documents  executed by
Borrower or the performance and  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
thereby except for consents, approvals, orders,  authorizations,  registrations,
declarations  or filings  required to be obtained or made in accordance with the
Loan Documents.

                  (f) No  Violation  or  Default.  Neither  Borrower  nor any of
Borrower's Subsidiaries is in violation of or in default with respect to (i) any
Requirement of Law applicable to such Person; or (ii) any Contractual Obligation
of such Person,  where,  in each case,  such  violation or default is reasonably
likely to have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  No Event of Default or Default  has
occurred and is continuing.

                  (g) Litigation. Except as set forth in the Borrower Disclosure
Letter, no actions (including,  without limitation,  derivative actions), suits,
proceedings  or  investigations  are pending or, to the  knowledge  of Borrower,
threatened  against  Borrower  or any of  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  at law or in
equity  in  any  court  or  before  any  other  Governmental   Authority  having
jurisdiction  over  Borrower  or any of  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  which  (i) is
reasonably likely (alone or in the aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect;
or (ii) seeks to enjoin, either directly or indirectly, the execution,  delivery
or performance of the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

                  (h) No Agreements to Sell Assets; Etc. As of the Closing Date,
neither Borrower nor any of Borrower's  Subsidiaries  has any legal  obligation,
absolute or  contingent,  to any Person to sell all or any material  part of the
assets of  Borrower  or any of  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  (other  than any sale,
lease,  transfer or other disposition permitted pursuant to Subparagraph 5.02(c)
of the Guarantor Credit  Agreement),  or to effect any merger,  consolidation or
other  reorganization of Borrower or any of Borrower's  Subsidiaries or to enter
into any agreement with respect thereto.

                  (i) Margin Stock.  Borrower owns no Margin Stock which, in the
aggregate, would constitute a substantial part of the assets of Borrower, and no
proceeds of any  Revolving  Loan will be used to purchase or carry,  directly or
indirectly, any Margin Stock or to extend credit, directly or indirectly, to any
Person for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

                  (j) No Material  Adverse Effect.  No event has occurred and no
condition  exists which could  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

                  (k)  Accuracy  of  Information  Furnished.  None of the Credit
Documents  and  none  of  the  other  certificates,  statements  or  information
furnished  to  Agent  or any  Bank by or on  behalf  of  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries  in  connection  with  the  Credit  Documents  or the 


                                       30
<PAGE>

transactions   contemplated   thereby  (taken  together  with  all  such  Credit
Documents, certificates, statements or information) contains or will contain any
untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits or will omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood by Agent and the
Banks that the  projections  and  forecasts  provided by Borrower  are not to be
viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods  covered by
such  projections  and  forecasts  may differ from the  projected or  forecasted
results).

                  (l) Year 2000 Compliance.  Borrower and its Subsidiaries  have
reviewed or are reviewing the areas within their business and  operations  which
reasonably could be expected to be adversely  affected by, and have developed or
are  developing  a program to address on a timely and adequate  basis,  the Year
2000 Problem and intend to make  appropriate  inquiry of material  suppliers and
vendors.  Upon the completion of such ongoing  review and  development of such a
program,  Borrower and its Subsidiaries believe that they will be able to timely
and  adequately  address the Year 2000 Problem such that it could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         4.02. Reaffirmation.  Borrower shall be deemed to have reaffirmed,  for
the benefit of Agent and the Banks, each  representation  and warranty contained
in  Paragraph  4.01 on and as of the  date  of each  Credit  Event  (except  for
representations  and  warranties  expressly made as of a specified  date,  which
shall be true as of such date).

SECTION V. COVENANTS.

         5.01.  Affirmative  Covenants.  Until the termination of this Agreement
and the satisfaction in full by Borrower of all Obligations (other than inchoate
indemnity  obligations  of  Borrower),  Borrower  will  comply,  and will  cause
compliance,  with the following  affirmative  covenants,  unless  Majority Banks
shall otherwise consent in writing:

                  (a)      Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

                           (i) Borrower  shall furnish to Agent (and Agent shall
         promptly thereupon furnish to each Bank) each of the items Guarantor is
         required to furnish  pursuant to Subparagraph  5.01(a) of the Guarantor
         Credit Agreement on or before the time each such item is required to be
         furnished.

                           (ii) To the extent  such  materials  are  prepared in
         connection  with  the  preparation  of  the  Financial   Statements  of
         Guarantor  that Borrower is required to deliver  pursuant to clause (i)
         above,  Borrower  shall  furnish  to Agent (and  Agent  shall  promptly
         thereupon  furnish to each Bank),  as soon as available,  a copy of the
         internally prepared unaudited Financial Statements of Borrower for such
         quarter of year (as applicable).

                  (b) Books and Records.  Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall at
all times keep  proper  books of record  and  account  in  accordance  with good
business practices and GAAP.

                  (c) Inspections.  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  shall permit
personnel  of Agent to visit and  inspect any of the  properties  and offices of
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  in 



                                       31
<PAGE>

accordance  with  Subparagraph   5.01(c)  of  the  Guarantor  Credit  Agreement;
provided, however, that (a) all references to "Borrower" therein shall be deemed
to be references to Borrower, (b) all references to "Subsidiaries" therein shall
be deemed to be references to Subsidiaries of Borrower and (c) all references to
"Administrative Agent" therein shall be deemed to be references to Agent.

                  (d) Insurance. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall:

                           (i) Carry and maintain  insurance of the types and in
         the amounts  customarily  carried  from time to time during the term of
         this Agreement by others engaged in substantially  the same business as
         such Person and operating in the same  geographic  area as such Person,
         including, but not limited to, fire, public liability,  property damage
         and worker's compensation; and

                           (ii) Deliver to Agent from time to time, as Agent may
         request, schedules setting forth all insurance then in effect.

                           (iii)  Notwithstanding  clauses  (i) and (ii)  above,
         Borrower  and  any of its  Subsidiaries,  or  Guarantor  on  behalf  of
         Borrower  and  any of its  Subsidiaries,  may  self-insure  in  lieu of
         maintaining all or a portion of the insurance required to be maintained
         pursuant  to  this  Subsection  5.01(d)  to the  extent  determined  by
         Borrower's and/or  Guarantor's Board of Directors to be appropriate and
         in the best  interests  of  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a
         whole.

                  (e) Governmental  Charges.  Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  or
Guarantor on behalf of Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries,  shall promptly pay
and  discharge  when due all taxes and other  Governmental  Charges prior to the
date upon which penalties accrue thereon which, if unpaid, are reasonably likely
to have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  except  such taxes and other  Governmental
Charges as may in good faith be contested or disputed, or for which arrangements
for deferred payment have been made, provided that in each such case appropriate
reserves are maintained in accordance with GAAP.

                  (f) Use of  Proceeds.  Borrower  shall use the proceeds of the
Revolving  Loans  only  for the  purposes  set  forth in  Subparagraph  2.01(g).
Borrower  shall not use any part of the  proceeds of any  Revolving  Loan or any
Letter of Credit,  directly  or  indirectly,  for the purpose of  purchasing  or
carrying  any Margin  Stock or for the  purpose of  purchasing  or  carrying  or
trading in any securities under such  circumstances as to involve Borrower,  any
Bank or any Agent in a violation of  Regulations T, U or X issued by the Federal
Reserve Board.

                  (g) General  Business  Operations.  Each of  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  shall (i)  subject  to  Subparagraph  5.02(c)  and  5.02(d) of the
Guarantor Credit  Agreement,  preserve and maintain its corporate  existence and
all of its material rights,  privileges and franchises  reasonably  necessary to
the conduct of its business,  (ii) conduct its business activities in compliance
with all  Requirements  of Law and  Contractual  Obligations  applicable to such
Person,  the violation of which is reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect,  (iii) keep all  property  useful and  necessary in its business in good
working order and condition,  ordinary wear and tear excepted in 



                                       32
<PAGE>

accordance  with  prudent  business  practices,  and  (iv) pay and  perform  all
Contractual  Obligations as and when due (except to the extent  disputed in good
faith by Guarantor, Borrower or the appropriate Subsidiary and where non-payment
would not be reasonably  expected to have a Material Adverse  Effect).  Borrower
shall maintain its chief executive office and principal place of business in the
United  States and shall not  relocate its chief  executive  office or principal
place of  business  outside of  California  without  providing  Agent with prior
written notice.

         5.02. Negative  Covenants.  Until the termination of this Agreement and
the  satisfaction  in full by Borrower of all  Obligations  (other than inchoate
indemnity  obligations  of  Borrower),  Borrower  will  comply,  and will  cause
compliance,  with the following negative covenants,  unless Majority Banks shall
otherwise consent in writing:

                  (a) Indebtedness. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall create,  incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness or any Guaranty
Obligations, except for Borrower Permitted Indebtedness.

                  (b)  Change  in  Business.  Neither  Borrower  nor  any of its
Subsidiaries shall engage, either directly or indirectly through Affiliates,  in
any line of business other than the digital storage business, any other business
incidental  or  reasonably  related  thereto,  or any  businesses  that are,  as
determined  by the  Board  of  Directors  of  Borrower,  appropriate  extensions
thereof.

SECTION VI. DEFAULT.

         6.01. Events of Default. The occurrence or existence of any one or more
of the following shall constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:

                  (a) Borrower or Guarantor on behalf of Borrower (i) shall fail
to pay when due any principal payment on the Revolving Loans, (ii) shall fail to
pay within three (3) Business Days when due any interest, or (iii) shall fail to
pay when due any other payment required under the terms of this Agreement or any
of the  other  Loan  Documents  and such  failure  shall  continue  for five (5)
Business Days after notice thereof has been given to Borrower by Agent; or

                  (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Guarantor or any of
its  Subsidiaries  shall fail to observe or perform  any  covenant,  obligation,
condition  or  agreement  set  forth  in  Paragraph  5.02 of this  Agreement  or
Subparagraph 4.2 of the Guaranty; or

                  (c) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Guarantor or any of
its  Subsidiaries   shall  fail  to  observe  or  perform  any  other  covenant,
obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents  and such failure  shall  continue for twenty (20) Business Days after
the  earlier of the date that an  Executive  Officer of Borrower  first  obtains
knowledge or notice of such failure or the date Agent gives  Borrower  notice of
such failure; or

                  (d) Any  written  representation  or  warranty  by Borrower or
Guarantor made or deemed made herein or in any Loan Document shall prove to have
been false, incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date
made or deemed made; or

                                       33
<PAGE>

                  (e)  Borrower  or  any  of  Borrower's  Material  Subsidiaries
(except  with  respect  to clauses  (iv) and (v)  below)  shall (i) apply for or
consent to the  appointment of a receiver,  trustee,  liquidator or custodian of
itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) be unable, or admit
in writing its inability,  to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make
a general  assignment  for the benefit of its or any of its  creditors,  (iv) be
dissolved  or  liquidated  in full or in part,  (v) no longer be  Solvent,  (vi)
commence   a   voluntary   case  or  other   proceeding   seeking   liquidation,
reorganization  or other  relief  with  respect to itself or its debts under any
bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar  law now or  hereafter  in  effect or
consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking  possession of its
property by any official in an involuntary  case or other  proceeding  commenced
against  it, or (vii) take any action for the  purpose of  effecting  any of the
foregoing; or

                  (f) Proceedings  for the  appointment of a receiver,  trustee,
liquidator or custodian of Borrower or any of Borrower's  Material  Subsidiaries
or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof,  or an involuntary case
or other proceedings  seeking  liquidation,  reorganization or other relief with
respect to Borrower or any of  Borrower's  Material  Subsidiaries,  or the debts
thereof under any  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter
in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such  proceeding
shall not be dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days of commencement; or

                  (g) Any Credit  Document or any material  term  thereof  shall
cease to be, or be asserted by Borrower or Guarantor  not to be, a legal,  valid
and binding  obligation of Borrower or Guarantor  enforceable in accordance with
its  terms,  the effect of which is or could  reasonably  be  expected  to be to
interfere  with,  hinder or impair in any  material  respect  the  practical  or
effective realization of the rights,  benefits or remedies of Agent or the Banks
under any Credit Documents taken as a whole; or

                  (h) A Guarantor  Credit  Agreement Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; or

                  (i) Any Change of Control shall occur.

(Any of the events or conditions set forth in Subparagraphs  6.01(a)-(i),  prior
to the giving of any required  notice or the  expiration of any specified  grace
period, shall constitute a "Default" hereunder.)

         6.02.  Remedies.  Upon the  occurrence  or  existence  of any  Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default  referred to in Subparagraph  6.01(e) or
6.01(f))  and at any time  thereafter  during the  continuance  of such Event of
Default,  Agent may,  with the consent of the  Majority  Banks,  or shall,  upon
instructions  from the  Majority  Banks,  by  written  notice to  Borrower,  (a)
terminate the  Commitments  and the  obligations  of the Banks to make Revolving
Loans and/or (b) declare all outstanding  Obligations  payable by Borrower to be
immediately due and payable without  presentment,  demand,  protest or any other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained
herein or in the Notes to the contrary  notwithstanding.  Upon the occurrence or
existence of any Event of Default described in Subparagraph  6.01(e) or 6.01(f),
immediately and without  notice,  (1) the Commitments and the


                                       34
<PAGE>

obligations of the Banks to make Revolving Loans shall  automatically  terminate
and  (2)  all  outstanding  Obligations  payable  by  Borrower  hereunder  shall
automatically become immediately due and payable,  without presentment,  demand,
protest  or any  other  notice of any kind,  all of which are  hereby  expressly
waived,   anything   contained   herein  or  in  the   Notes  to  the   contrary
notwithstanding.  In addition to the foregoing remedies,  upon the occurrence or
existence of any Event of Default, Agent may exercise any right, power or remedy
permitted  to it by law,  either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.
Immediately  after  taking any action  under this  Paragraph  6.02,  Agent shall
notify each Bank of such action.

SECTION VII. AGENT AND RELATIONS AMONG BANKS.

         7.01. Appointment, Powers and Immunities. Each Bank hereby appoints and
authorizes  Agent to act as its agent  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Credit
Documents  with such powers as are expressly  delegated to Agent by the terms of
this Agreement and the other Credit  Documents,  together with such other powers
as are  reasonably  incidental  thereto.  Agent  shall  not have any  duties  or
responsibilities  except those  expressly set forth in this  Agreement or in any
other Credit  Document,  be a trustee for any Bank or have any fiduciary duty to
any Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Agent shall
not be required to take any action  which is contrary to this  Agreement  or any
other Credit  Document or  applicable  law.  Neither Agent nor any Bank shall be
responsible   to  Agent  or  any  other  Bank  for  any  recitals,   statements,
representations or warranties made by Borrower contained in this Agreement or in
any other Credit Document, for the value, validity, effectiveness,  genuineness,
enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any other Credit Document or
for any failure by Borrower to perform its obligations  hereunder or thereunder.
Agent may employ agents and  attorneys-in-fact  and shall not be  responsible to
any  Bank  for  the   negligence   or   misconduct   of  any  such   agents   or
attorneys-in-fact  selected by them with  reasonable  care. None of Agent or its
directors,  officers,  employees or agents shall be  responsible to any Bank for
any action  taken or omitted  to be taken by it or them  hereunder  or under any
other Credit Document or in connection herewith or therewith,  except for its or
their own gross negligence or willful  misconduct.  Except as otherwise provided
under this  Agreement,  Agent shall take such action with  respect to the Credit
Documents  as shall be  directed by the  Majority  Banks.  Agent shall  promptly
furnish to each Bank copies of all material  documents,  reports,  certificates,
financial  statements  and notices  furnished  to Agent by  Borrower;  provided,
however,  that Agent  shall not be liable to any Bank for its failure to provide
copies of such material documents, reports,  certificates,  financial statements
and  notices  unless  such  failure  constitutes  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct by Agent.

         7.02.  Reliance  by Agent.  Agent  shall be  entitled  to rely upon any
certificate,  notice or other document (including any cable, telegram, facsimile
or telex)  believed  by it in good faith to be genuine  and  correct and to have
been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper  Person or  Persons,  and upon
advice  and  statements  of legal  counsel,  independent  accountants  and other
experts  selected by Agent with  reasonable  care.  As to any other  matters not
expressly  provided for by this  Agreement,  Agent shall not be required to take
any action or exercise any discretion,  but Agent shall be required to act or to
refrain from acting upon  instructions  of the  Majority  Banks and shall in all
cases be fully  protected by the Banks in acting,  or in refraining from acting,
hereunder or under any other Credit Document in accordance with the instructions
of



                                       35
<PAGE>

the Majority Banks,  and such  instructions of the Majority Banks and any action
taken or  failure  to act  pursuant  thereto  shall be  binding on Agent and the
Banks.

         7.03.  Defaults.  Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice
of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless Agent has received a
notice from a Bank or Borrower,  referring to this  Agreement,  describing  such
Default  or Event of  Default  and  stating  that such  notice  is a "Notice  of
Default".  If Agent  receives  such a notice of the  occurrence  of a Default or
Event of Default,  Agent shall give prompt  notice  thereof to the Banks.  Agent
shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall
be reasonably  directed by the Majority  Banks;  provided,  however,  that until
Agent shall have received such directions, Agent may (but shall not be obligated
to) take such action,  or refrain from taking such action,  with respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall deem  advisable in the best  interest of
the Banks.

         7.04.  Indemnification.  Without  limiting the  Obligations of Borrower
hereunder,  each Bank agrees to indemnify Agent, ratably in accordance with such
Bank's  Proportionate Share, for any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
damages, penalties,  actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or nature  whatsoever  which may at any time be imposed on, incurred
by or  asserted  against  Agent in any way  relating  to or arising  out of this
Agreement or any documents  contemplated  by or referred to herein or therein or
the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the enforcement of any of the
terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents;  provided, however, that
no Bank shall be liable for any of the  foregoing  to the extent they arise from
Agent's gross negligence or willful  misconduct.  Agent shall be fully justified
in refusing to take or to continue to take any action  hereunder unless it shall
first be  indemnified  to its  satisfaction  by the  Banks  against  any and all
liability  and  expense  which  may be  incurred  by it by  reason  of taking or
continuing  to take any such  action.  The  obligations  of each Bank under this
Paragraph 7.04 shall survive the payment and performance of the Obligations, the
termination  of  this  Agreement  and any  Bank  ceasing  to be a party  to this
Agreement.

         7.05. Non-Reliance. Each Bank represents that it has, independently and
without  reliance on Agent or any other Bank,  and based on such  documents  and
information  as it  has  deemed  appropriate,  made  its  own  appraisal  of the
financial condition and affairs of Borrower,  its Subsidiaries and Guarantor and
its own  decision  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and  agrees  that it  will,
independently  and without  reliance  upon Agent or any Bank,  and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,  continue to
make its own  appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this
Agreement.  Neither Agent nor any Bank shall be required to keep any other Agent
or  Bank  informed  as  to  the  performance  or  observance  by  Borrower,  its
Subsidiaries or Guarantor of the  obligations  under this Agreement or any other
document referred to or provided for herein or to make inquiry of, or to inspect
the properties or books of Borrower,  its Subsidiaries or Guarantor.  Except for
notices,  reports and other documents and information  expressly  required to be
furnished to the Banks by Agent hereunder, neither Agent nor any Bank shall have
any duty or responsibility to provide Agent or any Bank with any credit or other
information concerning Borrower,  its Subsidiaries or Guarantor,  which may come
into the possession of Agent or any Bank or any of its or their Affiliates.

                                       36
<PAGE>

         7.06.  Resignation or Removal of Agent.  Subject to the appointment and
acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below,  Agent may resign at any time
by giving notice thereof to the Banks, and Agent may be removed at any time with
or without cause by the Majority  Banks.  Upon any such  resignation or removal,
the  Majority  Banks  shall have the right to appoint a successor  Agent,  which
Agent shall be reasonably  acceptable to Borrower.  If no successor  Agent shall
have  been  appointed  by the  Majority  Banks  and  shall  have  accepted  such
appointment  within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice
of resignation or the Majority  Banks' removal of the retiring  Agent,  then the
retiring  Agent may, on behalf of the Banks,  appoint a successor  Agent,  which
shall be (a) a bank having a combined capital,  surplus and retained earnings of
not less  than  U.S.  $500,000,000  and (b) shall be  reasonably  acceptable  to
Borrower;  provided,  however,  that  Borrower  shall have no right to approve a
successor  Agent  which is a Bank if an Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing.  Upon the  acceptance  of any  appointment  as Agent  hereunder by a
successor  Agent,  such successor  Agent shall  thereupon  succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent,
and the  retiring  Agent  shall be  discharged  from its duties and  obligations
hereunder. After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent,
the  provisions of this Section VII shall  continue in effect for its benefit in
respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as
Agent.

         7.07.  Authorization.  Agent  is  hereby  authorized  by the  Banks  to
execute,  deliver and perform, each of the Credit Documents to which Agent is or
is  intended  to be a party and each Bank  agrees,  subject to the terms of this
Agreement, to be bound by all of the agreements of Agent contained in the Credit
Documents.

         7.08.  Agent in its Individual  Capacity.  Agent and its affiliates may
make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business
with Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates as though Agent were not an
Agent hereunder.  With respect to Revolving Loans made by Fleet as a Bank, Fleet
shall have the same rights and powers under this  Agreement and the other Credit
Documents  as any other  Bank and may  exercise  the same as though  its was not
Agent.

         7.09. Agent's  Communications  Binding Upon Banks. Subject to the terms
of this  Agreement,  the Banks agree that written  communications  from Agent to
Borrower on behalf of the Banks shall be binding upon the Banks.

         7.10. No Obligations of Borrower. Nothing contained in this Article VII
shall be deemed to impose upon Borrower any obligation in respect of the due and
punctual  performance  by  Agent  of its  obligations  to the  Banks  under  any
provision of this  Agreement,  and Borrower  shall have no liability to Agent or
any Bank in respect of any  failure by Agent or any Bank to perform any of their
respective obligations to each other under this Agreement.  Without limiting the
generality of the  foregoing  sentence,  where any  provision of this  Agreement
relating to the  payment of any  amounts due and owing under the Loan  Documents
provides that such  payments  shall be made by Borrower to Agent for the account
of the Banks,  Borrower's  obligations  to the Banks in respect of such payments
shall be deemed to be satisfied upon the making of such payments to Agent in the
manner provided by this Agreement.

                                       37
<PAGE>

SECTION VIII. MISCELLANEOUS.

         8.01.  Notices.  Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  all  notices,
requests,  demands,  consents,  instructions or other  communications to or upon
Borrower,  any Bank or Agent under this Agreement or the other Credit  Documents
shall be in writing and faxed,  mailed or delivered,  if to Borrower or Agent at
its respective  facsimile number or address set forth below, or, if to any Bank,
at the address or facsimile  number  specified  beneath the heading "Address for
Notices"  under the name of such Bank in Schedule I (or to such other  facsimile
number or address for any party as  indicated  in any notice given by that party
to the other parties).  All such notices and  communications  shall be effective
(a) when sent by  Federal  Express  or other  overnight  service  of  recognized
standing,  on the second  Business Day  following the deposit with such service;
(b) when mailed,  first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through
the United States Postal Service, upon receipt; (c) when delivered by hand, upon
delivery; and (d) when faxed, upon confirmation of receipt;  provided,  however,
that any notice delivered to Agent under Section II shall not be effective until
received by such Person.

         Agent:             Fleet National Bank
                            Mail Stop MA OF D07A
                            One Federal Street
                            Boston, MA  02110
                            Attn:  Mike Barclay
                            Telephone:  (617) 346-0057
                            Facsimile:  (617) 346-0151

         Borrower:          ATL Products, Inc.
                            101 Inovation Drive
                            Irvine, CA 92612-3040
                            Attn: Mark de Raad
                                     Vice President, Finance & CFO
                            Telephone: (949) 856-7805
                            Facsimile: (949) 856-7890


Each Notice of  Borrowing,  Notice of Conversion  and Notice of Interest  Period
Selection  shall be given by Borrower to Agent to the office of Agent located at
the address  referred to above during Agent's normal business  hours;  provided,
however,  that any such notice received by Agent after 1:00 P.M. on any Business
Day shall be deemed  received  by Agent on the next  Business  Day.  In any case
where  this   Agreement   authorizes   notices,   requests,   demands  or  other
communications  by  Borrower  to Agent or any  Bank to be made by  telephone  or
facsimile,  Agent or any Bank may conclusively presume that anyone purporting to
be a person  designated in any incumbency  certificate or other similar document
received by Agent or such Bank is such a person.

         8.02.  Expenses.  Borrower shall pay within ten (10) days after demand,
whether or not any Revolving Loan is made hereunder,  (a) all (i) Attorney Costs
and (ii) other reasonable fees and expenses payable to third parties incurred by
Agent in connection with the preparation,  



                                       38
<PAGE>

negotiation, execution, delivery and syndication of this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents,  and the preparation,  negotiation,  execution and delivery of
amendments  and waivers  hereunder and  thereunder;  (b) all Attorney  Costs and
other reasonable fees and expenses payable to third parties incurred by Agent in
connection  with the exercise of its rights or duties under this  Agreement  and
the other Credit Documents; and (c) all Attorney Costs and other reasonable fees
and  expenses  payable  to third  parties  incurred  by Agent or any Bank in the
enforcement or attempted  enforcement of any of the Obligations or in preserving
any of Agent's or the Banks'  rights and remedies  (including  all such fees and
expenses  incurred in connection with any "workout" or  restructuring  affecting
the Credit Documents or the Obligations or any bankruptcy or similar  proceeding
involving  Borrower,  any of its Subsidiaries or Guarantor).  The obligations of
Borrower under this Paragraph 8.02 shall survive the payment and  performance of
the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

         8.03. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower
agrees to protect,  indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless  Agent,  the Banks and
their Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and
advisors  ("Indemnitees")  from and  against  any and all  liabilities,  losses,
damages or expenses of any kind or nature and from any suits,  claims or demands
(including in respect of or for reasonable  attorney's  fees and other expenses)
arising on  account  of or in  connection  with (a) any use by  Borrower  of any
proceeds of the Revolving Loans,  (b) any violation or alleged  violation of any
Requirement  of Law by  Borrower  or any of its  Affiliates,  (c) any Default or
Event of Default,  (d) or any acquisition or proposed acquisition by Borrower of
the  stock or  assets  (in  whole or in part)  of any  other  Person  or (e) the
execution,  delivery  and  performance  of this  Agreement  and the other Credit
Documents by any of the Indemnitees  (unless arising out of any violation by any
of Agent,  the Banks or any of their  Affiliates of any applicable law governing
its banking powers), except to the extent such liability arises from the willful
misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee.  Upon receiving  knowledge of
any suit,  claim or demand  asserted  by a third  party  that  Agent or any Bank
believes is covered by this  indemnity,  Agent or such Bank shall give  Borrower
prompt written notice of the matter  (specifying  with reasonable  particularity
the basis  therefor) and an opportunity  (but not the obligation) to participate
in and defend  it, at  Borrower's  sole cost and  expense,  with  legal  counsel
reasonably  satisfactory  to Agent or such Bank, as the case may be. Any failure
or delay of Agent or any Bank to  notify  Borrower  of any such  suit,  claim or
demand as required by this Paragraph 8.03 or to cooperate in the defense thereof
shall not relieve  Borrower of its  obligations  under this  Paragraph  8.03 but
shall reduce such obligations to the extent of any increase in those obligations
caused  solely  by  any  such  failure  or  delay  which  is  unreasonable.  The
obligations  of Borrower under this Paragraph 8.03 shall survive the payment and
performance of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

         8.04. Waivers;  Amendments. Any term, covenant,  agreement or condition
of this Agreement or any other Credit  Document may be amended or waived if such
amendment  or waiver is in writing  and is signed by Borrower  and the  Majority
Banks; provided, however that:

                  (a) Any  amendment,  waiver or consent  which (i) amends  this
Paragraph  8.04,  or (ii) amends the  definition  of  Majority  Banks must be in
writing and signed or approved in writing by all Banks;

                                       39
<PAGE>

                  (b) Any  amendment,  waiver or consent which (i) increases the
Total Commitment, (ii) extends the Maturity Date, (iii) reduces the principal of
or interest on the Revolving  Loans or any fees or other amounts payable for the
account of the Banks hereunder, or (iv) postpones any date fixed for any payment
of the  principal  of or  interest on the  Revolving  Loans or any fees or other
amounts  payable for the account of the Banks  hereunder  must be in writing and
signed or approved in writing by all Banks;

                  (c) Any  amendment,  waiver  or  consent  which  increases  or
decreases the  Proportionate  Share of any Bank must be in writing and signed by
such Bank; and

                  (d) Any amendment,  waiver or consent which affects the rights
or obligations of Agent must be in writing and signed by Agent.

No failure or delay by Agent or any Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall
operate  as a waiver  thereof  or of any other  right  nor  shall any  single or
partial  exercise of any such right preclude any other further  exercise thereof
or of any other right.  Unless otherwise  specified in such waiver or consent, a
waiver or  consent  given  hereunder  shall be  effective  only in the  specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

         8.05.    Successors and Assigns.

                  (a)  Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  and the  other  Credit
Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, the Banks,
Agent,  all future  holders  of the Notes and their  respective  successors  and
permitted  assigns,  except that  Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its
rights or  obligations  under any  Credit  Document  without  the prior  written
consent of Agent and each Bank.  All  references in this Agreement to any Person
shall be deemed to include all successors and assigns of such Person.

                  (b)  Participations.  Any Bank may, in the ordinary  course of
its commercial  banking  business and in accordance  with applicable law, at any
time sell to one or more banks or other financial institutions  ("Participants")
participating  interests in any Revolving Loan owing to such Bank, any Note held
by such Bank,  any  Commitment  of such Bank or any other  interest of such Bank
under this  Agreement and the other Credit  Documents.  In the event of any such
sale  by a  Bank  of  participating  interests  to a  Participant,  such  Bank's
obligations  under this Agreement to the other parties to this  Agreement  shall
remain unchanged,  such Bank shall remain solely responsible for the performance
thereof,  such Bank shall  remain  the holder of any such Note for all  purposes
under this Agreement, such Bank shall retain the right to approve amendments and
waivers and other voting rights  hereunder and Agent and Borrower shall continue
to deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights
and obligations  under this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that any agreement
pursuant to which any Bank sells a  participating  interest to a Participant may
require the selling Bank to obtain the consent of such  Participant in order for
such Bank to agree in writing to any  amendment  of a type  specified  in clause
(i), (ii),  (iii) or (iv) of Subparagraph  8.04(b) or Subparagraph  8.04(c),  as
appropriate.  Borrower agrees that if amounts  outstanding  under this Agreement
and the other Credit  Documents are due and unpaid,  or shall have been declared
or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
each  Participant  shall,  to the fullest extent  permitted



                                       40
<PAGE>

by law,  be deemed to have the right of setoff in respect  of its  participating
interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and any other Credit Documents to
the same  extent  as if the  amount of its  participating  interest  were  owing
directly to it as a Bank under this  Agreement  or any other  Credit  Documents;
provided,  however, that (i) no Participant shall exercise any rights under this
sentence without the consent of Agent, (ii) no Participant shall have any rights
under this  sentence  which are greater than those of the selling Bank and (iii)
such rights of setoff shall be subject to the obligation of such  Participant to
share with the Banks,  and the Banks  agree to share with such  Participant,  as
provided in Subparagraph  2.08(b).  Borrower also agrees that any Bank which has
transferred  all or part of its interests in the  Commitments  and the Revolving
Loans to one or more Participants shall,  notwithstanding any such transfer,  be
entitled to the full benefits accorded such Bank under Paragraph 2.09, Paragraph
2.10, and Paragraph 2.11, as if such Bank had not made such transfer.

                  (c)  Assignments.  Any Bank may, in the ordinary course of its
commercial  banking business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time,
sell and  assign  to any Bank,  any  affiliate  of a Bank or any  other  bank or
financial institution (individually, an "Assignee Bank") all or a portion of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents (such
a sale and assignment to be referred to herein as an  "Assignment")  pursuant to
an assignment  agreement in the form of Exhibit F (an  "Assignment  Agreement"),
executed by each Assignee  Bank and such assignor Bank (an "Assignor  Bank") and
delivered to Agent for its acceptance  and recording in the Register;  provided,
however, that:

                           (i) Without the  written  consent of Borrower  (which
         written  consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld but which written
         consent  shall not be  required  after the  occurrence  and  during the
         continuation  of an Event of Default),  no Bank may make any Assignment
         to  any  Assignee  Bank  which  is  not,   immediately  prior  to  such
         Assignment,  a  Bank  hereunder  or an  affiliate  which  controls,  is
         controlled by or is under common control with a Bank hereunder;

                           (ii) Without the written  consent of Borrower  (which
         written  consent of Borrower shall not be required after the occurrence
         and during the  continuation  of an Event of Default)  and Agent (which
         consent of Borrower and Agent shall not be unreasonably  withheld),  no
         Bank may make any Assignment to any Assignee Bank which is, immediately
         prior  to such  Assignment,  a Bank  hereunder  or an  affiliate  which
         controls,  is  controlled  by or is under  common  control  with a Bank
         hereunder  if the  principal  amount  of such  Assignment  is less than
         $5,000,000  (except that any Bank may make an Assignment  which reduces
         its  Commitment  to zero  without the written  consent of Borrower  and
         Agent); and

                           (iii) No Bank may make any Assignment  which does not
         assign and delegate an equal pro rata interest in such Bank's Revolving
         Loans, Commitments and all other rights, duties and obligations of such
         Bank under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Upon such  execution,  delivery,  acceptance  and  recording of each  Assignment
Agreement,  from and after the Assignment  Effective Date determined pursuant to
such Assignment  Agreement,  



                                       41
<PAGE>

(A) each Assignee Bank thereunder shall be a Bank hereunder with a Proportionate
Share as set forth on Attachment 1 to such  Assignment  Agreement and shall have
the rights,  duties and  obligations of such a Bank under this Agreement and the
other Credit  Documents,  and (B) the Assignor Bank  thereunder  shall be a Bank
with a  Proportionate  Share as set  forth on  Attachment  1 to such  Assignment
Agreement,  or, if the Proportionate Share of the Assignor Bank has been reduced
to 0%, the Assignor Bank shall cease to be a Bank; provided,  however,  that any
such  Assignor  Bank which ceases to be a Bank shall  continue to be entitled to
the benefits of any provision of this Agreement  which by its terms survives the
termination of this  Agreement.  Each  Assignment  Agreement  shall be deemed to
amend Schedule I to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the
addition of each Assignee Bank, the deletion of each Assignor Bank which reduces
its  Proportionate  Share to 0% and the resulting  adjustment  of  Proportionate
Shares  arising from the purchase by each  Assignee  Bank of all or a portion of
the rights and  obligations  of an Assignor  Bank under this  Agreement  and the
other Credit Documents.  On or prior to the Assignment Effective Date determined
pursuant to each  Assignment  Agreement,  Borrower,  at its own  expense,  shall
execute  and  deliver to Agent,  in  exchange  for the  surrendered  Note of the
Assignor  Bank  thereunder,  a new  Note  to the  order  of each  Assignee  Bank
thereunder  in an amount equal to the  Commitment  assumed by such Assignee Bank
and, if the Assignor Bank is continuing as a Bank  hereunder,  a new Note to the
order of the Assignor Bank in an amount equal to the Commitment  retained by it.
Each such new Note shall be dated the Closing Date and  otherwise be in the form
of the Note replaced  thereby  (provided that Borrower shall not be obligated to
pay any  additional  interest to any Assignee  Bank in respect to any  principal
payments made prior to the  Assignment  Effective Date of the Assignment to such
Assignee Bank). The Notes  surrendered by the Assignor Bank shall be returned by
Agent to Borrower marked "replaced". Each Assignee Bank which was not previously
a Bank  hereunder  and which is not  incorporated  under the laws of the  United
States of America or a state  thereof  shall,  within three (3) Business Days of
becoming a Bank,  deliver to Borrower and Agent either two duly completed copies
of United  States  Internal  Revenue  Service  Form  1001 or 4224 (or  successor
applicable  form), as the case may be, certifying in each case that such Bank is
entitled  to  receive  payments  under  this  Agreement   without  deduction  or
withholding of any United States federal income taxes.

                  (d) Register.  Agent shall maintain at its address referred to
in  Paragraph  8.01 a copy of each  Assignment  Agreement  delivered to it and a
register (the  "Register") for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Banks and the Proportionate Share of each Bank from time to time. The entries in
the Register shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error, and Borrower,
Agent and the Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register
as the owner of the Revolving  Loans  recorded  therein for all purposes of this
Agreement.  The Register  shall be available  for  inspection by Borrower or any
Bank at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

                  (e) Registration.  Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement
executed by an Assignor Bank and an Assignee  Bank (and, to the extent  required
by Subparagraph 8.05(c), by Borrower and Agent),  together with payment to Agent
by Assignor Bank of a registration and processing fee of $3,500, Agent shall (i)
promptly accept such Assignment  Agreement and (ii) on the Assignment  Effective
Date determined pursuant thereto record the information contained therein in the
Register and give notice of such  acceptance  and  recordation  to the Banks and


                                       42
<PAGE>

Borrower.  Agent may, from time to time at its election,  prepare and deliver to
the Banks and Borrower a revised Schedule I reflecting the names,  addresses and
respective Proportionate Shares of all Banks then parties hereto.

         8.06.    Setoff; Security Interest.

                  (a)  Setoff.  In  addition  to any rights and  remedies of the
Banks provided by law, each Bank shall have the right, with the prior consent of
Agent, but without prior notice to or consent from Borrower,  any such notice or
consent being expressly waived by Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable
law, upon the occurrence and during the  continuance of an Event of Default,  to
set-off  and apply,  or to  authorize  or direct such Bank to set-off and apply,
against any  indebtedness,  whether  matured or  unmatured,  of Borrower to such
Bank, any amount owing from such Bank to Borrower,  at or at any time after, the
happening  of any of the  above  mentioned  events,  and as  security  for  such
indebtedness,  Borrower  hereby  grants  to  Agent  and each  Bank a  continuing
security  interest in any and all deposits,  accounts or moneys of Borrower then
or thereafter  maintained  with such Bank,  subject in each case to Subparagraph
2.08(b).  The  aforesaid  right of set-off may be  exercised by any Bank against
Borrower or against any trustee in bankruptcy,  debtor in  possession,  assignee
for the benefit of  creditors,  receiver or  execution,  judgment or  attachment
creditor of Borrower or against anyone else claiming through or against Borrower
or such trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of
creditors,   receiver,   or   execution,   judgment  or   attachment   creditor,
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  such  right of  set-off  shall  not have  been
exercised by such Bank prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default.  Any Bank
which exercises its right of setoff agrees promptly to notify Borrower after any
such set-off and  application  made by such Bank,  provided  that the failure to
give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

                  (b)  Security  Interest.  As  security  for  the  Obligations,
Borrower  hereby grants to each Bank,  for the benefit of Agent and all Banks, a
continuing  security  interest  in any and all  deposit  accounts  or  moneys of
Borrower now or hereafter maintained with such Bank. Each Bank shall have all of
the rights of a secured party with respect to such security interest.

         8.07. No Third Party Rights. Nothing expressed in or to be implied from
this  Agreement is intended to give, or shall be construed to give,  any Person,
other  than the  parties  hereto  and their  permitted  successors  and  assigns
hereunder,  any benefit or legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by
virtue of this Agreement or under or by virtue of any provision herein.

         8.08.  Partial  Invalidity.  If at  any  time  any  provision  of  this
Agreement is or becomes  illegal,  invalid or unenforceable in any respect under
the law or any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of
the  remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement  nor the  legality,  validity  or
enforceability of such provision under the law of any other  jurisdiction  shall
in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

         8.09. Jury Trial. EACH OF BORROWER, THE BANKS AND AGENT, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY  JURY  AS TO  ANY  ISSUE  RELATING  HERETO  IN 



                                       43
<PAGE>

ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY CREDIT
DOCUMENT.

         8.10.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in any number of
identical counterparts,  any set of which signed by all the parties hereto shall
be deemed to constitute a complete, executed original for all purposes.

         8.11.  Confidentiality.  None of the Banks and Agent shall  disclose to
any Person any information  with respect to Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries
which is furnished pursuant to this Agreement, except that any Bank or Agent may
disclose any such  information  (a) to its own directors,  officers,  employees,
auditors,  counsel and other professional advisors and to its Affiliates if such
Bank or Agent or such Bank's or such  Agent's  holding or parent  company in its
sole  discretion  determines  that any such  party  should  have  access to such
information;  (b) to another Bank or Agent;  (c) if  generally  available to the
public;  (d) if required or  appropriate  in any report,  statement or testimony
submitted to any Governmental  Authority having or claiming to have jurisdiction
over such Bank or Agent;  (e) if  required  or  appropriate  in  response to any
summons  or  subpoena  or in  connection  with  any  litigation,  to the  extent
permitted or deemed advisable by counsel;  (f) to comply with any Requirement of
Law applicable to such Bank or Agent; (g) to any Participant or Assignee Bank or
any prospective  Participant or Assignee Bank, provided that such Participant or
Assignee or prospective Participant or Assignee agrees in writing to be bound by
this Paragraph 8.11 prior to disclosure; or (h) otherwise with the prior consent
of Borrower;  provided,  however,  that any disclosure made in violation of this
Agreement  shall not affect the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and
the other Credit Documents.

                  [The next page is the first signature page.]


                                       44
<PAGE>




         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Borrower,  the Banks and Agent have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:                   ATL PRODUCTS, INC.



                            By: /s/ Mark de Raad
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Mark de Raad
                                           -------------------------------------
                                    Title: Vice President, Finance & CFO
                                           -------------------------------------


AGENT:                     FLEET NATIONAL BANK,
                           As Agent



                            By: /s/ Michael S. Barclay
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael S. Barclay
                                           -------------------------------------
                                    Title: Vice President
                                           -------------------------------------


BANKS:                     FLEET NATIONAL BANK,
                           As a Bank



                           By: /s/ Michael S. Barclay
                               -------------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Michael S. Barclay
                                           -------------------------------------
                                    Title: Vice President
                                           -------------------------------------

                           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                           SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, As a Bank



                            By: /s/ Kevin Mc Mahon
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Kevin Mc Mahon
                                           -------------------------------------
                                    Title: Managing Director
                                           -------------------------------------



                                       45
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I

                                      BANKS

                                                                PROPORTIONATE
BANK                                                                 SHARE*
- ----                                                                 ------

FLEET NATIONAL BANK                                              57.14285714%
- -------------------

Applicable Lending Office:

Fleet National Bank
75 State Street
Boston, MA  02109

Address for Notices:

Fleet National Bank
Mail Stop MA OF D07A
One Federal Street
Boston, MA  02110
Attention:  Mike Barclay
Vice President

Telephone:(617) 346-0057
Fax:(617) 346-0151


Wiring Instructions:

Fleet National Bank
75 State Street
Boston, MA  02109
ABA:  011-000-138
Account Name:  Incoming Loan in Process Wire Account
A/C No.:  1510351-03156
Reference:  ATL Products, Inc.
Attention:  Commercial Loan Operations/Agent Bank



*To be expressed as a percentage rounded to the eighth digit to the right of the
decimal point.


                                      I-1
<PAGE>

                                                                PROPORTIONATE
BANK                                                                 SHARE*
- ----                                                                 ------


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION                                             42.85714286%
- -------------------------------

Applicable Lending Office:

Bank of America National Trust
  and Savings Association
1850 Gateway Boulevard, 3rd Floor
Concord, CA  94520
Attention:  Julia Young
GPO Account Admin: #5693

Telephone:(510) 675-7328
Fax:(510) 675-7531


Address for Notices:

Bank of America National Trust
  and Savings Association
Credit Products-High Technology-SF #3697
555 California Street, 41st Floor
San Francisco, CA  94104
Attention:  Kevin McMahon
Managing Director

Telephone:(415) 622-8088
Fax:(415) 622-2514


Wiring Instructions:

Bank of America National Trust
  and Savings Association
San Francisco, California
ABA No.:  121000358
Account No.:  1233183980
Reference: ATL Products, Inc.
Attention:  Julia Young








* To be expressed  as a  percentage  rounded to the eighth digit to the right of
the decimal point.



                                      I-2
<PAGE>
                                                                PROPORTIONATE
BANK                                                                 SHARE*
- ----                                                                 ------




                                      I-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                   SCHEDULE II

                                  PRICING GRID

<CAPTION>
                                    LEVEL 1          LEVEL 2           LEVEL 3          LEVEL 4          LEVEL 5
                                    PERIOD           PERIOD            PERIOD           PERIOD           PERIOD
                                    ------           ------            ------           ------           ------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>  
APPLICABLE MARGIN:                   0.40%            0.55%             0.70%            0.90%            1.10%
- -----------------
COMMITMENT FEE                        .150%            .200%             .250%            .300%            .375%
PERCENTAGES:
- --------------

</TABLE>


                                   EXPLANATION

1.       The  Applicable  Margin  for each  LIBOR  Loan and the  Commitment  Fee
         Percentage  will be set for each Pricing Period and will vary depending
         upon whether such period is a Level 1 Period, a Level 2 Period, a Level
         3 Period, a Level 4 Period or a Level 5 Period.

2.       The first Pricing Period, which commences on the date of this Agreement
         and ends on February 28, 1999, will be a Level 5 Period.

3.       The second Pricing Period, which commences on March 1, 1999 and ends on
         June 30, 1999,  will be a Level 1 Period,  a Level 2 Period,  a Level 3
         Period, a Level 4 Period or a Level 5 Period depending upon Guarantor's
         Total Funded Debt Ratio (and,  with respect to  determining  pricing at
         Level 1 Pricing only, EBITDA) for the consecutive  four-fiscal  quarter
         period ending on December 31, 1998.

4.       Each  Pricing  Period  thereafter  will be a Level 1 Period,  a Level 2
         Period,  a  Level  3  Period,  a Level  4  Period  or a Level 5  Period
         depending upon  Guarantor's  Total Funded Debt Ratio (and, with respect
         to  determining  pricing at Level 1 Pricing only,  EBITDA) for the most
         recent consecutive four-fiscal quarter period ending prior to the first
         day of such Pricing Period as follows:

         (a)      If,  during any Pricing  Period (i)  Guarantor's  Total Funded
                  Debt Ratio is 1.00 or less and (ii) Guarantor's EBITDA for the
                  previous four  quarters is  $400,000,000  or more,  Borrower's
                  pricing will be a Level 1 Period.

         (b)      If, during any Pricing Period,  (i)  Guarantor's  Total Funded
                  Debt  Ratio is more  than 1.00 but less than or equal to 1.50,
                  or (ii)  Guarantor's  Total  Funded Debt Ratio is less than or
                  equal to 1.00 but  Borrower's  EBITDA  for the  previous  four
                  quarters is less than $400,000,000, Borrower's pricing will be
                  a Level 2 Period.



                                      II-1
<PAGE>

         (c)      If, during any Pricing Period,  Guarantor's  Total Funded Debt
                  Ratio  is more  than  1.50  but  less  than or  equal to 2.00,
                  Borrower's pricing will be a Level 3 Period.

         (d)      If, during any Pricing Period,  Guarantor's  Total Funded Debt
                  Ratio  is more  than  2.00  but  less  than or  equal to 2.50,
                  Borrower's pricing will be a Level 4 Period.

         (e)      If, during any Pricing Period,  Guarantor's  Total Funded Debt
                  Ratio is more than 2.50,  Borrower's pricing will be a Level 5
                  Period.

5.       Level 1 Period will also apply  during any Pricing  Period  (other than
         the first Pricing  Period) in which  Guarantor's  senior long term debt
         rating  from S&P or Moody's is equal to or better  than  either BBB- or
         Baa3 or  Guarantor's  subordinated  debt  rating from S&P or Moody's is
         equal to or better than BB+ or Ba1.



                                      II-2
<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 3.01

                          INITIAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

A.       Principal Credit Documents.

                  (1) The Credit Agreement, duly executed by Borrower, each Bank
         and Agent;

                  (2) A Note  payable  to  each  Bank,  each  duly  executed  by
         Borrower; and

                  (3) The Guaranty, duly executed by Guarantor in favor of Agent
         for the benefit of the Banks.

B.       Borrower Corporate Documents.

                  (1) The Certificate of Incorporation of Borrower, certified as
         of a recent date prior to the Closing Date by the Secretary of State of
         Delaware;

                  (2) A Certificate of Good Standing for Borrower (or comparable
         certificate),  certified  as of a recent date prior to the Closing Date
         by the Secretary of State of Delaware;

                  (3) A certificate  of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
         of  Borrower,  dated the Closing  Date,  certifying  (a) that  attached
         thereto  is a true and  correct  copy of the Bylaws of  Borrower  as in
         effect on the  Closing  Date;  (b) that  attached  thereto are true and
         correct copies of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
         Borrower and  continuing  in effect,  which  authorize  the  execution,
         delivery and  performance  by Borrower of this  Agreement and the other
         Credit  Documents  executed  or to be  executed  by  Borrower  and  the
         consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby;  (c)
         that there are no  proceedings  for the  dissolution  or liquidation of
         Borrower;  and (d) the  incumbency,  signatures  and  authority  of the
         officers of Borrower  authorized  to execute,  deliver and perform this
         Agreement,   the  other  Credit  Documents  and  all  other  documents,
         instruments or agreements related thereto executed or to be executed by
         Borrower and indicating each such officer which is an Executive Officer
         or Authorized Financial Officer of Borrower; and

                  (4) Certificates of Good Standing (or comparable  certificate)
         for  Borrower,  certified as of a recent date prior to the Closing Date
         by the  Secretaries  of State (or comparable  public  official) of each
         state in which Borrower is qualified to do business.

C.       Guarantor Corporate Documents.

                  (1) The Certificate of Incorporation  of Guarantor,  certified
         as of a recent date prior to the Closing Date by the Secretary of State
         of Delaware;

                  (2)  A   Certificate   of  Good  Standing  for  Guarantor  (or
         comparable  certificate),  certified  as of a recent  date prior to the
         Closing Date by the Secretary of State of Delaware;




                                     3.01-1
<PAGE>

                  (3) A certificate  of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
         of  Guarantor,  dated the Closing  Date,  certifying  (a) that attached
         thereto is a true and  correct  copy of the Bylaws of  Guarantor  as in
         effect on the  Closing  Date;  (b) that  attached  thereto are true and
         correct copies of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
         Guarantor and  continuing  in effect,  which  authorize the  execution,
         delivery and  performance  by Guarantor of this Agreement and the other
         Credit  Documents  executed  or to be  executed  by  Guarantor  and the
         consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby;  (c)
         that there are no  proceedings  for the  dissolution  or liquidation of
         Guarantor;  and (d) the  incumbency,  signatures  and  authority of the
         officers of Guarantor  authorized to execute,  deliver and perform this
         Agreement,   the  other  Credit  Documents  and  all  other  documents,
         instruments or agreements related thereto executed or to be executed by
         Guarantor  and  indicating  each  such  officer  which is an  Executive
         Officer or Authorized Financial Officer of Guarantor; and

                  (4) Certificates of Good Standing (or comparable  certificate)
         for Guarantor,  certified as of a recent date prior to the Closing Date
         by the  Secretaries  of State (or comparable  public  official) of each
         state in which Guarantor is qualified to do business.

D.       Financial Statements, Financial Condition, Etc.

                  (1) A copy  of the  unaudited  balance  sheet,  statements  of
         income and cash flows of Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for the fiscal
         quarter  ended  September 30, 1998 and for the fiscal year to such date
         (prepared on a consolidated basis);

                  (2) A copy  of the  unaudited  balance  sheet,  statements  of
         income and cash flows of Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries for the fiscal
         quarter  ended  September 30, 1998 and for the fiscal year to such date
         (prepared on a consolidated basis);

                  (3) A copy of the audited consolidated Financial Statements of
         Borrower for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998,  prepared by Ernst &
         Young  and  a  copy  of  the  unqualified  opinion  delivered  by  such
         accountants in connection with such Financial Statements;

                  (4) A copy of the audited consolidated Financial Statements of
         Guarantor for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, prepared by Ernst &
         Young  and  a  copy  of  the  unqualified  opinion  delivered  by  such
         accountants in connection with such Financial Statements;

                  (5) A copy of the  10-Q  report  filed by  Guarantor  with the
         Securities and Exchange  Commission for the quarter ended September 30,
         1998;

                  (6) A copy of the  10-K  report  filed by  Guarantor  with the
         Securities and Exchange  Commission for the fiscal year ended March 31,
         1998; and

                  (7) Such  other  financial,  business  and  other  information
         regarding  Borrower,  any of its Subsidiaries,  Guarantor or any of its
         Subsidiaries  as Agent or any Bank may



                                     3.01-2
<PAGE>

         reasonably  request,  including  information as to possible  contingent
         liabilities,  tax matters,  environmental  matters and  obligations for
         employee benefits and compensation.

E. Opinions.  A favorable written opinion from Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
counsel for Borrower and Guarantor,  dated the Closing Date,  addressed to Agent
for the benefit of Agent and the Banks, covering such legal matters as Agent may
reasonably request and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

F.       Other Items.

                  (1) A duly completed and timely delivered Notice of Borrowing;

                  (2) The Borrower Disclosure Letter, duly executed by Borrower;

                  (3) An  organization  chart for Guarantor,  its  Subsidiaries,
         Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  setting forth the  relationship  among
         such Persons, certified by an Executive Officer of Borrower;

                  (4) Evidence  satisfactory  to Agent that since  September 30,
         1998,  (i) no event has occurred  and no  condition  exists which could
         reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect and (ii) no
         change has  occurred to the  capital  structure  of  Borrower  which is
         unacceptable to Agent in its sole discretion;

                  (5)  A  certificate  of  an  Executive  Officer  of  Borrower,
         addressed to Agent and dated the Closing Date, certifying that:

                           (a) The  representations  and  warranties of Borrower
                  and its  Subsidiaries  set  forth  in  Paragraph  4.01 and the
                  representations   and   warranties   of   Borrower   and   its
                  Subsidiaries  and Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries set forth in
                  the  other  Credit  Documents  are  true  and  correct  in all
                  material  respects  as  if  made  on  such  date  (except  for
                  representations   and  warranties   expressly  made  as  of  a
                  specified date, which shall be true as of such date); and

                           (b) No Event of Default or Default has  occurred  and
                  is continuing as of such date;

                  (6)  Evidence  satisfactory  to Agent that the proceeds of the
         initial  Loans to be made on the  Closing  Date will be used to satisfy
         all  outstanding  indebtedness  of  Borrower  under  the  Prior  Credit
         Agreement,  that the  obligations  of Borrower  under the Prior  Credit
         Agreement  (other  than  inchoate  indemnity   obligations)  have  been
         satisfied and that the Prior Credit Agreement is terminated;

                  (7) All fees and expenses payable to Agent and the Banks on or
         prior to the Closing Date (including all Origination  Fees and all fees
         payable to Agent pursuant to the Agent's Fee Letters);

                  (8) All fees and  expenses  of  Agent's  counsel  through  the
Closing Date; and

                                     3.01-3
<PAGE>

                  (9) Such other  evidence  as Agent or any Bank may  reasonably
         request  to   establish   the   accuracy   and   completeness   of  the
         representations  and warranties  and the compliance  with the terms and
         conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.



                                     3.01-4
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                               NOTICE OF BORROWING

                                     [Date]


Fleet National Bank,
   as Agent
Mail Stop MA OF D07A
One Federal Street
Boston, MA  02110
Attn:  Mike Barclay


         1.  Reference is made to that  certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
December 18, 1998 (as amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"),  among
ATL Products, Inc. ("Borrower"), the financial institutions listed in Schedule I
to the Credit Agreement (the "Banks"), and Fleet National Bank, as agent for the
Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"). Unless otherwise indicated, all terms defined
in the Credit Agreement have the same respective meanings when used herein.

         2. Pursuant to Subparagraph  2.01(b) of the Credit Agreement,  Borrower
irrevocably hereby requests a Borrowing upon the following terms:

                  (a) The principal  amount of the requested  Borrowing is to be
         $__________;

                  (b) The  requested  Borrowing is to consist of ["Base Rate" or
         "LIBOR"] Loans;

                  (c) If the  requested  Borrowing is to consist of LIBOR Loans,
         the  initial   Interest   Period  for  such  Revolving  Loans  will  be
         [__________ month[s]]; and

                  (d) The date of the requested  Borrowing is to be  __________,
         ____.

         3. Borrower  hereby  certifies to Agent and the Banks that, on the date
of this Notice of Borrowing and after giving effect to the requested Borrowing:

                  (a) The  representations  and  warranties  of Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries  set forth in Paragraph  4.01 of the Credit  Agreement and
         the representations and warranties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and
         Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries set forth in the other Credit Documents
         are true and correct in all  material  respects as if made on such date
         (except  for  representations  and  warranties  expressly  made as of a
         specified date, which shall be true as of such date); and

                  (b) No  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is
         continuing or will result from the requested Borrowing.

                                        1
<PAGE>

         4.       Please disburse the proceeds of the requested Borrowing to ___

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Borrower has executed this Notice of Borrowing on
the date set forth above.

                                   ATL PRODUCTS, INC.



                                   By:__________________________________________
                                          Name:_________________________________
                                          Title:________________________________


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                              NOTICE OF CONVERSION

                                     [Date]


Fleet National Bank,
   as Agent
Mail Stop MA OF D07A
One Federal Street
Boston, MA  02110
Attn:  Mike Barclay


         1.  Reference is made to that  certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
December 18, 1998 (as amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"),  among
ATL Products, Inc. ("Borrower"), the financial institutions listed in Schedule I
to the Credit Agreement (the "Banks"), and Fleet National Bank, as agent for the
Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"). Unless otherwise indicated, all terms defined
in the Credit Agreement have the same respective meanings when used herein.

         2. Pursuant to Subparagraph  2.01(d) of the Credit Agreement,  Borrower
hereby irrevocably requests to convert a Borrowing as follows:

                  (a) The Borrowing to be converted  consists of ["Base Rate" or
         "LIBOR"] Loans in the aggregate  principal amount of $__________  which
         were initially advanced to Borrower on __________, ____;

                  (b) The  Revolving  Loans in the Borrowing are to be converted
         into ["Base Rate" or "LIBOR"] Loans;

                  (c) If such  Revolving  Loans are to be  converted  into LIBOR
         Loans,  the initial Interest Period for such Revolving Loans commencing
         upon conversion will be [__________ month[s]]; and

                  (d) The date of the requested  conversion is to be __________,
         ____.

         3. Borrower  hereby  certifies to Agent and the Banks that, on the date
of  this  Notice  of  Conversion,  and  after  giving  effect  to the  requested
conversion,  no Default or Event of Default has  occurred and is  continuing  or
will result from the requested conversion.


                                       1
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Borrower has executed this Notice of Conversion on
the date set forth above.

                                     ATL PRODUCTS, INC.



                                     By:________________________________________
                                     Name:______________________________________
                                     Title:_____________________________________

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT C

                       NOTICE OF INTEREST PERIOD SELECTION

                                     [Date]


Fleet National Bank,
   as Agent
Mail Stop MA OF D07A
One Federal Street
Boston, MA  02110
Attn:  Mike Barclay

         1.  Reference is made to that  certain  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
December 18, 1998 (as amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"),  among
ATL Products, Inc. ("Borrower"), the financial institutions listed in Schedule I
to the Credit Agreement (the "Banks"), and Fleet National Bank, as agent for the
Banks (in such capacity, "Agent"). Unless otherwise indicated, all terms defined
in the Credit Agreement have the same respective meanings when used herein.

         2. Pursuant to Subparagraph  2.01(e) of the Credit Agreement,  Borrower
hereby  irrevocably  selects  a new  Interest  Period  for a  Revolving  Loan as
follows:

                  (a) The  Borrowing  for which a new  Interest  Period is to be
         selected  consists of LIBOR Loans in the aggregate  principal amount of
         $__________ which were initially advanced to Borrower on
         __________, ____;

                  (b) The  last  day of the  current  Interest  Period  for such
         Revolving Loans is __________, ____; and

                  (c)  The  next  Interest   Period  for  such  Revolving  Loans
         commencing  upon the last day of the current  Interest  Period is to be
         [_________ month[s]].

         3. Borrower  hereby  certifies to Agent and the Banks that, on the date
of this Notice of Interest  Period  Selection,  and after  giving  effect to the
requested  selection,  no  Default  or  Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing or will result from the requested selection.


                                       1
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Borrower  has  executed  this  Notice of Interest
Period Selection on the date set forth above.

                                   ATL PRODUCTS, INC.



                                   By:__________________________________________
                                          Name:_________________________________
                                          Title:________________________________

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT D

                               REVOLVING LOAN NOTE


$ 20,000,000                                                   December 18, 1998


         FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  ATL  PRODUCTS,   INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("Borrower"),  hereby  promises  to pay to the  order  of  Fleet  National  Bank
("Bank"),  the principal sum of Twenty Million  DOLLARS  ($20,000,000),  or such
lesser amount as shall equal the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of the
Revolving  Loans  made by Bank to  Borrower  pursuant  to the  Credit  Agreement
referred to below (as amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"),  on or
before the Maturity Date specified in the Credit Agreement,  and to pay interest
on said sum, or such lesser  amount,  at the rates and on the dates  provided in
the Credit Agreement.

         Borrower shall make all payments  hereunder,  for the account of Bank's
Applicable  Lending Office,  to Agent as indicated in the Credit  Agreement,  in
lawful  money of the  United  States  and in same day or  immediately  available
funds.

         Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to record on the schedule(s) annexed to
this note the date and  amount of each  Revolving  Loan and of each  payment  or
prepayment  of  principal  made by Borrower  and agrees that all such  notations
shall constitute prima facie evidence of the matters noted;  provided,  however,
that the failure of Bank to make any such notation  shall not affect  Borrower's
obligations hereunder.

         This  note is one of the Notes  referred  to in the  Credit  Agreement,
dated as of December  18, 1998,  among  Borrower,  Bank and the other  financial
institutions  from time to time parties  thereto  (collectively,  the  "Banks"),
Fleet National  Bank, as agent for the Banks.  This note is subject to the terms
of the Credit  Agreement,  including the rights of prepayment  and the rights of
acceleration of maturity set forth therein. The transfer,  sale or assignment of
any rights  under or  interest  in this note is subject to certain  restrictions
contained in the Credit Agreement,  including Paragraph 8.05 thereof. Terms used
herein have the meanings assigned to those terms in the Credit Agreement, unless
otherwise defined herein.

 


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                      

         Borrower  shall pay all reasonable  fees and expenses  payable to third
parties,   including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  incurred  by  Bank  in  the
enforcement  or attempt to enforce any of Borrower's  obligations  hereunder not
performed  when due.  Borrower  hereby  waives  notice of  presentment,  demand,
protest  or  notice of any  other  kind.  This  note  shall be  governed  by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.



                                  ATL PRODUCTS, INC.


                                  By:  /s/ Mark de Raad
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                  Name:  Mark de Raad
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                  Title: Vice President, Finance & CFO
                                         ---------------------------------------



                                       2







<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                        LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Date         Type of Loan    Amount of Loan  Interest Period     Amount of         Unpaid       Notation Made
                                                                    Principal Paid     Principal           By
                                                                      or Prepaid        Balance
- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------
<S>               <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>           
- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

</TABLE>

                                       3

<PAGE>




                                   EXHIBIT D__

                               REVOLVING LOAN NOTE


$ 15,000,000                                                   December 18, 1998


         FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  ATL  PRODUCTS,   INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("Borrower"),  hereby  promises to pay to the order of Bank of America  National
Trust & Savings  Association  ("Bank"),  the  principal  sum of Fifteen  Million
DOLLARS  ($15,000,000),  or such  lesser  amount as shall  equal  the  aggregate
outstanding  principal  balance of the Revolving  Loans made by Bank to Borrower
pursuant to the Credit  Agreement  referred  to below (as  amended  from time to
time, the "Credit  Agreement"),  on or before the Maturity Date specified in the
Credit Agreement, and to pay interest on said sum, or such lesser amount, at the
rates and on the dates provided in the Credit Agreement.

         Borrower shall make all payments  hereunder,  for the account of Bank's
Applicable  Lending Office,  to Agent as indicated in the Credit  Agreement,  in
lawful  money of the  United  States  and in same day or  immediately  available
funds.

         Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to record on the schedule(s) annexed to
this note the date and  amount of each  Revolving  Loan and of each  payment  or
prepayment  of  principal  made by Borrower  and agrees that all such  notations
shall constitute prima facie evidence of the matters noted;  provided,  however,
that the failure of Bank to make any such notation  shall not affect  Borrower's
obligations hereunder.

         This  note is one of the Notes  referred  to in the  Credit  Agreement,
dated as of December  18, 1998,  among  Borrower,  Bank and the other  financial
institutions  from time to time parties  thereto  (collectively,  the  "Banks"),
Fleet National  Bank, as agent for the Banks.  This note is subject to the terms
of the Credit  Agreement,  including the rights of prepayment  and the rights of
acceleration of maturity set forth therein. The transfer,  sale or assignment of
any rights  under or  interest  in this note is subject to certain  restrictions
contained in the Credit Agreement,  including Paragraph 8.05 thereof. Terms used
herein have the meanings assigned to those terms in the Credit Agreement, unless
otherwise defined herein.



                                       4
<PAGE>

         Borrower  shall pay all reasonable  fees and expenses  payable to third
parties,   including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  incurred  by  Bank  in  the
enforcement  or attempt to enforce any of Borrower's  obligations  hereunder not
performed  when due.  Borrower  hereby  waives  notice of  presentment,  demand,
protest  or  notice of any  other  kind.  This  note  shall be  governed  by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.



                                 ATL PRODUCTS, INC.


                                 By:  /s/ Mark de Raad
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                 Name:  Mark de Raad
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                 Title: Vice President, Finance & CFO
                                        ----------------------------------------





                                       5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>


                                        LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Date         Type of Loan    Amount of Loan  Interest Period     Amount of         Unpaid       Notation Made
                                                                    Principal Paid     Principal           By
                                                                      or Prepaid        Balance
- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------
<S>               <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------

- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ----------------
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT E

                                FORM OF GUARANTY

                                    GUARANTY

         THIS  GUARANTY,  dated as of December 18, 1998,  is executed by QUANTUM
CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation  ("Guarantor"),  in favor of FLEET NATIONAL
BANK, a national  banking  association,  acting as agent (in such capacity,  and
each successor thereto in such capacity, "Agent") for the financial institutions
which are from time to time  parties  to the  Credit  Agreement  referred  to in
Recital A below (collectively, the "Banks").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Pursuant to a Credit  Agreement  dated as of December 18, 1998,  (as
amended from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"),  among ATL Products, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Borrower"), the Banks and Agent, the Banks have agreed to
extend certain  credit  facilities to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth therein. Guarantor is the sole shareholder of Borrower.

         B. The Banks'  obligations to extend the credit  facilities to Borrower
under the Credit Agreement are subject,  among other  conditions,  to receipt by
Agent of this Guaranty, duly executed by Guarantor.

                                    AGREEMENT

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the above recitals and for other
good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees with Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
Banks and Agent, as follows:

         1.       Definitions and Interpretation.

                  (a)  Definitions.  When used in this  Guaranty,  the following
         terms shall have the following respective meanings:

                           "Agent"  shall have the meaning given to that term in
                  the introductory paragraph hereof.

                           "Banks"  shall have the meaning given to that term in
                  the introductory paragraph hereof.

                           "Borrower"  shall have the meaning given to that term
                  in the Recital A hereof.

                           "Credit  Agreement"  shall have the meaning  given to
                  that term in the Recital A hereof.

                                      E-1
<PAGE>

                           "Disallowed  Post-Commencement Interest and Expenses"
                  shall  mean  interest  computed  at the rate  provided  in the
                  Credit Agreement and claims for reimbursement, costs, expenses
                  or indemnities  under the terms of any of the Credit Documents
                  accruing or claimed at any time after the  commencement of any
                  Insolvency  Proceeding,   if  the  claim  for  such  interest,
                  reimbursement,   costs,   expenses  or   indemnities   is  not
                  allowable,  allowed or  enforceable  against  Borrower in such
                  Insolvency Proceeding.

                           "Guaranteed   Obligations"   shall  mean  all  loans,
                  advances,   debts,  liabilities  and  obligations,   howsoever
                  arising,  owed by  Borrower to Agent or any Bank of every kind
                  and  description  (whether  or not  evidenced  by any  note or
                  instrument  and  whether  or not for the  payment  of  money),
                  direct or indirect,  absolute or contingent,  due or to become
                  due, now existing or hereafter  arising  pursuant to the terms
                  of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit  Documents,
                  including, without limitation, all principal,  interest, rent,
                  fees,   taxes,   charges,   expenses,   attorneys'   fees  and
                  accountants'   fees  chargeable  to  Borrower  or  payable  by
                  Borrower thereunder.

                           "Guarantor" shall have the meaning given to that term
                  in the introductory paragraph hereof.

                           "Insolvency   Proceeding"  shall  mean  any  case  or
                  proceeding  under the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or any
                  other  similar law, rule or regulation of the United States or
                  any  jurisdiction  or any other action or  proceeding  for the
                  reorganization,   liquidation,   appointment  of  a  receiver,
                  rearrangement  of debts,  marshalling  of  assets  or  similar
                  action  relating to Borrower or  Guarantor,  their  respective
                  creditors or any substantial part of their respective  assets,
                  whether  or  not  any  such  case,  proceeding  or  action  is
                  voluntary or involuntary.

                           "Subordinated  Obligations"  shall  have the  meaning
                  given to that term in Paragraph 6 hereof.

         Unless  otherwise  defined  herein,  all other  capitalized  terms used
         herein and defined in the Credit  Agreement  shall have the  respective
         meanings given to those terms in the Credit Agreement.

                  (b) Other Interpretive  Provisions.  The rules of construction
         set forth in Section I of the Credit Agreement shall, to the extent not
         inconsistent  with the terms of this  Guaranty,  apply to this Guaranty
         and  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference.  Guarantor  acknowledges
         receipt  of  copies  of the  Credit  Agreement  and  the  other  Credit
         Documents.

                  (c) GAAP.  Unless  otherwise  indicated in this Guaranty,  the
         Credit  Agreement or any other Credit  Document,  all accounting  terms
         used in  this  Guaranty,  the  Credit 



                                      E-2
<PAGE>

         Agreement  or any other Credit  Document  shall be  construed,  and all
         accounting and financial  computations hereunder or thereunder shall be
         computed,  in  accordance  with GAAP.  If GAAP  changes in any material
         respect  during  the term of this  Guaranty  such  that  any  covenants
         contained herein would then be calculated in a different manner or with
         different components, Guarantor, the Banks and Agent agree to negotiate
         in good faith to amend this  Guaranty in such respects as are necessary
         to conform  those  covenants  as criteria  for  evaluating  Guarantor's
         financial   condition  to  substantially  the  same  criteria  as  were
         effective prior to such change in GAAP; provided,  however, that, until
         Guarantor,  the  Banks  and  Agent so  amend  this  Guaranty,  all such
         covenants  shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with GAAP as in effect
         immediately prior to such change.

         2.       Guaranty.

                  (a) Payment Guaranty. Guarantor unconditionally guarantees and
         promises  to pay  and  perform  as and  when  due,  whether  at  stated
         maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, any and all of the Guaranteed
         Obligations.  If any  Insolvency  Proceeding  relating  to  Borrower is
         commenced, Guarantor further unconditionally guarantees and promises to
         pay  and  perform,  upon  the  demand  of  Agent,  any  and  all of the
         Guaranteed    Obligations    (including    any   and   all   Disallowed
         Post-Commencement  Interest and Expenses) in accordance  with the terms
         of the Credit  Documents,  whether or not such obligations are then due
         and  payable  by  Borrower  and  whether  or not such  obligations  are
         modified,  reduced or discharged in such  Insolvency  Proceeding.  This
         Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection.

                  (b)  Continuing  Guaranty.  This  Guaranty  is an  irrevocable
         continuing guaranty of the Guaranteed  Obligations which shall continue
         in effect  until  all  obligations  of the  Banks to  extend  credit to
         Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed  Obligations  (other
         than  inchoate  indemnity  obligations  of  Borrower)  have been fully,
         finally  and  indefeasibly  paid.  If any  payment  on  any  Guaranteed
         Obligation  is set aside,  avoided or rescinded or otherwise  recovered
         from Agent or any Bank,  such  recovered  payment  shall  constitute  a
         Guaranteed  Obligation  hereunder  and, if this Guaranty was previously
         released or terminated,  it automatically shall be fully reinstated, as
         if such payment was never made.

                  (c)  Independent   Obligation.   The  liability  of  Guarantor
         hereunder is independent of the Guaranteed Obligations,  and a separate
         action or  actions  may be brought  and  prosecuted  against  Guarantor
         irrespective of whether action is brought against Borrower or any other
         guarantor  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  or whether  Borrower or any
         other  guarantor of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  is joined in any such
         action or actions.

                  (d)  Fraudulent  Transfer  Limitation.  If,  in any  action to
         enforce this Guaranty, any court of competent  jurisdiction  determines
         that  enforcement   against  Guarantor  for  the  full  amount  of  the
         Guaranteed  Obligations  is not  lawful  under or would be  subject  to
         avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any
         applicable 


                                      E-3
<PAGE>

         provision of any comparable law of any state or other jurisdiction, the
         liability  of  Guarantor  under this  Guaranty  shall be limited to the
         maximum amount lawful and not subject to such avoidance.

         3.  Representations  and Warranties.  Guarantor  hereby  represents and
warrants to Agent and the Banks as follows:

                  (a) Due Incorporation,  Qualification,  etc. Each of Guarantor
         and  Guarantor's  Subsidiaries  (i) is a  corporation  duly  organized,
         validly   existing  and  in  good  standing   under  the  laws  of  its
         jurisdiction of incorporation; (ii) has the power and authority to own,
         lease and  operate  its  properties  and carry on its  business  as now
         conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified,  licensed to do business and in
         good standing as a foreign  corporation in each jurisdiction  where the
         failure to be so qualified or licensed is  reasonably  likely to have a
         Material Adverse Effect.

                  (b)  Authority.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance by
         Guarantor  of each Credit  Document  executed,  or to be  executed,  by
         Guarantor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby
         (i) are within the  corporate  power of  Guarantor;  and (ii) have been
         duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  actions  on the part of
         Guarantor.

                  (c)  Enforceability.  Each Loan  Document  in the nature of an
         agreement executed,  or to be executed,  by Guarantor has been, or will
         be, duly executed and delivered by Guarantor and  constitutes,  or will
         constitute,  a  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  Guarantor,
         enforceable  against Guarantor in accordance with its terms,  except as
         limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency or other laws of general application
         relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
         and general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a
         proceeding in equity or at law).

                  (d) Non-Contravention. The execution and delivery by Guarantor
         of the Loan Documents to which Guarantor is a party and the performance
         and  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  thereby do not (i)
         violate any  Requirement of Law  applicable to Guarantor;  (ii) violate
         any  provision of, or result in the breach or the  acceleration  of, or
         entitle any other  Person to  accelerate  (whether  after the giving of
         notice  or lapse  of time or  both),  any  Contractual  Obligations  of
         Guarantor which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
         Effect;  or (iii) result in the creation or  imposition of any Lien (or
         the  obligation to create or impose any Lien) upon any property,  asset
         or revenue of  Guarantor  (except such Liens as may be created in favor
         of Agent pursuant to the Credit  Agreement,  this Guaranty or the other
         Credit Documents).

                  (e)  Approvals.  No  material  consent,   approval,  order  or
         authorization  of, or  registration,  declaration  or filing with,  any
         Governmental   Authority  or  other  Person  having  jurisdiction  over
         Guarantor   or  any  of   Guarantor's   Subsidiaries   (including   the
         shareholders  of  any  Person)  is  required  in  connection  with  the
         execution and delivery of the Loan  Documents  executed by Guarantor or
         the  performance  and  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
         thereby  except  for  consents,   approvals,  orders,   authorizations,

                                      E-4
<PAGE>

         registrations,  declarations or filings required to be obtained or made
         in accordance with the Loan Documents.

                  (f)  Representations  and Warranties  Under  Guarantor  Credit
         Agreement.  Each of the representations and warranties of Guarantor and
         its  Subsidiaries  set forth in Paragraph 4.01 of the Guarantor  Credit
         Agreement (other than the  representations  and warranties set forth in
         Subparagraph 4.01(a) through (e) of the Guarantor Credit Agreement) and
         in the other  Guarantor  Credit  Documents  are true and correct in all
         material respects (except for representations and warranties  expressly
         made as of a  specified  date,  which are true and  correct  as of such
         date).

                  (g)  Accuracy  of  Information  Furnished.  None of the Credit
         Documents and none of the other certificates, statements or information
         furnished  to Agent or any Bank by or on behalf of  Guarantor or any of
         its  Subsidiaries  in  connection  with  the  Credit  Documents  or the
         transactions  contemplated thereby (taken together with all such Credit
         Documents,  certificates,  statements or information)  contains or will
         contain any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits or will omit
         to state a material fact necessary to make the statements  therein,  in
         light of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading
         (it being  understood by the Banks that the  projections  and forecasts
         provided  by  Guarantor  are not to be viewed as facts and that  actual
         results during the period or periods  covered by such  projections  and
         forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

                  (h) Year 2000 Compliance.  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have
         reviewed  or  are  reviewing  the  areas  within  their   business  and
         operations which reasonably could be expected to be adversely  affected
         by,  and have  developed  or are  developing  a program to address on a
         timely and  adequate  basis,  the Year 2000  Problem and intend to make
         appropriate  inquiry  of  material  suppliers  and  vendors.  Upon  the
         completion of such ongoing  review and  development  of such a program,
         Guarantor and its Subsidiaries believe that they will be able to timely
         and  adequately  address the Year 2000  Problem  such that it could not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         4.       Covenants.

         4.1. Affirmative Covenants.  Until all obligations of Agent or any Bank
to  extend  credit  to  Borrower  have  terminated  and  all of  the  Guaranteed
Obligations  (other than inchoate  indemnity  obligations of Borrower) have been
fully,  finally and  indefeasibly  paid,  unless  Majority Banks shall otherwise
consent in writing, Guarantor will comply, and will cause compliance,  with each
of the affirmative covenants set forth in Paragraph 5.01 of the Guarantor Credit
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that (a) all  references to "Borrower"  therein
shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  Guarantor,   (b)  all  references  to
"Subsidiaries"  therein  shall be deemed to be  references  to  Subsidiaries  of
Guarantor and (c) all  references  to  "Administrative  Agent"  therein shall be
deemed to be references to Agent.

         4.2. Negative Covenants.  Until all obligations of Agent or any Bank to
extend credit to Borrower have terminated and all of the Guaranteed  Obligations
(other than inchoate indemnity 



                                      E-5
<PAGE>

obligations of Borrower) have been fully,  finally and indefeasibly paid, unless
Majority Banks shall otherwise  consent in writing,  Guarantor will comply,  and
will  cause  compliance,  with  each of the  negative  covenants  set  forth  in
Paragraph 5.02 of the Guarantor Credit Agreement;  provided,  however,  that (a)
all  references  to  "Borrower"  therein  shall be  deemed to be  references  to
Guarantor,  (b) all references to  "Subsidiaries"  therein shall be deemed to be
references   to   Subsidiaries   of  Guarantor   and  (c)  all   references   to
"Administrative Agent" therein shall be deemed to be references to Agent.

         5.       Authorizations, Waivers, Etc.

                  (a) Authorizations.  Guarantor authorizes Agent and the Banks,
         in their discretion,  without notice to Guarantor,  irrespective of any
         change in the financial  condition of Borrower,  Guarantor or any other
         guarantor of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  since the date  hereof,  and
         without  affecting or  impairing in any way the  liability of Guarantor
         hereunder, from time to time to:

                           (i)  Create  new  Guaranteed  Obligations  and renew,
                  compromise,  extend,  accelerate or otherwise  change the time
                  for payment or  performance  of, or otherwise  amend or modify
                  the Credit  Documents  or change  the terms of the  Guaranteed
                  Obligations  or  any  part  thereof,   including  increase  or
                  decrease of the rate of interest thereon;

                           (ii)  Take  and  hold  security  for the  payment  or
                  performance  of  the  Guaranteed   Obligations  and  exchange,
                  enforce,  waive or  release  any  such  security;  apply  such
                  security and direct the order or manner of sale  thereof;  and
                  purchase such security at public or private sale;

                           (iii) Otherwise exercise any right or remedy they may
                  have against Borrower,  Guarantor,  any other guarantor of the
                  Guaranteed  Obligations  or any security,  including,  without
                  limitation,  the right to foreclose  upon any such security by
                  judicial or nonjudicial sale;

                           (iv) Settle,  compromise with,  release or substitute
                  any  one  or  more  makers,  endorsers  or  guarantors  of the
                  Guaranteed Obligations; and

                           (v) Assign the Guaranteed Obligations,  this Guaranty
                  or the  other  Credit  Documents  in  whole  or in part to the
                  extent  provided in the Credit  Agreement and the other Credit
                  Documents.

                  (b) Waivers. Guarantor hereby waives:

                           (i) Any  right  to  require  Agent or any Bank to (A)
                  proceed  against  Borrower  or  any  other  guarantor  of  the
                  Guaranteed  Obligations,  (B)  proceed  against or exhaust any
                  security  received  from  Borrower,  Guarantor  or  any  other
                  guarantor of the Guaranteed  Obligations or otherwise marshall
                  the assets of


                                      E-6
<PAGE>

                  Borrower,  Guarantor or any other  guarantor of the Guaranteed
                  Obligations  or (C) pursue any other  remedy in Agent's or any
                  Bank's power whatsoever;

                           (ii) Any defense arising by reason of the application
                  by Borrower of the proceeds of any borrowing;

                           (iii)  Any  defense   resulting   from  the  absence,
                  impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement, subrogation,
                  contribution  or other  right or remedy of  Guarantor  against
                  Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or
                  any security,  whether  resulting from an election by Agent or
                  any Bank to foreclose  upon security by  nonjudicial  sale, or
                  otherwise;

                           (iv) Any setoff or  counterclaim  of  Borrower or any
                  defense which results from any  disability or other defense of
                  Borrower  or the  cessation  or stay of  enforcement  from any
                  cause  whatsoever  of the  liability  of Borrower  (including,
                  without limitation,  the lack of validity or enforceability of
                  any of the Credit Documents);

                           (v)  Any  defense   based  upon  any  law,   rule  or
                  regulation which provides that the obligation of a surety must
                  not be greater or more  burdensome  than the obligation of the
                  principal;

                           (vi)  Until all  obligations  of Agent or any Bank to
                  extend  credit  to  Borrower  have  terminated  and all of the
                  Guaranteed   Obligations   have  been   fully,   finally   and
                  indefeasibly  paid, any right of  subrogation,  reimbursement,
                  indemnification  or  contribution  and other  similar right to
                  enforce any remedy which Agent,  the Banks or any other Person
                  now has or may hereafter  have against  Borrower on account of
                  the Guaranteed Obligations,  and any benefit of, and any right
                  to participate  in, any security now or hereafter  received by
                  Agent,  any  Bank  or  any  other  Person  on  account  of the
                  Guaranteed Obligations;

                           (vii)  All  presentments,  demands  for  performance,
                  notices of non-performance, notices delivered under the Credit
                  Documents,  protests,  notice  of  dishonor,  and  notices  of
                  acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence,  creation or
                  incurring  of new or  additional  Guaranteed  Obligations  and
                  notices of any public or private foreclosure sale;

                           (viii) The benefit of any statute of  limitations  to
                  the extent permitted by law;

                           (ix) Any appraisement,  valuation,  stay,  extension,
                  moratorium  redemption  or similar  law or similar  rights for
                  marshalling;

                           (x) Any right to be  informed by Agent or any Bank of
                  the financial  condition of Borrower or any other guarantor of
                  the Guaranteed  Obligations or



                                      E-7
<PAGE>

                  any change therein or any other circumstances bearing upon the
                  risk  of  nonpayment  or   nonperformance  of  the  Guaranteed
                  Obligations;

                           (xi)  Until all  obligations  of Agent or any Bank to
                  extend  credit  to  Borrower  have  terminated  and all of the
                  Guaranteed   Obligations   have  been   fully,   finally   and
                  indefeasibly paid, any right to revoke this Guaranty;

                           (xii) Any defense  arising  from an election  for the
                  application  of  Section   1111(b)(2)  of  the  United  States
                  Bankruptcy Code which applies to the Guaranteed Obligations;

                           (xiii) Any defense  based upon any borrowing or grant
                  of a security  interest under Section 364 of the United States
                  Bankruptcy Code; and

                           (xiv) Any right it may have to a fair  value  hearing
                  to determine the size of a deficiency  judgment  following any
                  foreclosure on any security for the Guaranteed Obligations.

         Without  limiting the scope of any of the foregoing  provisions of this
         Paragraph  5,  Guarantor  hereby  further  waives  (A) all  rights  and
         defenses  arising  out of an election of remedies by Agent or any Bank,
         even  though  that   election  of  remedies,   such  as  a  nonjudicial
         foreclosure with respect to security for a Guaranteed  Obligation,  has
         destroyed  Guarantor's rights of subrogation and reimbursement  against
         Borrower  by the  operation  of  Section  580d  of the  Code  of  Civil
         Procedure or otherwise,  (B) all rights and defenses Guarantor may have
         by reason of  protection  afforded  to  Borrower  with  respect  to the
         Guaranteed  Obligations pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of
         California   limiting  or  discharging   the  Guaranteed   Obligations,
         including, without limitation,  Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the
         California  Code of  Civil  Procedure,  and (C) all  other  rights  and
         defenses  available to  Guarantor  by reason of Sections  2787 to 2855,
         inclusive,  to the extent  such  rights and  defenses  may be waived by
         Guarantor  pursuant  to  Section  2856 of the  California  Civil  Code,
         Section  2899 or Section 3433 of the  California  Civil Code or Section
         3605 of the California Commercial Code.

                  (c) Financial  Condition of Borrower,  Etc. Guarantor is fully
         aware of the financial condition and affairs of Borrower. Guarantor has
         executed  this  Guaranty  without  reliance  upon  any  representation,
         warranty,  statement or information  concerning  Borrower  furnished to
         Guarantor  by Agent or any Bank  and  has,  independently  and  without
         reliance  on  Agent  or any  Bank,  and  based  on such  documents  and
         information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of the
         financial  condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances
         affecting the risk of nonpayment or  nonperformance  of the  Guaranteed
         Obligations.  Guarantor  is in a position to obtain,  and assumes  full
         responsibility  for  obtaining,  any additional  information  about the
         financial  condition and affairs of Borrower and of other circumstances
         affecting the risk of nonpayment or  nonperformance  of the  Guaranteed
         Obligations and will,  independently and without reliance upon Agent or
         any Bank, and based on such documents and  information as it shall 


                                      E-8
<PAGE>

         deem  appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own appraisals and
         decisions  in  taking or not  taking  action  in  connection  with this
         Guaranty.

         6.  Subordination.  Guarantor  hereby  subordinates  any and all debts,
liabilities and  obligations  owed to Guarantor by Borrower or any Subsidiary of
Borrower (the  "Subordinated  Obligations")  to the  Guaranteed  Obligations  as
provided in this Paragraph 6.

                  (a) Prohibited Payments, Etc. Until the occurrence of an Event
         of Default or any default by  Guarantor  hereunder,  Guarantor  and its
         Subsidiaries   may  receive   payments  from  Borrower  on  account  of
         Subordinated   Obligations.   After  the   occurrence  and  during  the
         continuance  of any  Default  or Event of  Default  or any  default  by
         Guarantor hereunder (including the commencement and continuation of any
         Insolvency  Proceeding  relating to  Borrower),  however,  unless Agent
         otherwise agrees,  Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of its
         Subsidiaries  (other  than  Borrower)  to,  demand,  accept or take any
         action  to  collect  any   payment  on  account  of  the   Subordinated
         Obligations.

                  (b) Prior Payment of Guaranteed Obligations. In any Insolvency
         Proceeding  relating to Borrower,  Guarantor  agrees that Agent and the
         Banks  shall  be  entitled  to  receive   payment  of  all   Guaranteed
         Obligations   (including  any  and  all  Disallowed   Post-Commencement
         Interest and  Expenses)  before  Guarantor  or any of its  Subsidiaries
         (other than Borrower) receives payment of any Subordinated Obligations.

                  (c) Turn-Over. After the occurrence and during the continuance
         of any Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of
         any  Insolvency  Proceeding  relating to  Borrower),  Guarantor and its
         Subsidiaries  (other  than  Borrower)  shall,  if  Agent  so  requests,
         collect,  enforce and receive  payments on account of the  Subordinated
         Obligations  as  trustee  for  Agent and the  Banks  and  deliver  such
         payments to Agent on account of the Guaranteed  Obligations  (including
         any  and  all  Disallowed  Post-Commencement  Interest  and  Expenses),
         together  with  any  necessary  endorsements  or other  instruments  of
         transfer, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability
         of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

                  (d) Agent  Authorization.  After the occurrence and during the
         continuance  of any  Event  of  Default  or any  default  by  Guarantor
         hereunder   (including  the   commencement   and  continuation  of  any
         Insolvency  Proceeding  relating to Borrower),  Agent is authorized and
         empowered (but without any obligation to so do), in its discretion, (i)
         in the name of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (other than Borrower), to
         collect and enforce,  and to submit claims in respect of,  Subordinated
         Obligations and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed
         Obligations   (including  any  and  all  Disallowed   Post-Commencement
         Interest and  Expenses),  and (ii) to require  Guarantor (A) to collect
         and  enforce,   and  to  submit  claims  in  respect  of,  Subordinated
         Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts  received on such obligations to
         Agent for application to the Guaranteed  Obligations (including any and
         all Disallowed Post-Commencement Interest and Expenses).

                                      E-9
<PAGE>

         7.       Setoff.

                  (a)  Setoff.  In  addition  to any rights and  remedies of the
         Banks  provided by law, each Bank shall have the right,  with the prior
         consent  of  Agent,  but  without  prior  notice  to  or  consent  from
         Guarantor,  any such  notice  or  consent  being  expressly  waived  by
         Guarantor  to  the  extent   permitted  by  applicable  law,  upon  the
         occurrence  and  during  the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  to
         set-off and apply,  or to  authorize or direct such Bank to set-off and
         apply,  against any  indebtedness,  whether  matured or  unmatured,  of
         Guarantor to such Bank Party,  any amount owing from such Bank Party to
         Borrower,  at or at any time after,  the  happening of any of the above
         mentioned  events,  and as security  for such  indebtedness,  Guarantor
         hereby grants to Agent and each Bank a continuing  security interest in
         any  and  all  deposits,  accounts  or  moneys  of  Guarantor  then  or
         thereafter  maintained  with such Bank. The aforesaid  right of set-off
         may be exercised  by any Bank against  Guarantor or against any trustee
         in  bankruptcy,  debtor in  possession,  assignee  for the  benefit  of
         creditors,  receiver or execution,  judgment or attachment  creditor of
         Guarantor or against anyone else claiming through or against  Guarantor
         or such trustee in bankruptcy,  debtor in possession,  assignee for the
         benefit of creditors,  receiver,  or execution,  judgment or attachment
         creditor, notwithstanding the fact that such right of set-off shall not
         have been exercised by such Bank prior to the occurrence of an Event of
         Default.  Any Bank which  exercises its right of setoff agrees promptly
         to notify Guarantor after any such set-off and application made by such
         Bank,  provided  that the failure to give such notice  shall not affect
         the validity of such set-off and application.

                  (b) Nonwaiver.  No security  interest or right of setoff shall
         be  deemed to have been  waived  by any act or  conduct  on the part of
         Agent or any Bank or by any failure to exercise such right of setoff or
         to enforce such  security  interest,  or by any delay in so doing;  and
         every  right of setoff and  security  interest  shall  continue in full
         force and effect  until such right of setoff or  security  interest  is
         specifically waived or released by an instrument in writing executed by
         Agent.

         8.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a) Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices,
         requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications to or
         upon  Guarantor  or Agent  under  this  Guaranty  or the  other  Credit
         Documents  shall be in  writing  and  faxed,  mailed  or  delivered  to
         Guarantor or Agent at its  respective  facsimile  number or address set
         forth below or (or to such other facsimile number or address for either
         party as  indicated  in any  notice  given by that  party to the  other
         party). All such notices and communications shall be effective (i) when
         sent by any overnight  courier service of recognized  standing,  on the
         second Business Day following the deposit with such service;  (ii) when
         mailed,  first class postage prepaid and addressed as aforesaid through
         the United States Postal Service, upon receipt; (iii) when delivered by
         hand, upon delivery; and (iv) when faxed, upon confirmation of receipt.

                  Guarantor:        Quantum Corporation

                                      E-10
<PAGE>

                                    500 McCarthy Boulevard
                                    Milpitas, CA 95035l
                                    Attn: Tony Lewis,
                                    Vice President Finance & Treasurer
                                    Telephone:  (408) 894-4983
                                    Facsimile:  (408) 894-4562


                                      E-11
<PAGE>



                  Agent:            Fleet National Bank
                                    Mail Stop MA OF D07A
                                    One Federal Street
                                    Boston, MA  02110
                                    Attn:  Mike Barclay
                                    Telephone:  (617) 346-0057
                                    Facsimile:  (617) 346-0151

                  (b)  Payments.  Guarantor  shall  make all  payments  required
         hereunder  to Agent,  or its order,  at Agent's  office  located at the
         address set forth in Subparagraph  8(a) hereof, or at such other office
         as Agent may designate,  on demand, in Dollars. If any amounts required
         to be paid by  Guarantor  under  this  Guaranty  are not paid when due,
         Guarantor shall pay interest on the aggregate,  outstanding  balance of
         such amounts from the date due until those  amounts are paid in full at
         a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2.00%),  such
         rate to change from time to time as the Base Rate shall change.

                  (c) Expenses. Guarantor shall pay on demand (i) all reasonable
         fees and expenses,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses,
         incurred by Agent in  connection  with the  preparation,  execution and
         delivery of, and the exercise of its duties  under,  this  Guaranty and
         the  preparation,  execution  and  delivery of  amendments  and waivers
         hereunder  and  (ii)  all  reasonable  fees  and  expenses,   including
         reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  expenses,  incurred  by Agent and the
         Banks in connection  with the  enforcement or attempted  enforcement of
         this Guaranty or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or in preserving any
         of Agent's  or the  Banks'  rights  and  remedies  (including,  without
         limitation,  all such fees and expenses incurred in connection with any
         "workout"  or  restructuring  affecting  the  Credit  Documents  or the
         Guaranteed   Obligations  or  any  bankruptcy  or  similar   proceeding
         involving Guarantor, Borrower or any of their affiliates).

                  (d) Waivers;  Amendments.  This Guaranty may not be amended or
         modified,  nor  may any of its  terms  be  waived,  except  by  written
         instruments signed by Guarantor and Agent. Each waiver or consent under
         any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific  instances
         for the purpose for which given.  No failure or delay on Agent's or any
         Bank's part in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver
         thereof or of any other right nor shall any single or partial  exercise
         of any such right preclude any other further exercise thereof or of any
         other right.

                  (e) Assignments. This Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure
         to the benefit of Agent,  the Banks and Guarantor and their  respective
         successors  and assigns;  provided,  however,  that  Guarantor  may not
         assign  or  transfer  any of its  rights  and  obligations  under  this
         Guaranty without the prior written consent of Agent and the Banks, and,
         provided, further, that Agent or any Bank may sell, assign and delegate
         their respective rights and obligations  hereunder only as permitted by
         the Credit  Agreement.  All  references  in this Guaranty to any Person
         shall be deemed to include all permitted successors and assigns of such
         Person.



                                      E-12
<PAGE>

                  (f) Cumulative Rights, etc. The rights, powers and remedies of
         Agent and the Banks  under this  Guaranty  shall be in  addition to all
         rights,  powers and remedies  given to Agent and the Banks by virtue of
         any applicable law, rule or regulation of any  Governmental  Authority,
         the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement,
         all of which rights,  powers,  and remedies shall be cumulative and may
         be exercised  successively or concurrently without impairing Agent's or
         any  Bank's  rights  hereunder.  Guarantor  waives any right to require
         Agent or any Bank to  proceed  against  any  Person or to  exhaust  any
         Collateral or to pursue any remedy in Agent's or such Bank's power.

                  (g)  Payments  Free  of  Taxes,  Etc.  All  payments  made  by
         Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be made by Guarantor free and clear
         of and without  deduction  for any and all  present  and future  taxes,
         levies, charges,  deductions and withholdings.  In addition,  Guarantor
         shall pay upon  demand any stamp or other  taxes,  levies or charges of
         any jurisdiction with respect to the execution, delivery, registration,
         performance  and  enforcement of this Guaranty.  If any taxes,  levies,
         charges or other  amounts are required to be withheld  from any amounts
         payable to Agent or any Bank hereunder, the amounts so payable to Agent
         or such Bank shall be  increased  to the extent  necessary  to yield to
         Agent or such Bank (after payment of all such amounts) any such amounts
         payable  hereunder  in the amounts  specified  in this  Guaranty.  Upon
         request  by  Agent  or  any  Bank,  Guarantor  shall  furnish  evidence
         satisfactory  to Agent or such Bank that all  requisite  authorizations
         and  approvals  by,  and  notices  to and  filings  with,  governmental
         authorities and regulatory  bodies have been obtained and made and that
         all requisite taxes, levies and charges have been paid.

                  (h) Partial  Invalidity.  If at any time any provision of this
         Guaranty is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect
         under the law or any  jurisdiction,  neither the legality,  validity or
         enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions  of this Guaranty nor the
         legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of
         any  other  jurisdiction  shall  in any  way be  affected  or  impaired
         thereby.

                  (i)  Governing  Law.  This  Guaranty  shall be governed by and
         construed  in  accordance  with  the laws of the  State  of  California
         without reference to conflicts of law rules.

                  (j) Jury Trial. EACH OF GUARANTOR, THE BANKS AND AGENT, TO THE
         FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES
         ALL  RIGHT TO  TRIAL BY JURY AS TO ANY  ISSUE  RELATING  HERETO  IN ANY
         ACTION,  PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
         GUARANTY.

                  (k) Limitation of Liability. NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY GUARANTOR
         AGAINST  AGENT,  ANY  BANK  OR  THE  AFFILIATES,  DIRECTORS,  OFFICERS,
         EMPLOYEES,  ATTORNEYS  OR AGENTS OF AGENT OR ANY BANK FOR ANY


                                      E-13
<PAGE>

         SPECIAL, INDIRECT,  CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF ANY
         CLAIM  (WHETHER  BASED UPON ANY  BREACH OF  CONTRACT,  TORT,  BREACH OF
         STATUTORY  DUTY OR ANY OTHER  THEORY OF  LIABILITY)  ARISING  OUT OF OR
         RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED BY THIS GUARANTY, OR ANY ACT,
         OMISSION OR EVENT  OCCURRING IN  CONNECTION  THEREWITH,  AND  GUARANTOR
         HEREBY  WAIVES,  RELEASES  AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR ANY
         SUCH  DAMAGES,  WHETHER OR NOT NOW  ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR
         SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.


                                      E-14
<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed
as of the day and year first above written.

                            QUANTUM CORPORATION

                            By:  /s/ Anthony H. Lewis, Jr.
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Name:  Anthony H. Lewis, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                 Title: Vice President, Finance & Treasurer
                                        ----------------------------------------


                                      E-15
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT F

                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of the date set forth at the top of
Attachment 1 hereto, is by and among:

                  (1) The bank designated under item A of Attachment 1 hereto as
         the Assignor Bank ("Assignor Bank"); and

                  (2) Each bank  designated  under item B of Attachment 1 hereto
         as an Assignee Bank (individually, an "Assignee Bank").


                                    RECITALS

         A.  Assignor  Bank is one of the banks  which is a party to the  Credit
Agreement dated as of December 18, 1998, among ATL Products,  Inc. ("Borrower"),
the financial  institutions  listed in Schedule I to the Credit  Agreement  (the
"Banks"),  and Fleet  National  Bank, as agent for the Banks (in such  capacity,
"Agent"). (Such Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
in  accordance  with its terms from time to time to be referred to herein as the
"Credit Agreement").

         B. Assignor Bank wishes to sell,  and Assignee Bank wishes to purchase,
a portion of  Assignor  Bank's  rights  under the Credit  Agreement  pursuant to
Subparagraph 8.05(c) of the Credit Agreement.


                                    AGREEMENT

         Now, therefore, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Definitions.   Except  as  otherwise  defined  in  this  Assignment
Agreement, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement
have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Credit Agreement.

         2. Sale and  Assignment.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
Assignment  Agreement,  Assignor Bank hereby agrees to sell, assign and delegate
to each Assignee  Bank and each Assignee Bank hereby agrees to purchase,  accept
and  assume an  undivided  interest  in and  share of  Assignor  Bank's  rights,
obligations and duties under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents
equal to the  Proportionate  Share set forth  under the  caption  "Proportionate
Share" opposite such Assignee Bank's name on Attachment 1 hereto.

         3. Assignment  Effective Upon Notice. Upon (a) receipt by Agent of five
(5)  counterparts of this  Assignment  Agreement (to each of which is attached a
fully completed  Attachment 1), each of which has been executed by Assignor Bank
and each  Assignee  Bank  (and,  if any  Assignee  Bank is not  then a Bank,  by
Borrower and Agent,  (b) payment to Agent of the registration and processing fee
specified  in  Subparagraph  8.05(e) by Assignor  Bank,  Agent will



                                       1
<PAGE>

transmit  to  Borrower,  Assignor  Bank and  each  Assignee  Bank an  Assignment
Effective  Notice   substantially  in  the  form  of  Attachment  2  hereto  (an
"Assignment Effective Notice"). Such Assignment Effective Notice shall set forth
the date on which the assignment  affected by this  Assignment  Agreement  shall
become  effective (the  "Assignment  Effective  Date"),  which date shall be the
fifth Business Day following the date of such Assignment Effective Notice.

         4.  Assignment  Effective  Date. At or before 12:00 noon (local time of
Assignor Bank) on the Assignment Effective Date, each Assignee Bank shall pay to
Assignor  Bank, in immediately  available or same day funds,  an amount equal to
the purchase price, as agreed between  Assignor Bank and such Assignee Bank (the
"Purchase Price"),  for the Proportionate  Share purchased by such Assignee Bank
hereunder. Effective upon receipt by Assignor Bank of the Purchase Price payable
by each Assignee Bank, the sale, assignment and delegation to such Assignee Bank
of such  Proportionate  Share as  described  in  Paragraph 2 hereof shall become
effective.

         5. Payments After the Assignment Effective Date. Assignor Bank and each
Assignee  Bank hereby agree that Agent shall,  and hereby  authorize  and direct
Agent to,  allocate  amounts  payable  under the Credit  Agreement and the other
Credit  Documents  as provided in the Credit  Agreement in  accordance  with its
appropriate  Proportionate Share. Assignor Bank and each Assignee Bank have made
separate arrangements for (i) the payment by Assignor Bank to such Assignee Bank
of any  principal,  interest,  fees or  other  amounts  previously  received  or
otherwise  payable to Assignor Bank hereunder if Assignor Bank and such Assignee
Bank have  otherwise  agreed that such  Assignee Bank is entitled to receive any
such amounts and (ii) the payment by such  Assignee Bank to Assignor Bank of any
principal,  interest,  fees or  other  amounts  payable  to such  Assignee  Bank
hereunder if Assignor  Bank and such Assignee  Bank have  otherwise  agreed that
Assignor Bank is entitled to receive any such amounts.

         6. Delivery of Notes.  On or prior to the  Assignment  Effective  Date,
Assignor  Bank will  deliver to Agent the Note payable to Assignor  Bank.  On or
prior to the Assignment  Effective  Date,  Borrower will deliver to Agent a Note
for each  Assignee Bank and Assignor  Bank,  in each case a in principal  amount
reflecting, in accordance with the Credit Agreement, their respective Commitment
(as adjusted pursuant to this Assignment Agreement). As provided in Subparagraph
8.05(c) of the Credit  Agreement,  each such new Note shall be dated the Closing
Date  and  otherwise  be in the form of Note  replaced  thereby  (provided  that
Borrower  shall not be obligated to pay any principal  paid or interest  accrued
prior to the effective date of this assignment to the Assignee  Bank).  Promptly
after the Assignment  Effective  Date,  Agent will send to each of Assignor Bank
and the  Assignee  Banks its new Note and will send to Borrower  the  superseded
Note of Assignor Bank, marked "replaced."

         7.  Delivery  of  Copies  of Credit  Documents.  Concurrently  with the
execution and delivery hereof,  Assignor Bank will provide to each Assignee Bank
(if it is not already a Bank party to the Credit Agreement)  conformed copies of
all  documents  delivered  to Assignor  Bank on or prior to the Closing  Date in
satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in the Credit Agreement.

                                       2

<PAGE>

         8. Further Assurances. Each of the parties to this Assignment Agreement
agrees  that at any time and from time to time upon the  written  request of any
other party,  it will execute and deliver  such  further  documents  and do such
further acts and things as such other party may  reasonably  request in order to
effect the purposes of this Assignment Agreement.

         9. Further Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Assignor Bank and
each  Assignee  Bank further  represent  and warrant to and  covenant  with each
other, Agent and the Banks as follows:

                  (a) Other than the  representation and warranty that it is the
         legal and beneficial  owner of the interest being assigned  hereby free
         and clear of any adverse claim,  Assignor Bank makes no  representation
         or  warranty  and  assumes  no  responsibility   with  respect  to  any
         statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with
         the Credit  Agreement or the other Credit  Documents or the  execution,
         legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency or value
         of the Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents furnished.

                  (b)  Assignor  Bank makes no  representation  or warranty  and
         assumes no  responsibility  with respect to the financial  condition of
         Borrower or any of its  obligations  under the Credit  Agreement or any
         other Credit Documents.

                  (c) Each Assignee Bank confirms that it has received a copy of
         the Credit Agreement and such other documents and information as it has
         deemed  appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision to
         enter into this Assignment Agreement.

                  (d)  Each  Assignee  Bank  will,   independently  and  without
         reliance upon any Agent, Assignor Bank or any other Bank and based upon
         such  documents and  information  as it shall deem  appropriate  at the
         time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking
         action under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

                  (e) Each Assignee Bank appoints and  authorizes  Agent to take
         such  action as Agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers  under
         the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to
         Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
         incidental  thereto,  all in accordance  with Section VII of the Credit
         Agreement.

                  (f)  Each  Assignee  Bank  agrees  that  it  will  perform  in
         accordance with their terms all of the  obligations  which by the terms
         of the Credit  Agreement and the other Credit Documents are required to
         be performed by it as a Bank.

                  (g)  Attachment 1 hereto sets forth the revised  Proportionate
         Share of Assignor Bank and each Assignee Bank as well as administrative
         information with respect to each Assignee Bank.

         10. Effect of this  Assignment  Agreement.  On and after the Assignment
Effective  Date,  (a) each  Assignee  Bank shall be a Bank with a  Proportionate
Share as set forth on Attachment 1 hereto and shall have the rights,  duties and
obligations  of such a Bank  under the  


                                       3
<PAGE>

Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and (b) Assignor Bank shall be a
Bank with a Proportionate  Share as set forth on Attachment 1 hereto, or, if the
Proportionate Share of Assignor Bank has been reduced to 0%, Assignor Bank shall
cease to be a Bank.

         11. Miscellaneous.  This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance  with,  the laws of the State of  California.  Paragraph
headings in this Assignment  Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
are not part of the substance hereof.





                                       4
<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto  have caused this  Assignment
Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized  officers as of the
date set forth in Attachment 1 hereto.


                                _______________________________________________,
                                as Assignor Bank


                                By: ____________________________________________
                                       Name: ___________________________________
                                       Title: __________________________________


                                _______________________________________________,
                                as an Assignee Bank


                                By: ____________________________________________
                                       Name: ___________________________________
                                       Title: __________________________________


                                _______________________________________________,
                                as an Assignee Bank


                                By: ____________________________________________
                                       Name: ___________________________________
                                       Title: __________________________________


                                _______________________________________________,
                                as an Assignee Bank


                                By: ____________________________________________
                                       Name: ___________________________________
                                       Title: __________________________________



                                       5
<PAGE>


CONSENTED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:

ATL PRODUCTS, INC.


By: _________________________________________________
       Name: ________________________________________
       Title:________________________________________



FLEET NATIONAL BANK,
     As Agent


By:  ________________________________________________
       Name:  _______________________________________
       Title: _______________________________________


ACCEPTED FOR RECORDATION
     IN REGISTER:


FLEET NATIONAL BANK,
     As Agent


By: _________________________________________________
       Name: ________________________________________
       Title:________________________________________




                                       6
<PAGE>



                                  ATTACHMENT 1
                             TO ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


                    NAMES, ADDRESSES AND PROPORTIONATE SHARES
              OF ASSIGNOR BANK AND ASSIGNEE BANKS AFTER ASSIGNMENT

                              --------------, ----

                                                                      Portionate
                                                                        Share*
                                                                      ----------
A.          ASSIGNOR BANK                                          
                                                                   
            ------------------------------                            -----%
                                                                   
            Applicable Lending Office:                             
                                                                   
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
                                                                   
            Address for notices:                                   
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            Telephone No:  __________                              
            Facsimile No:  __________                              
                                                                   
            Wiring Instructions:                                   
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
                                                                   
                                                                   
B.          ASSIGNEE BANKS                                         
                                                                   
            ------------------------------                            -----%
                                                                   
            Applicable Lending Office:                             
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                     
            ------------------------------                     


                                     F[1]-1
<PAGE>

* To be expressed by a percentage  rounded to the  eighth-digit  to the right of
the decimal point.

                                                                      Portionate
                                                                      Share*
                                                                      ----------

            Address for notices:

            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            Telephone No:  __________
            Facsimile No:  __________

            Wiring Instructions:
            ------------------------------                            -----%
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            

            Applicable Lending Office:
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            

            Address for notices:
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            
            Telephone No:  __________
            Facsimile No:  __________

            Wiring Instructions:
            ------------------------------                            
            ------------------------------                            



                                     F[1]-2


<PAGE>


                                  ATTACHMENT 2
                             TO ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

                                     FORM OF
                           ASSIGNMENT EFFECTIVE NOTICE

         The  undersigned,  as agent for the banks  under the Credit  Agreement,
dated as of December 18, 1998 (as amended from time to time) among ATL Products,
Inc. ("Borrower"),  the financial institutions parties thereto (the "Banks") and
Fleet  National  Bank,  as agent  for the  Banks  (in such  capacity,  "Agent"),
acknowledges  receipt of five executed  counterparts  of a completed  Assignment
Agreement,  a copy of which is attached hereto. [Note: Attach copy of Assignment
Agreement.]  Terms  defined  in such  Assignment  Agreement  are used  herein as
therein defined.

         1.  Pursuant to such  Assignment  Agreement,  you are advised  that the
Assignment  Effective  Date  will  be  __________  [Insert  fifth  business  day
following date of Assignment Effective Notice].

         2. Pursuant to such Assignment Agreement,  Assignor Bank is required to
deliver to Agent on or before the Assignment  Effective Date the Note payable to
Assignor Bank.

         3.  Pursuant  to such  Assignment  Agreement,  Borrower  is required to
deliver to Agent on or before the Assignment Effective Date the following Notes,
each dated _________________ [Insert appropriate date]:

         [Describe  each new Note for Assignor Bank and each Assignee Bank as to
principal amount.]

         4.  Pursuant  to  such  Assignment  Agreement,  each  Assignee  Bank is
required  to pay its  Purchase  Price to Assignor  Bank at or before  12:00 Noon
(local time of Assignor  Bank) on the  Assignment  Effective Date in immediately
available funds.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   FLEET NATIONAL BANK,
                                   as Agent



                                   By:  ________________________________________
                                   Name: _______________________________________
                                   Title:  _____________________________________


                                     F[2]-1




                                INDUSTRIAL LEASE
                              (Single Tenant; Net)


                                    BETWEEN


                               THE IRVINE COMPANY

                                      AND

                               ATL PRODUCTS, INC.


<PAGE>

                           INDEX TO INDUSTRIAL LEASE
                              (Single Tenant; Net)

ARTICLE I. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

ARTICLE II. PREMISES
  Section 2.1    Leased Premises
  Section 2.2    Acceptance of Premises
  Section 2.3    Building Name and Address
  Section 2.4    Right of First Offer

ARTICLE III. TERM
  Section 3.1    General
  Section 3.2    Delay in Possession
  Section 3.3    Right to Extend this Lease

ARTICLE IV. RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES
  Section 4.1    Basic Rent
  Section 4.2    Operating Expenses
  Section 4.3    Security Deposit

ARTICLE V. USES
  Section 5.1    Use
  Section 5.2    Signs
  Section 5.3    Hazardous Materials

ARTICLE VI. COMMON AREAS; SERVICES
  Section 6.1    Utilities and Services
  Section 6.2    Operation and Maintenance of Common Areas
  Section 6.3    Use of Common Areas
  Section 6.4    Parking
  Section 6.5    Changes and Additions by Landlord

ARTICLE VII. MAINTAINING THE PREMISES
  Section 7.1    Tenant's Maintenance and Repair
  Section 7.2    Landlord's Maintenance and Repair
  Section 7.3    Alterations
  Section 7.4    Mechanic's Liens
  Section 7.5    Entry and Inspection

ARTICLE VIII. TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS ON TENANT'S PROPERTY

ARTICLE IX. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
  Section 9.1    Rights of Parties
  Section 9.2    Effect of Transfer
  Section 9.3    Sublease Requirements
  Section 9.4    Certain Transfers

ARTICLE X. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
  Section 10.1   Tenant's Insurance
  Section 10.2   Landlord's Insurance
  Section 10.3   Tenant's Indemnity
  Section 10.4   Landlord's Nonliability
  Section 10.5   Waiver of Subrogation

ARTICLE XI. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
  Section 11.1   Restoration
  Section 11.2   Lease Governs

ARTICLE XII. EMINENT DOMAIN
  Section 12.1   Total or Partial Taking
  Section 12.2   Temporary Taking
  Section 12.3   Taking of Parking Area

ARTICLE XIII. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE; FINANCIAL
  Section 13.1   Subordination
  Section 13.2   Estoppel Certificate
  Section 13.3   Financials
<PAGE>

ARTICLE XIV. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
  Section 14.1   Tenant's Defaults
  Section 14.2   Landlord's Remedies
  Section 14.3   Late Payments
  Section 14.4   Right of Landlord to Perform
  Section 14.5   Default by Landlord
  Section 14.6   Expenses and Legal Fees
  Section 14.7   Waiver of Jury Trial
  Section 14.8   Satisfaction of Judgment
  Section 14.9   Limitation of Actions Against Landlord

ARTICLE XV. END OF TERM
  Section 15.1   Holding Over
  Section 15.2   Merger on Termination
  Section 15.3   Surrender of Premises; Removal of Property

ARTICLE XVI. PAYMENTS AND NOTICES

ARTICLE XVII. RULES AND REGULATIONS

ARTICLE XVIII. BROKER'S COMMISSION

ARTICLE XIX. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST

ARTICLE XX. INTERPRETATION
  Section 20.1   Gender and Number
  Section 20.2   Headings
  Section 20.3   Joint and Several Liability
  Section 20.4   Successors
  Section 20.5   Time of Essence
  Section 20.6   Controlling Law
  Section 20.7   Severability
  Section 20.8   Waiver and Cumulative Remedies
  Section 20.9   Inability to Perform
  Section 20.10  Entire Agreement
  Section 20.11  Quiet Enjoyment
  Section 20.12  Survival

ARTICLE XXI. EXECUTION AND RECORDING
  Section 21.1   Counterparts
  Section 21.2   Corporate and Partnership Authority
  Section 21.3   Execution of Lease; No Option or Offer
  Section 21.4   Recording
  Section 21.5   Amendments
  Section 21.6   Executed Copy
  Section 21.7   Attachments

ARTICLE XXII. MISCELLANEOUS
  Section 22.1   Nondisclosure of Lease Terms
  Section 22.2   Guaranty
  Section 22.3   Changes Requested by Lender
  Section 22.4   Mortgagee Protection
  Section 22.5   Covenants and Conditions
  Section 22.6   Security Measures


EXHIBITS
  Exhibit A      Description of the Premises
  Exhibit B      Environmental Questionnaire
  Exhibit C      Landlord's Disclosures
  Exhibit D      Insurance Requirements
  Exhibit E      Rules and Regulations
  Exhibit X      Work Letter
  Exhibit Y      Project Site Plan
<PAGE>

                                INDUSTRIAL LEASE
                                ----------------
                              (Single Tenant; Net)


     This LEASE is made as of the 17th day of July,  1998,  by and  between  THE
IRVINE COMPANY,  hereafter called "Landlord," and ATL PRODUCTS, INC., a Delaware
corporation, hereinafter called "Tenant."


                       ARTICLE I. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

     Each reference in this Lease to the "Basic Lease Provisions" shall mean and
refer to the  following  collective  terms,  the  application  of which shall be
governed by the provisions in the remaining Articles of this Lease.


1.   Premises: The Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1.

     Address of Building: 101 Innovation, Irvine, CA 92612


2.   Project Description (if applicable): University Research Park


3.   Use of Premises:  Research and product  development,  sales,  marketing and
     general office use.


4.   Estimated Commencement Date: October 15, 1998


5.   Lease Term: Sixty (60) months, plus such additional days as may be required
     to cause this Lease to terminate on the final day of the calendar month.

6.   Basic Rent:  Eighty-Eight  Thousand  Seven  Hundred  Seventy-Seven  Dollars
     ($88,777.00) per month, based on $1.40 per rentable square foot.

     Basic Rent is subject to adjustment as follows:

     Commencing  twelve (12) months following the  Commencement  Date, the Basic
     Rent  shall  be  Ninety-One   Thousand  Nine  Hundred  Forty-Seven  Dollars
     ($91,947.00) per month, based on $1.45 per rentable square foot.

     Commencing  twenty-four (24) months  following the  Commencement  Date, the
     Basic Rent shall be  Ninety-Five  Thousand  One  Hundred  Eighteen  Dollars
     ($95,118.00) per month, based on $1.50 per rentable square foot.

     Commencing  thirty-six  (36) months  following the  Commencement  Date, the
     Basic Rent shall be Ninety-Eight  Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Eight Dollars
     ($98,288.00) per month, based on $1.55 per rentable square foot.

     Commencing  forty-eight (48) months  following the  Commencement  Date, the
     Basic  Rent shall be One  Hundred  One  Thousand  Four  Hundred  Fifty-Nine
     Dollars ($101,459.00) per month, based on $1.60 per rentable square foot.


7.   Guarantor(s): N/A


8.   Floor Area of Premises: approximately 63,412 rentable square feet


9.   Security Deposit: $101,459.00


10.  Broker(s): Grubb & Ellis


11.  Additional  Insureds:  Insignia / ESG of  California,  Inc. 

                                       1
<PAGE>


12.  Address  for  Payments  and  Notices:  

                  LANDLORD                             TENANT  
     INSIGNIA\ESG OF CALIFORNIA, INC.             ATL PRODUCTS,  INC.
     One Technology Drive, Suite F-207            101 Innovation 
     Irvine, CA 92618                             Irvine, CA 92612

     with a copy of notices to:
     IRVINE INDUSTRIAL COMPANY
     P.O. Box 6370
     Newport Beach, CA 92658-6370
     Attn: Vice President, Industrial Operations


13.  Tenant's Liability Insurance Requirement: $2,000,000.00


14.  Vehicle Parking Spaces: Two Hundred Fifty-Three (253)


15.  Space Plan Approval Date: Concurrently with execution of Lease
           

16.  Tenant  understands  and  acknowledges  that a material  consideration  for
     Landlord's  entering into this Lease is the nature of Tenant's business and
     the  mutual  benefits  to be  derived  as a  result  of  Tenant's  business
     operating in a project located proximate to the University of California at
     Irvine  (the  "University").  Accordingly,  in the  event  of any  proposed
     assignment or sublease, in addition to all the provisions of Section 9.1(b)
     of this Lease,  Landlord  may  reasonably  withhold its consent to any such
     proposed  assignment  or sublease if  Landlord  determines  in its sole and
     absolute discretion that the proposed use of the Premises by such assignee,
     sublessee or transferee  will not derive mutual  benefits by operating in a
     project located proximate to the University.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                              ARTICLE II. PREMISES

     SECTION 2.1. LEASED  PREMISES.  Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases
from Landlord the premises  shown in Exhibit A (the  "Premises"),  including the
building identified in Item 1 of the Basic Lease Provisions (which together with
the  underlying  real  property,  is  called  the  "Building"),  and  containing
approximately  the floor area set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions.
The Premises is a portion of the project shown in Exhibit Y (the "Project").

     SECTION 2.2.  ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES.  Tenant  acknowledges  that except as
expressly   provided  in  Section   2.3,   below,   neither   Landlord  nor  any
representative of Landlord has made any  representation or warranty with respect
to the Premises or the Building or the  suitability or fitness of either for any
purpose,   including  without  limitation  any   representations  or  warranties
regarding  zoning or other land use matters,  and that neither  Landlord nor any
representative of Landlord has made any representations or warranties  regarding
(i) what other  tenants or uses may be permitted or intended in the Building and
the  Project,  or (ii) any  exclusivity  of use by Tenant  with  respect  to its
permitted  use of the  Premises  as  set  forth  in  Item 3 of the  Basic  Lease
Provisions.   Tenant  further   acknowledges   that  neither  Landlord  nor  any
representative  of Landlord has agreed to undertake any alterations or additions
or construct any  improvements to the Premises  except as expressly  provided in
this Lease.  The taking of  possession  or use of the Premises by Tenant for any
purpose other than construction shall  conclusively  establish that the Premises
and the Building  were in  satisfactory  condition  and in  conformity  with the
provisions of this Lease in all respects,  except for those matters which Tenant
shall have brought to  Landlord's  attention on a written  punch list.  The list
shall be limited to any items required to be  accomplished by Landlord under the
Work Letter  attached as Exhibit X, and shall be  delivered  to Landlord  within
thirty (30) days after the term ("Term") of this Lease  commences as provided in
Article  III  below.   Nothing  contained  in  this  Section  shall  affect  the
commencement of the Term or the obligation of Tenant to pay rent. Landlord shall
diligently  complete  all punch list items of which it is  notified  as provided
above within ninety (90) days after Landlord's receipt of the punch list, except
to the extent  such  completion  is delayed as to any punch list item due to the
unavailability of materials to complete the same.

     SECTION  2.3.  LANDLORD'S   REPRESENTATIONS.   Landlord  hereby  makes  the
following  representations and warranties to Tenant,  which  representations and
warranties  are made  effective  as of the  date  hereof  and not as  continuing
representations and warranties:

         (a) The Building,  including the foundation  and the roof thereof,  has
been  constructed  in a good  and  workmanlike  manner  in  accordance  with all
building codes and other governmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances in
effect as of the date of  issuance of building  permits  for the  Building  (the
"Permits"),  including,  without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act
and Title 24 requirements.

         (b) All Building systems and equipment,  including heating, ventilation
and  air   conditioning,   plumbing,   electrical,   mechanical   equipment  and
communication  facilities  serving the Building and installed by Landlord are in
good  condition and working order and are in  compliance  with all  governmental
codes and requirements in effect as of the date of issuance of the Permits.

         (c) The  number of  parking  spaces  allocated  to the  Building  is in
compliance  with the  codes  and  requirements  of the City of  Irvine,  and the
parking lot is in good condition and repair.

         (d) The Premises are  currently  zoned to allow the use of the Premises
for general  office  use,  research  and  development  and light  manufacturing,
provided,  however,  that Tenant shall be solely responsible for confirming that
the zoning  applicable to the Premises is satisfactory  for Tenant's  particular
intended use of the Premises.

         (e) Landlord has good and  marketable fee title to the Premises and has
the legal power,  right and authority to enter into this Lease, and Landlord has
taken all requisite  corporate  action in  connection  with the entering into of
this  Lease so that when  executed  this  Lease  shall be the valid and  legally
binding obligation of Landlord in accordance with its terms.

         (f)  Neither the  execution  of this Lease nor the  performance  of the
obligations herein by Landlord conflict with or result in the material breach of
any terms, conditions or provisions,  or constitute a default under any evidence
of  indebtedness,  contract,  mortgage  or  deed  of  trust,  loan,  partnership
agreement,  lease,  covenant,  condition or restriction  or other  agreements to
which Landlord is a party or which affect the Premises.

         (g)  Landlord  has  received  no notice of any  pending  or  threatened
actions,  suits,  claims or  proceedings  affecting  the Premises or  Landlord's
ownership thereof, including,  without limitation, any actions in eminent domain
or condemnation of all or any portion of the Premises.

         (h) Water, sewer, gas, electric,  telephonic  communication  facilities
and all  utilities  required  by law,  for the  normal  use and  operation  of a
building  substantially  similar to the  Building,  have been  installed  in the
Building  and  will  be  connected  to  the  Premises  as  part  of  the  Tenant
Improvements to be constructed pursuant to the Work Letter,  provided,  however,
that Tenant shall be solely  responsible for  determining  whether the utilities

                                       3
<PAGE>

shown  in any  Preliminary  Plan  or any  Working  Drawings  and  Specifications
prepared  by  Landlord  pursuant  to the Work Letter will be adequate to service
Tenant's usage of the Premises.

         (i) As of the date of this  Lease  there are no  mortgages  or deeds of
trust encumbering the Premises.

     SECTION 2.4. TENANT'S  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Tenant hereby makes
the following  representations and warranties to Landlord, which representations
and warranties are made effective as of the date of this Lease:

         (a) Tenant has the legal power,  right and authority to enter into this
Lease,  and Tenant has taken all requisite  corporate  action in connection with
the entering  into of this Lease so that when  executed  this Lease shall be the
valid and legally binding obligation of Tenant in accordance with its terms.

         (b)  Neither the  execution  of this Lease nor the  performance  of the
obligations  herein by Tenant  conflict with or result in the material breach of
any terms, conditions or provisions,  or constitute a default under any evidence
of  indebtedness,  contract,  mortgage  or  deed  of  trust,  loan,  partnership
agreement,  lease,  covenant,  condition or restriction  or other  agreements to
which Tenant is a party.

         (c) Tenant has received no notice of any pending or threatened actions,
suits,  claims or proceedings  affecting Tenant which would adversely affect the
right of Tenant to enter into this Lease or  Tenant's  business  to be  operated
upon the Premises.

     SECTION 2.5.  BUILDING NAME AND ADDRESS.  Tenant shall not utilize any name
selected by Landlord  from time to time for the  Building  and/or the Project as
any part of Tenant's  corporate or trade name.  Landlord shall have the right to
change the name,  address,  number or  designation  of the  Building  or Project
without liability to Tenant.

     SECTION 2.6. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.  Provided  Tenant is not then in default
hereunder,  Landlord  hereby grants Tenant a one-time  right ("First  Right") to
lease the second floor of the building  located in the Project at 111 Innovation
("First Right Space") in accordance  with and subject to the  provisions of this
Section 2.4.  Following  receipt of a bona fide third party offer or request for
proposal to lease the First Right Space,  or any portion  thereof,  and prior to
leasing same to such third  party,  Landlord  shall notify  Tenant in writing of
Landlord's intention to lease the First Right Space. Landlord's notice shall set
forth the basic  economic  terms  including  but not  limited to the Basic Rent,
term,  security deposit,  and tenant improvement  allowance  (collectively,  the
"Economic Terms"), upon which Landlord is willing to lease such particular First
Right Space to Tenant or to said third party;  provided that the Economic  Terms
shall exclude  brokerage  commissions  and other  Landlord  payments that do not
directly inure to the tenant's  benefit.  It is understood  that should Landlord
intend to lease  other  space in  addition to the First Right Space as part of a
single  transaction,  then Landlord's notice shall so provide and all such space
shall  collectively  be subject to the  following  provisions.  Within  five (5)
business  days after  receipt of  Landlord's  notice,  Tenant must give Landlord
written  notice  pursuant to which  Tenant shall elect to (i) lease all, but not
less than all, of the space  specified  in  Landlord's  notice (the  "Designated
Space") upon such Economic Terms and the same non-Economic Terms as set forth in
this Lease;  (ii) refuse to lease the  Designated  Space,  specifying  that such
refusal is not based upon the Economic Terms, but upon Tenant's lack of need for
the Designated  Space,  in which event Tenant's First Right as to the Designated
Space shall be  terminated  and of no further  force and effect and Landlord may
lease the Designated Space upon any terms it deems appropriate;  or (iii) refuse
to lease the Designated  Space,  specifying that such refusal is based upon said
Economic Terms, in which event Tenant shall also specify revised  Economic Terms
upon which Tenant shall be willing to lease the Designated  Space.  In the event
that  Tenant  does not so respond in writing to  Landlord's  notice  within said
period,  Tenant shall be deemed to have elected clause (ii) above.  In the event
Tenant gives Landlord notice pursuant to clause (iii) above,  Landlord may elect
to either (x) lease the  Designated  Space to Tenant upon such revised  Economic
Terms and the same other  non-Economic  Terms as set forth in this Lease, or (y)
lease the Designated  Space to any third party upon Economic Terms which are not
materially  more  favorable to such party than those  Economic Terms proposed by
Tenant.  Should Landlord so elect to lease the Designated Space to Tenant,  then
Landlord shall promptly prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment to this Lease
consistent  with the  foregoing,  and Tenant  shall  execute  and return same to
Landlord within ten (10) days.  Tenant's  failure to timely return the amendment
shall entitle Landlord to specifically  enforce Tenant's commitment to lease the
Designated  Space,  to lease such space to a third  party,  and/or to pursue any
other available legal remedy.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  it is understood
that Tenant's First Right shall be subordinate to any pre-existing  extension or
expansion rights granted by Landlord to any third party tenant leasing,  or with
the right to lease,  the First  Right Space or any  portion  thereof,  and in no
event  shall any such First  Right  Space be subject to the  provisions  of this
First  Right  unless and until such  extension  or  expansion  rights are waived
and/or not  exercised  by said third party  tenant.  Tenant's  rights under this
Section 2.4 shall belong  solely to ATL Products,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
and may not be  assigned  or  transferred  by it. Any  attempted  assignment  or
transfer shall be void and of no force or effect.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE III. TERM


     SECTION 3.1.  GENERAL.  The Term shall be for the period shown in Item 5 of
the Basic Lease Provisions.  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 below, the
Term shall commence  ("Commencement  Date") on the later of (a) October 1, 1998,
or (b) the date which is the  earlier  of (i) the date upon  which all  relevant
governmental  authorities  have approved the Tenant  Improvements  in accordance
with  applicable  building codes,  as evidenced by written  approval  thereof in
accordance  with the  building  permits  issued for the Tenant  Improvements  or
issuance of a final  certificate  of  occupancy  for the  Premises or  temporary
certificate of occupancy for the Premises  which does not contain  conditions to
issuance of a final  certificate  of  occupancy  which would  prohibit  Tenant's
substantial  use of the  Premises  for the  purposes  specified in Item 3 of the
Basic Lease Provisions, or (ii) the date Tenant acquires possession or commences
use  of  the  Premises  for  any  purpose  other  than  construction  of  Tenant
Improvements  by  Tenant  under the Work  Letter.  Within  ten (10)  days  after
possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant,  the parties shall memorialize
on a form provided by Landlord the actual  Commencement  Date and the expiration
date  ("Expiration  Date") of this Lease.  Tenant's failure to execute that form
shall not affect the validity of Landlord's determination of those dates.

     SECTION 3.2. DELAY IN POSSESSION.  If Landlord,  for any reason whatsoever,
cannot  deliver  possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated
Commencement  Date,  this Lease shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord
be liable to Tenant for any resulting loss or damage.  However, Tenant shall not
be liable for any rent and the Commencement  Date shall not occur until Landlord
delivers  possession of the Premises and the Premises are in fact  available for
Tenant's  occupancy with any Tenant  Improvements that have been approved as per
Section 3.1(a) above, except that if Landlord's failure to so deliver possession
on the Estimated  Commencement Date is attributable to any action or inaction by
Tenant  (including  without  limitation  any Tenant Delay  described in the Work
Letter, if any, attached to this Lease), then the Commencement Date shall not be
advanced to the date on which  possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant,
and Landlord  shall be entitled to full  performance  by Tenant  (including  the
payment of rent)  from the date  Landlord  would  have been able to deliver  the
Premises to Tenant but for Tenant's delay(s). If Landlord,  for any reason other
than Landlord's  inability to perform as contemplated under Section 20.9, below,
cannot deliver  possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before a date six (6)
months following the Estimated Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to
terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord at any time after such
date but prior to Landlord's delivering possession of the Premises to Tenant.

     SECTION  3.3.  RIGHT TO EXTEND THIS LEASE.  Provided  that Tenant is not in
default  under any  provision of this Lease beyond any  applicable  cure period,
either at the time of exercise of the extension  right granted  herein or at the
time of the commencement of such extension,  and provided further that Tenant is
occupying the entire Premises and has not assigned or sublet any of its interest
in this  Lease,  Tenant  may extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) period of
sixty (60) months and, so long as Tenant  exercises its first  extension  right,
one (1) additional period of sixty (60) months. Tenant shall exercise its rights
to extend the Term by and only by  delivering  to  Landlord,  in the case of the
first such  extension  right not less than nine (9)  months or more than  twelve
(12) months  prior to the  expiration  date of the Term,  and in the case of the
second  extension  right not less than nine (9) months or more than  twelve (12)
months prior to the  expiration  of the Term as extended by the first  extension
right,  Tenant's  irrevocable  written  notice of its  commitment to extend (the
"Commitment  Notice").  The  Basic  Rent  payable  under the  Lease  during  any
extension of the Term shall be at the fair market rental,  including  subsequent
adjustments,  for  comparable  industrial  space being leased by Landlord in the
Project; provided that such rate shall in no event be less than the rate payable
by Tenant during the final month of the Term or any prior extension thereof.  In
the  event  that the  parties  are not able to agree on the fair  market  rental
within one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration date of the Term or
any prior extension  thereof,  then either party may elect, by written notice to
the other party, to cause said rental,  including subsequent adjustments,  to be
determined by appraisal as follows.

Within ten (10) days following receipt of such appraisal  election,  the parties
shall attempt to agree on an appraiser to determine the fair market  rental.  If
the parties are unable to agree in that time, then each party shall designate an
appraiser  within  ten (10) days  thereafter.  Should  either  party  fail to so
designate an appraiser  within that time,  then the appraiser  designated by the
other party shall  determine the fair rental  value.  Should each of the parties
timely  designate an appraiser,  then the two  appraisers  so  designated  shall
appoint a third  appraiser who shall,  acting  alone,  determine the fair rental
value of the Premises.  Any appraiser  designated hereunder shall have an M.A.I.
certification  with not less than five (5) years  experience in the valuation of
commercial industrial buildings in Orange County, California.

Within thirty (30) days following the selection of the appraiser, such appraiser
shall determine the fair market rental value,  including subsequent  adjustments
of the Premises.  In determining  such value, the appraiser shall first consider
rental comparables for the Project, provided that if adequate comparables do not
exist then the appraiser may consider transactions  involving similarly improved
space  in  the  John  

                                       5
<PAGE>

Wayne airport area with appropriate  adjustments for differences in location and
quality of  project.  In no event  shall the  appraiser  attribute  factors  for
brokerage  commissions  or  for  tenant  improvement  allowances  in  excess  of
renovation  allowances  then being  typically  provided by landlords  for second
generation space to reduce said fair market rental. The fees of the appraiser(s)
shall be shared equally by both parties.

Within  twenty  (20) days after the  determination  of the fair  market  rental,
Landlord shall prepare a reasonably  appropriate amendment to this Lease for the
extension period and Tenant shall execute and return same to Landlord within ten
(10) days.  Should the fair market rental not be established by the commencement
of the extension  period,  then Tenant shall continue paying rent at the rate in
effect  during the last month of the  initial  Term,  and a lump sum  adjustment
shall be made promptly upon the determination of such new rental.

If Tenant fails to timely comply with any of the  provisions of this  paragraph,
Tenant's  right to extend the Term  shall be  extinguished  and the Lease  shall
automatically  terminate  as of the  expiration  date of the Term,  without  any
extension  and  without  any  liability  to  Landlord.  Any attempt to assign or
transfer any right or interest  created by this paragraph shall be void from its
inception.  Tenant  shall have no other  right to extend the Term beyond the two
sixty (60) month  extensions  created by this  paragraph.  Unless agreed to in a
writing  signed by  Landlord  and Tenant,  any  extension  of the Term,  whether
created  by an  amendment  to this  Lease or by a holdover  of the  Premises  by
Tenant,  or  otherwise,  shall be deemed a part of, and not in addition  to, any
duly exercised extension period permitted by this paragraph.


                    ARTICLE IV. RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES


     SECTION 4.1. BASIC RENT. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord without deduction or offset,  Basic Rent for the Premises in the
total amount shown (including subsequent  adjustments,  if any) in Item 6 of the
Basic Lease Provisions. Any rental adjustment shown in Item 6 shall be deemed to
occur on the specified monthly  anniversary of the Commencement Date, whether or
not that date occurs at the end of a calendar  month.  The rent shall be due and
payable in advance  commencing  on the  Commencement  Date (as  prorated for any
partial  month) and  continuing  thereafter on the first day of each  successive
calendar  month of the Term. No demand,  notice or invoice shall be required for
the payment of Basic Rent. An  installment of rent in the amount of one (1) full
month's  Basic Rent at the initial  rate  specified in Item 6 of the Basic Lease
Provisions shall be delivered to Landlord  concurrently with Tenant's  execution
of this Lease and shall be applied against the Basic Rent first due hereunder.

     SECTION 4.2. OPERATING EXPENSES.

         (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  as additional rent, "Building Costs"
and "Property Taxes," as those terms are defined below,  incurred by Landlord in
the  operation  of the  Building  and Project.  For  convenience  of  reference,
Property  Taxes  and  Building  Costs  shall  be  referred  to  collectively  as
"Operating Expenses".

         (b) Commencing  prior to the start of the first full "Expense  Recovery
Period" (as defined below) of the Lease,  and prior to the start of each full or
partial Expense Recovery Period thereafter, Landlord shall give Tenant a written
estimate of the amount of Operating  Expenses for the Expense  Recovery  Period.
Tenant  shall  pay  the   estimated   amounts  to  Landlord  in  equal   monthly
installments,  in advance,  with Basic Rent.  If Landlord has not  furnished its
written  estimate for any Expense  Recovery  Period by the time set forth above,
Tenant shall continue to pay cost  reimbursements  at the rates  established for
the prior Expense Recovery Period,  if any;  provided that when the new estimate
is delivered to Tenant,  Tenant shall, at the next monthly payment date, pay any
accrued cost  reimbursements  based upon the new estimate.  For purposes hereof,
"Expense  Recovery  Period" shall mean every twelve month period during the Term
(or portion  thereof for the first and last lease years)  commencing  July 1 and
ending June 30.

         (c) Within one hundred  twenty (120) days after the end of each Expense
Recovery  Period,  Landlord  shall  furnish  to Tenant a  statement  showing  in
reasonable detail the actual or prorated Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord
during the period, and the parties shall within thirty (30) days thereafter make
any payment or allowance  necessary to adjust Tenant's  estimated  payments,  if
any, to Tenant's actual owed amounts as shown by the annual statement. Any delay
or  failure  by  Landlord  in  delivering  any  statement  hereunder  shall  not
constitute  a waiver of  Landlord's  right to  require  Tenant to pay  Operating
Expenses  pursuant  hereto.  Any  amount due Tenant  shall be  credited  against
installments next coming due under this Section 4.2, and any deficiency shall be
paid by  Tenant  together  with the next  installment.  If  Tenant  has not made
estimated  payments  during the Expense  Recovery  Period,  any amount  owing by
Tenant  pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be paid to Landlord in accordance
with  Article  XVI.  Should  Tenant  fail to object  in  writing  to  Landlord's
determination of actual Operating Expenses within thirteen (13) months following
delivery of Landlord's  expense  statement,  Landlord's  determination of actual

                                       6
<PAGE>

Operating   Expenses  for  the  applicable  Expense  Recovery  Period  shall  be
conclusive  and  binding on the parties  and any future  claims to the  contrary
shall be barred.  Upon Tenant's  request made after Landlord  furnishes Tenant a
statement  pursuant to this Section  4.3(c),  Landlord  shall make  available to
Tenant reasonable  information  regarding the Operating Expenses for the Expense
Recovery Period as to which such statement was furnished.  If Tenant  determines
that it believes  there is an error in the  Operating  Expenses  Tenant shall so
notify Landlord and Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor to resolve the same prior
to the performance of any audit by Tenant.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to
resolve the  matters as to which  Tenant has so provided  Landlord  notice,  and
Tenant timely objects to Landlord's determination of Operating Expenses,  Tenant
shall  have the right to audit  Landlord's  books and  records  relating  to the
Operating  Expenses  at  Landlord's  or  its  property  manager's  offices  upon
reasonable notice to Landlord.  Any such audit shall be performed by a certified
public  accountant and shall not be permitted to be performed by any party whose
compensation  in  connection  with  such  audit is based  upon a  percentage  of
Tenant's  savings on account of such audit.  In any such event Tenant shall make
any payments  required based upon Landlord's  determination of Tenant's Share of
Operating  Expenses  when the same are due, and any  adjustment to be made based
upon the  parties'  resolution  of any audit by Tenant  shall be made  after the
audit is performed and any  disagreements  as to Operating  Expenses  based upon
such audit are resolved between the parties. If upon the resolution of any audit
for an  Expense  Recovery  Period  by  Tenant  it is  determined  that  Landlord
overstated Operating Expenses for such Expense Recovery Period by more than four
(4) percent,  then Landlord shall reimburse  Tenant for the reasonable costs and
accountant's  fees incurred by Tenant in performing  such audit. If Landlord and
Tenant are unable to resolve any  disputes as to  Operating  Expenses  resulting
from a timely audit by Tenant, the parties shall resolve the same by arbitration
with  the  Judicial   Arbitration  and  Mediation   Service  of  Orange  County,
California.

         (d) Even though the Lease has terminated and the Tenant has vacated the
Premises,  when the final  determination  is made of Operating  Expenses for the
Expense Recovery Period in which the Lease terminates,  Tenant shall upon notice
pay the entire  increase  due for the period  Tenant was  entitled to occupy the
Premises  pursuant to this Lease over the estimated  expenses paid.  Conversely,
any overpayment made in the event expenses decrease shall be rebated by Landlord
to Tenant.

         (e) If, at any time during any Expense Recovery Period, any one or more
of the  Operating  Expenses are increased to a rate(s) or amount(s) in excess of
the rate(s) or amount(s)  used in  calculating  the  estimated  expenses for the
year,  then the estimate of Operating  Expenses shall be increased for the month
in which such  rate(s) or amount(s)  becomes  effective  and for all  succeeding
months by an amount equal to the increase.  Landlord  shall give Tenant  written
notice of the amount or estimated amount of the increase, the month in which the
increase  will become  effective,  and the month for which the payments are due.
Tenant shall pay the increase to Landlord as a part of Tenant's monthly payments
of estimated  expenses as provided in paragraph (b) above,  commencing  with the
month in which effective.

         (f) The term  "Building  Costs" shall include all expenses of operation
and maintenance of the Building and of the Building's proportionate share of the
Project,  if  applicable  (determined  as the  rentable  square  footage  of the
Building divided by the rentable square footage of all space in the Project), to
the extent such  expenses  are not billed to and paid  directly  by Tenant,  and
shall include the following  charges by way of illustration  but not limitation:
water and sewer charges;  insurance premiums or reasonable  premium  equivalents
should  Landlord  elect to  self-insure  any risk that Landlord is authorized to
insure hereunder; license, permit, and inspection fees other than those incurred
for tenant  improvements for other tenants of the Project;  heat; light;  power;
air  conditioning;  supplies;  materials;  equipment;  tools;  the  cost  of any
insurance,  tax or other consultant  utilized by Landlord in connection with the
Building and/or Project  establishment  of reasonable  reserves for replacements
and/or  repair  of Common  Area  improvements  (if  applicable),  equipment  and
supplies; costs incurred in connection with compliance of any laws or changes in
laws  applicable  to the Building or the Project to the extent of the  amortized
amount  thereof  over the useful life of any  improvements  undertaken  for such
compliance  calculated  at a market cost of funds all as determined by Landlord,
for each such year of  useful  life  during  the Term;  the cost of any  capital
investments (other than tenant  improvements for specific tenants) to the extent
of the amortized amount thereof over the useful life of such capital investments
calculated at a market cost of funds,  all as  determined by Landlord,  for each
such year of useful life during the Term;  costs associated with the procurement
and  maintenance  of an  intrabuilding  network cable service  agreement for any
intrabuilding network cable telecommunications lines within the Project, and any
other  installation,  maintenance,  repair and replacement costs associated with
such lines (except that if such costs are of a capital  nature the same shall be
treated as capital  investments under the foregoing clause);  labor;  reasonably
allocated wages and salaries,  fringe benefits,  and payroll taxes for personnel
directly  applicable to the Building and/or  Project,  including both Landlord's
personnel and outside personnel;  any expense incurred pursuant to Sections 6.1,
6.2,  6.4,  7.2,  and 10.2;  and a  reasonable  overhead/management  fee for the
professional  operation of the Building and Project which  management  fee shall
not in any event exceed  competitive  management  fees negotiated in arms-length
agreements between first-class property managers and owners of buildings similar
to the Building in Orange  County,  California.  It is understood  that Building
Costs shall  include  competitive  charges for direct  services  provided by any
subsidiary or division of Landlord.  Building Costs shall not, however,  include
expenses of operation and maintenance of hallways,  interior stairwells,  common
electrical  rooms  and  roof  access  entries,  common  entrances  and  lobbies,
elevators,  and  restrooms all to the extent  located in other  buildings in the
Project.

         (g) The term  "Property  Taxes" as used herein  shall  include,  to the
extent applicable to the Building and the Building's  proportionate share of the
Project  (determined as the rentable  square footage of the 

                                       7
<PAGE>

Building  divided by the rentable  square  footage of all space in the Project),
all of the following:  (i) all real estate taxes or personal  property taxes, as
such property  taxes may be reassessed  from time to time; and (ii) other taxes,
charges and  assessments  which are levied with  respect to this Lease or to the
Building and/or the Project,  and any  improvements,  fixtures and equipment and
other property of Landlord  located in the Building  and/or the Project,  except
that general net income and franchise  taxes imposed  against  Landlord shall be
excluded; and (iii) all assessments and fees for public improvements,  services,
and facilities and impacts thereon,  including without limitation arising out of
any Community Facilities Districts,  "Mello Roos" districts,  similar assessment
districts,  and any traffic impact mitigation assessments or fees; (iv) any tax,
surcharge or assessment  which shall be levied in addition to or in lieu of real
estate or personal property taxes, other than taxes covered by Article VIII; and
(v) costs and  expenses  incurred  in  contesting  the amount or validity of any
Property Tax by appropriate proceedings.

     SECTION 4.3. SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Concurrently with Tenant's delivery of this
Lease,  Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum, if any,  stated in Item 9 of
the Basic Lease Provisions,  to be held by Landlord as security for the full and
faithful  performance  of Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease (the "Security
Deposit").  Subject to the last sentence of this Section,  the Security  Deposit
shall be understood  and agreed to be the property of Landlord  upon  Landlord's
receipt thereof,  and may be utilized by Landlord in its discretion  towards the
payment of all prepaid  expenses by Landlord  for which Tenant would be required
to reimburse Landlord under this Lease,  including without limitation  brokerage
commissions and Tenant  Improvement  costs to the extent  otherwise  recoverable
under this Lease. Upon any default by Tenant,  including  specifically  Tenant's
failure to pay rent or to abide by its  obligations  under Sections 7.1 and 15.3
below,  whether or not Landlord is informed of or has  knowledge of the default,
the  Security  Deposit  shall be  deemed  to be  automatically  and  immediately
applied,  without waiver of any rights  Landlord may have under this Lease or at
law or in equity as a result of the  default,  as a setoff  for full or  partial
compensation for that default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is applied
after a default by  Tenant,  Tenant  shall  within  five (5) days after  written
demand by Landlord deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore
the Security Deposit to its original  amount.  Landlord shall not be required to
keep this Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not
be entitled to interest on the Security  Deposit.  If Tenant fully  performs its
obligations  under this Lease, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall
be  returned  to Tenant  (or,  at  Landlord's  option,  to the last  assignee of
Tenant's interest in this Lease) after the expiration of the Term, provided that
Landlord may retain a reasonable  portion of the Security  Deposit to the extent
and until such time as all amounts due from Tenant in accordance with this Lease
have been determined and paid in full.


                                ARTICLE V. USES


     SECTION  5.1.  USE.  Tenant  shall use the  Premises  only for the purposes
stated  in  Item  3 of the  Basic  Lease  Provisions,  all  in  accordance  with
applicable  laws and  restrictions  and  pursuant to approvals to be obtained by
Tenant from all relevant and required governmental agencies and authorities. The
parties  agree  that any  contrary  use shall be deemed  to cause  material  and
irreparable harm to Landlord and shall entitle Landlord to injunctive  relief in
addition to any other available remedy.  Tenant, at its expense,  shall procure,
maintain and make available for Landlord's  inspection  throughout the Term, all
governmental approvals,  licenses and permits required for the proper and lawful
conduct of Tenant's permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit
anything  to be done in or about the  Premises  which will in any way  interfere
with the rights of other  occupants of the  Building or the  Project,  or use or
allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose,  nor shall Tenant permit
any nuisance or commit any waste in the  Premises or the  Project.  Tenant shall
not do or permit to be done anything which will  invalidate or increase the cost
of any insurance  policy(ies)  covering the Building,  the Project  and/or their
contents,  and shall comply with all applicable insurance underwriters rules and
the  requirements  of the Pacific Fire Rating  Bureau or any other  organization
performing  a similar  function.  Tenant  shall  comply at its expense  with all
present and future laws, ordinances,  restrictions,  regulations,  orders, rules
and requirements of all  governmental  authorities that pertain to Tenant or its
use  of the  Premises,  including  without  limitation  all  federal  and  state
occupational health and safety requirements,  whether or not Tenant's compliance
will  necessitate  expenditures  or interfere  with its use and enjoyment of the
Premises.  Tenant  shall  comply at its  expense  with all  present  and  future
covenants,  conditions,  easements or restrictions now or hereafter affecting or
encumbering  the Building and/or  Project,  and any amendments or  modifications
thereto,  including without  limitation the payment by Tenant of any periodic or
special dues or assessments  charged against the Premises or Tenant which may be
allocated to the Premises or Tenant in accordance  with the  provisions  thereof
provided that any future covenants,  conditions,  easements or restrictions,  or
any amendments or modifications,  shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's
use of the Premises or result in a material  increase in cost to Tenant.  Tenant
shall  promptly  upon demand  reimburse  Landlord for any  additional  insurance
premium  charged by reason of Tenant's  failure to comply with the provisions of
this Section,  and shall  indemnify  Landlord from any liability  and/or expense
resulting from Tenant's noncompliance.

     SECTION 5.2 SIGNS.  Provided Tenant continues to occupy the entire Premises
Tenant shall have the  exclusive  right to install one (1) building top exterior
sign at a  location  agreed  to by  Landlord  and  Tenant  on the  facade of the
Building,  and one (1)  monument  sign in  front  of the  Building  between  the
Building  and  California  Avenue,  in each case  subject  to  Landlord's  prior
approval that such signage is in compliance with the Signage  Criteria  (defined
below). Tenant acknowledges that its rights to install the one (1) monument sign
shall also be subject to Tenant's  obtaining  at its expense the approval of and
all necessary permits from the City of Irvine with regard to the same. Except as
provided in the  foregoing,  or as approved in writing by Landlord,  in its sole
discretion,  Tenant shall have no right to maintain  identification signs in any
location in, on or about the Premises, 

                                       8
<PAGE>

the Building or the Project and shall not place or erect any signs,  displays or
other advertising  materials that are visible from the exterior of the Building.
The size, design, graphics, material, style, color and other physical aspects of
any permitted  sign shall be subject to  Landlord's  written  approval  prior to
installation  (which  approval may be withheld in  Landlord's  discretion),  any
covenants,  conditions or  restrictions  encumbering  the  Premises,  Landlord's
signage program for the Project,  as in effect from time to time and approved by
the City of Irvine ("Signage  Criteria"),  and any applicable municipal or other
governmental  permits and approvals.  Tenant  acknowledges  having  received and
reviewed a copy of the current Signage Criteria for the Project. Tenant shall be
responsible  for the cost of any  permitted  sign,  including  the  fabrication,
installation,  maintenance and removal thereof.  If Tenant fails to maintain its
sign,  or if Tenant  fails to remove  same upon  termination  of this  Lease and
repair  any  damage  caused  by such  removal,  Landlord  may do so at  Tenant's
expense.

     SECTION 5.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

         (a) For purposes of this Lease, the term "Hazardous Materials" includes
(i) any "hazardous  materials" as defined in Section  25501(n) of the California
Health and Safety Code,  (ii) any other  substance  or matter  which  results in
liability  to any person or entity  from  exposure to such  substance  or matter
under any  statutory  or common law theory,  and (iii) any  substance  or matter
which is in excess of permitted  levels set forth in any federal,  California or
local law or regulation pertaining to any hazardous or toxic substance, material
or waste.

         (b) Tenant  shall not cause or permit  any  Hazardous  Materials  to be
brought upon, stored, used,  generated,  released or disposed of on, under, from
or about the Premises  (including  without  limitation the soil and  groundwater
thereunder)  without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining prior written consent
of  Landlord,  to utilize  within the  Premises  standard  office  products  and
cleaning  materials  that may contain  Hazardous  Materials  (such as  photocopy
toner,  "White  Out",  and the like),  provided  however,  that (i) Tenant shall
maintain  such products in their  original  retail  packaging,  shall follow all
instructions on such packaging with respect to the storage,  use and disposal of
such products,  and shall otherwise comply with all applicable laws with respect
to such products, and (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Section
5.3 shall apply with respect to Tenant's  storage,  use and disposal of all such
products.  Landlord  may,  in its sole  discretion,  place  such  conditions  as
Landlord deems appropriate with respect to any such Hazardous Materials, and may
further require that Tenant  demonstrate  that any such Hazardous  Materials are
necessary or useful to Tenant's business and will be generated, stored, used and
disposed of in a manner that complies with all applicable  laws and  regulations
pertaining  thereto and with good business  practices.  Tenant  understands that
Landlord  may  utilize  an  environmental  consultant  to assist in  determining
conditions  of approval in  connection  with the storage,  generation,  release,
disposal  or use of  Hazardous  Materials  by Tenant  on or about the  Premises,
and/or to conduct periodic inspections of the storage,  generation, use, release
and/or disposal of such Hazardous  Materials by Tenant on and from the Premises,
and Tenant agrees that any  reasonable  costs incurred by Landlord in connection
therewith shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent hereunder
upon demand.

         (c)  Prior to the  execution  of this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  complete,
execute and deliver to Landlord an  Environmental  Questionnaire  and Disclosure
Statement (the "Environmental  Questionnaire") in the form of Exhibit B attached
hereto. The completed  Environmental  Questionnaire shall be deemed incorporated
into this Lease for all purposes,  and Landlord  shall be entitled to rely fully
on the information  contained  therein.  On each anniversary of the Commencement
Date until the  expiration  or sooner  termination  of this Lease,  Tenant shall
disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials
which were stored,  generated,  used,  released  and/or disposed of on, under or
about the Premises for the twelve-month  period prior thereto,  and which Tenant
desires to store,  generate,  use,  release and/or dispose of on, under or about
the Premises for the succeeding  twelve-month period. In addition, to the extent
Tenant is permitted to utilize  Hazardous  Materials  upon the Premises,  Tenant
shall  promptly  provide  Landlord with  complete and legible  copies of all the
following  environmental  documents relating thereto:  reports filed pursuant to
any  self-reporting  requirements;  permit  applications,   permits,  monitoring
reports,  workplace  exposure and community exposure warnings or notices and all
other  reports,  disclosures,  plans  or  documents  (even  those  which  may be
characterized  as  confidential)  relating to water  discharges,  air pollution,
waste  generation  or disposal,  and  underground  storage  tanks for  Hazardous
Materials;  orders,  reports,  notices,  listings and correspondence (even those
which  may  be  considered   confidential)   of  or   concerning   the  release,
investigation of,  compliance,  cleanup,  remedial and corrective  actions,  and
abatement of Hazardous Materials; and all complaints,  pleadings and other legal
documents filed by or against Tenant related to Tenant's use, handling, storage,
release and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

         (d)  Landlord  and  its  agents  shall  have  the  right,  but  not the
obligation,  to inspect,  sample and/or monitor the Premises  and/or the soil or
groundwater thereunder at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with
the terms of this Section 5.3, and in connection  therewith Tenant shall provide
Landlord with full access to all relevant facilities,  records and personnel. If
Tenant is not in compliance  with any of the  provisions of this Section 5.3, or
in the event of a  release  of any  Hazardous  Material  on,  under or about the
Premises  caused or permitted  by Tenant,  its agents,  employees,  contractors,
licensees  or invitees,  and  affecting  the Premises or any adjacent  Property,
Landlord and its agents shall have the right,  but not the  obligation  (without
limitation  upon any of Landlord's  other rights and remedies under this Lease),
after notice to Tenant and Tenant's  failure to discharge its obligations  under
this Section 5.3 after such notice (provided that no notice shall be required in
the case of any  emergency),  to  immediately  enter upon the  Premises  without
notice and to discharge Tenant's  obligations under this 

                                       9
<PAGE>

Section 5.3 at Tenant's  expense,  including  without  limitation  the taking of
emergency or long-term  remedial action.  Landlord and its agents shall endeavor
to minimize  interference  with Tenant's business in connection  therewith,  but
shall  not be  liable  for any such  interference.  In  addition,  Landlord,  at
Tenant's  expense,  shall have the right,  but not the  obligation,  to join and
participate in any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any
claims arising out of the storage,  generation,  use, release and/or disposal by
Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees of Hazardous
Materials on, under, from or about the Premises.

         (e) If the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about
the  Premises  or the  Project  caused or  permitted  by  Tenant or its  agents,
employees,  contractors,  licensees  or  invitees  results  in (i) injury to any
person,  (ii) injury to or any contamination of the Premises or the Project,  or
(iii)  injury to or  contamination  of any real or  personal  property  wherever
situated,  Tenant, at its expense,  shall promptly take all actions necessary to
return the  Premises  and the  Project and any other  affected  real or personal
property owned by Landlord to the condition  existing prior to the  introduction
of such  Hazardous  Materials  and to  remedy  or  repair  any  such  injury  or
contamination,  including without limitation, any cleanup, remediation, removal,
disposal,  neutralization  or other  treatment of any such Hazardous  Materials.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Tenant  shall not,  without  Landlord's  prior
written  consent,  take any  remedial  action in response to the presence of any
Hazardous  Materials on, under or about the Premises or the Project or any other
affected real or personal  property  owned by Landlord or enter into any similar
agreement, consent, decree or other compromise with any governmental agency with
respect to any Hazardous  Materials claims;  provided however,  Landlord's prior
written  consent  shall not be  necessary  in the  event  that the  presence  of
Hazardous  Materials on, under or about the Premises or the Project or any other
affected  real or personal  property  owned by Landlord (i) imposes an immediate
threat to the health,  safety or welfare of any  individual or (ii) is of such a
nature that an immediate  remedial  response is necessary and it is not possible
to obtain  Landlord's  consent before taking such action.  To the fullest extent
permitted by law,  Tenant shall  indemnify,  hold  harmless,  protect and defend
(with  attorneys  acceptable to Landlord)  Landlord and any successors to all or
any portion of Landlord's interest in the Premises and the Project and any other
real or  personal  property  owned  by  Landlord  from and  against  any and all
liabilities,  losses, damages,  diminution in value, judgments,  fines, demands,
claims,  recoveries,   deficiencies,   costs  and  expenses  (including  without
limitation  attorneys'  fees,  court  costs  and other  professional  expenses),
whether foreseeable or unforeseeable,  arising directly or indirectly out of the
use,  generation,  storage,  treatment,  release,  on- or  off-site  disposal or
transportation  of  Hazardous  Materials  on,  into,  from,  under or about  the
Premises,  the Building and the Project and any other real or personal  property
owned by  Landlord  caused  or  permitted  by  Tenant,  its  agents,  employees,
contractors,  licensees or invitees,  specifically  including without limitation
the  cost  of  any  required  or  necessary  repair,  restoration,   cleanup  or
detoxification of the Premises,  the Building and the Project and any other real
or personal  property owned by Landlord,  and the  preparation of any closure or
other required plans, whether or not such action is required or necessary during
the  Term or  after  the  expiration  of this  Lease.  If  Landlord  at any time
discovers  that  Tenant or its  agents,  employees,  contractors,  licensees  or
invitees  may have caused or permitted  the release of a Hazardous  Material on,
under,  from or about the  Premises or the Project or any other real or personal
property owned by Landlord,  Tenant shall,  at Landlord's  request,  immediately
prepare  and submit to  Landlord a  comprehensive  plan,  subject to  Landlord's
approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to return the Premises or
the  Project or any other real or  personal  property  owned by  Landlord to the
condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous  Materials.  Upon
Landlord's  approval of such cleanup  plan,  Tenant shall,  at its expense,  and
without limitation of any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease or at
law or in equity,  immediately  implement  such plan and proceed to cleanup such
Hazardous  Materials in accordance  with all applicable  laws and as required by
such plan and this Lease.  The provisions of this subsection (e) shall expressly
survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

         (f)   Landlord   hereby   discloses  to  Tenant,   and  Tenant   hereby
acknowledges, certain facts relating to Hazardous Materials at the Project known
by  Landlord  to  exist  as of the  date of  this  Lease,  as more  particularly
described  in Exhibit C attached  hereto.  Except for the matters  disclosed  in
Exhibit C, Landlord has no actual current  knowledge  that  Hazardous  Materials
have been  released and  currently  exist on or under the Project.  Tenant shall
have no liability or  responsibility  with  respect to the  Hazardous  Materials
facts  described  in Exhibit C, or  otherwise  subsequently  discovered  to have
affected the Premises  prior to the date of this Lease,  nor with respect to any
Hazardous  Materials  which were not caused or permitted by Tenant,  its agents,
employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. Notwithstanding the preceding two
sentences,   Tenant  agrees  to  notify  its  agents,  employees,   contractors,
licensees,  and  invitees of any  exposure or  potential  exposure to  Hazardous
Materials at the Premises that Landlord brings to Tenant's attention.

         (g) If  Tenant  is  named  as a  party  in any  action  brought  by any
governmental   agency  or  authority  regarding  the  presence  and  removal  or
remediation  of Hazardous  Materials  on, under or about the Premises  caused by
Landlord, its agents,  employees,  contractors,  and through no fault of Tenant,
its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, Landlord shall defend
Tenant  in  such  action  with  counsel  selected  by  Landlord  and  reasonably
satisfactory to Tenant and pay all costs,  expenses and attorneys' fees incurred
in connection with defending such litigation,  provided,  however, that if it is
discovered  after  Landlord  initiates  such  defense  that the presence of such
Hazardous  Materials was caused or permitted by Tenant,  its agents,  employees,
contractors,  licensees or invitees,  the  foregoing  defense  obligation  shall
terminate,  Tenant  shall  obtain its own  counsel in such  action,  and, if the
counsel  initially  selected by Landlord was defending both Landlord and Tenant,
Landlord shall be permitted to continue to use the counsel  selected by Landlord
as its counsel in such action.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE VI. COMMON AREAS; SERVICES

     SECTION 6.1.  UTILITIES AND SERVICES.  Tenant shall be responsible  for and
shall pay promptly, directly to the appropriate supplier, all charges for water,
gas,  electricity,   sewer,  heat,  light,  power,  telephone,   refuse  pickup,
janitorial  service,  interior  landscape  maintenance and all other  utilities,
materials and services  furnished  directly to Tenant or the Premises or used by
Tenant in, on or about the  Premises  during the Term,  together  with any taxes
thereon.  Landlord  shall not be liable for damages or otherwise for any failure
or interruption of any utility or other service  furnished to the Premises,  and
no such failure or interruption shall be deemed an eviction or entitle Tenant to
terminate this Lease or withhold or abate any rent due hereunder. Landlord shall
at all  reasonable  times  have free  access to all  electrical  and  mechanical
installations of Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing  sentence,  if utility
service to the Premises is interrupted for a continuous period of more than five
(5) consecutive business days after written notice of such interruption is given
from  Tenant to  Landlord  solely as a result of  Landlord's  actions,  and such
interruption  renders a portion of the  Premises  unusable,  then Basic Rent for
such  portion of the  Premises  shall be abated for the period  from  Landlord's
receipt of notice of the  interruption  of utility service until the restoration
of utility  service to an extent which causes such portion of the Premises to no
longer be unusable.  Landlord's failure to cause any third party,  including any
provider of utility services,  to correct any interruption of utility service to
the Premises shall not be construed to constitute an interruption resulting from
Landlord's actions.


     SECTION 6.2.  OPERATION AND  MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS.  During the Term,
Landlord  shall  operate all Common Areas  within the Project.  The term "Common
Areas"  shall  mean all areas  which are not held for  exclusive  use by persons
entitled  to occupy  space,  and all other  appurtenant  areas and  improvements
provided  by  Landlord  for the common use of  Landlord  and  tenants  and their
respective  employees and invitees,  including without  limitation parking areas
and structures, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, hallways and
interior  stairwells  not located  within the  premises  of any  tenant,  common
electrical  rooms  and  roof  access  entries,  common  entrances  and  lobbies,
elevators, and restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant.

     SECTION 6.3. USE OF COMMON  AREAS.  The occupancy by Tenant of the Premises
shall  include the use of the Common Areas in common with  Landlord and with all
others  for  whose  convenience  and use the  Common  Areas may be  provided  by
Landlord,  subject, however, to compliance with all rules and regulations as are
prescribed  from time to time by Landlord.  Landlord  shall operate and maintain
the Common Areas in a first class manner and condition as Landlord may determine
to be  appropriate.  All costs  incurred by  Landlord  for the  maintenance  and
operation  of the Common  Areas shall be included in Building  Costs  unless any
particular  cost  incurred  can be charged to a specific  tenant of the Project.
Landlord shall at all times during the Term have exclusive control of the Common
Areas, and may restrain any use or occupancy, except as authorized by Landlord's
rules  and  regulations.  Tenant  shall  keep  the  Common  Areas  clear  of any
obstruction or unauthorized use related to Tenant's operations.  Nothing in this
Lease shall be deemed to impose  liability  upon  Landlord  for any damage to or
loss  of the  property  of,  or for any  injury  to,  Tenant,  its  invitees  or
employees.  Landlord may  temporarily  close any portion of the Common Areas for
repairs,  remodeling and/or  alterations,  to prevent a public dedication or the
accrual of  prescriptive  rights,  or for any other reason deemed  sufficient by
Landlord, without liability to Landlord.

     SECTION 6.4. PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to use free of charge during
the initial  Term the number of vehicle  parking  spaces set forth in Item 14 of
the Basic Lease  Provisions,  which  spaces shall be located in the parking area
surrounding the buildings at 101 and 111 Innovation, and shall be unreserved and
unassigned,  on those  portions of the Common Areas  designated  by Landlord for
parking.  Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than such number. All parking
spaces  shall be used only for  parking  by  vehicles  no larger  than full size
passenger  automobiles  or pickup  trucks.  Tenant shall not permit or allow any
vehicles  that  belong to or are  controlled  by Tenant or  Tenant's  employees,
suppliers,  shippers,  customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in
areas other than those  designated  by Landlord for such  activities.  If Tenant
permits  or  allows  any of the  prohibited  activities  described  above,  then
Landlord shall have the right,  without notice, in addition to such other rights
and remedies that Landlord may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle  involved
and charge the costs to Tenant. Parking within the Common Areas shall be limited
to striped parking  stalls,  and no parking shall be permitted in any driveways,
access  ways or in any area  which  would  prohibit  or impede  the free flow of
traffic  within the Common  Areas.  There shall be no  overnight  parking of any
vehicles of any kind unless otherwise authorized by Landlord, and vehicles which
have been abandoned or parked in violation of the terms hereof may be towed away
at the  owner's  expense.  Nothing  contained  in this Lease  shall be deemed to
create  liability  upon Landlord for any damage to motor vehicles of visitors or
employees, for any loss of property from within those motor vehicles, or for any
injury to Tenant, its visitors or employees,  unless ultimately determined to be
caused by the active negligence or willful  misconduct of Landlord,  its agents,
servants and  employees.  Landlord  shall have the right to establish,  and from
time to time amend,  and to enforce  against all users all reasonable  rules and
regulations  (including  the  designation  of areas for employee  parking)  that
Landlord may deem necessary and advisable for the proper and efficient operation
and  maintenance of parking within the Common Areas so long as Landlord does not
designate any portion of the parking area  surrounding  the buildings at 101 and
111  Innovation as being for the exclusive use of any tenants of the building at
111  Innovation or any other building  within the Project or their  customers or
invitees,  provided  that the  foregoing  prohibition  shall not be construed to
prohibit 

                                       11
<PAGE>

Landlord's  allocating the spaces in the parking area  surrounding the buildings
at 101 and 111 Innovation between or among the tenants of 101 and 111 Innovation
in a manner which is deemed  reasonable by Landlord and which provides Tenant at
least  the  number of  parking  spaces  set forth in Item 14 of the Basic  Lease
Provisions  to assure that no such Tenant is utilizing  more than its  allocable
share of spaces  within  such  parking  area.  Landlord  shall have the right to
construct, maintain and operate lighting facilities within the parking areas; to
change the area,  level,  location  and  arrangement  of the  parking  areas and
improvements therein; to restrict parking by tenants, their officers, agents and
employees to employee parking areas; to enforce parking charges (by operation of
meters  or  otherwise);  and to do and  perform  such  other  acts in and to the
parking areas and improvements therein as, in the use of good business judgment,
Landlord  shall  determine  to be  advisable.  Any person using the parking area
shall observe all directional  signs and arrows and any posted speed limits.  In
no event shall Tenant  interfere  with the use and enjoyment of the parking area
by other  tenants of the Project or their  employees or invitees.  Parking areas
shall be used only for parking vehicles.  Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing
of  vehicles,  or the storage of vehicles  for 24-hour  periods,  is  prohibited
unless otherwise  authorized by Landlord.  Tenant shall be liable for any damage
to the  parking  areas  caused  by  Tenant  or  Tenant's  employees,  suppliers,
shippers, customers or invitees, including without limitation damage from excess
oil leakage.  Tenant shall have no right to install any  fixtures,  equipment or
personal property in the parking areas.

     SECTION 6.5. CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves the right
to make alterations or additions to the Project,  or to the attendant  fixtures,
equipment and Common  Areas.  Landlord may at any time relocate or remove any of
the various buildings (other than the Building), parking areas, and other Common
Areas,  and may add  buildings  and areas to the Project  from time to time.  No
change shall  entitle  Tenant to any  abatement  of rent or other claim  against
Landlord,  provided that the change does not deprive Tenant of reasonable access
to or use of the Premises.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing no such  alteration,
addition or modification shall unreasonably interfere with Tenant's access to or
use of the Premises.


                     ARTICLE VII. MAINTAINING THE PREMISES


     SECTION 7.1.  TENANT'S  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.  Tenant at its sole expense
shall comply with all applicable laws and governmental regulations governing the
Premises to the extent the same can be performed  within the Premises and do not
affect  portions of the Building  with regard to which  Landlord is obligated to
provide service,  maintenance and repair under Section 7.2, and make all repairs
necessary to keep the Premises in the  condition as existed on the  Commencement
Date (or on any later  date  that the  improvements  may have  been  installed),
excepting  ordinary  wear  and  tear  and  casualty  damage,  including  without
limitation  the  electrical  and  mechanical  systems,   any  air  conditioning,
ventilating or heating  equipment which serves the Premises,  all walls,  glass,
windows, doors, door closures,  hardware, fixtures,  electrical,  plumbing, fire
extinguisher equipment and other equipment,  except that Landlord at its expense
shall  make all  repairs  which are the  result  of the  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of Landlord or its agents,  employees or  contractors.  Any damage or
deterioration  of the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the
same could have been prevented by good maintenance  practices by Tenant. As part
of its maintenance  obligations hereunder,  Tenant shall, at Landlord's request,
provide Landlord with copies of all maintenance  schedules,  reports and notices
prepared  by,  for or on  behalf  of  Tenant.  Tenant  shall  obtain  preventive
maintenance contracts from a licensed heating and air conditioning contractor to
provide for regular  inspection and maintenance of the heating,  ventilating and
air  conditioning  systems  servicing  the  Premises,  all subject to Landlord's
approval.  All repairs shall be at least equal in quality to the original  work,
and except as to emergency  repairs shall be made only by a licensed  contractor
reasonably  approved in writing in advance by Landlord and shall be made only at
the time or times approved by Landlord.  Any contractor utilized by Tenant shall
be subject to Landlord's  reasonable standard  requirements for contractors,  as
modified  from  time to time.  Landlord  shall  have the  right at all  times to
inspect Tenant's  maintenance of all equipment (including without limitation air
conditioning,  ventilating  and heating  equipment),  and may impose  reasonable
restrictions  and requirements  with respect to repairs,  as provided in Section
7.3,   and  the   provisions   of  Section  7.4  shall  apply  to  all  repairs.
Alternatively,  Landlord  may after notice to Tenant elect to make any repair or
maintenance  required hereunder on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant's expense, and
Tenant shall promptly  reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred upon submission
of an invoice,  provided that Landlord  shall perform the same or cause the same
to be performed at a competitive cost.

     SECTION 7.2. LANDLORD'S  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Section 7.1 and
Article XI, Landlord shall provide service,  maintenance and repair with respect
to the  roof,  foundations,  and  footings  of the  Building,  all  landscaping,
walkways,  parking  areas,  Common Areas,  exterior  lighting,  and the exterior
surfaces  of the  exterior  walls of the  Building,  except  that  Tenant at its
expense shall make all repairs which  Landlord deems  reasonably  necessary as a
result of the act or  negligence  of Tenant,  its agents,  employees,  invitees,
subtenants or contractors.  Landlord shall have the right to employ or designate
any reputable person or firm, including any employee or agent of Landlord or any
of  Landlord's  affiliates  or  divisions,  to perform  any  service,  repair or
maintenance  function.  Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs
except as specifically  required under this Lease, and nothing contained in this
Section  shall  limit  Landlord's   right  to  reimbursement   from  Tenant  for
maintenance,  repair costs and replacement  costs as provided  elsewhere in this
Lease.  Tenant  understands that it shall not make repairs at Landlord's expense
or by rental  offset.  Tenant  further  understands  that Landlord  shall not be
required to make any  repairs to the roof,  foundations  or footings  unless and
until  Tenant has  notified  Landlord in writing of the need for such repair and
Landlord  shall have a  reasonable  period of time  thereafter  to 

                                       12
<PAGE>

commence and complete said repair,  if warranted.  All costs of any  maintenance
and repairs on the part of Landlord provided  hereunder shall be considered part
of Building Costs.

     SECTION 7.3.  ALTERATIONS.  Tenant shall make no alterations,  additions or
improvements  to the Premises  which cost in excess of $50,000 in the  aggregate
per year without the prior written consent of Landlord,  which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any  alterations,
additions  or  improvements  to the  Premises  (i)  affect the  exterior  of the
Building or outside areas (or be visible from adjoining  sites),  or (ii) affect
or penetrate any of the structural  portions of the Building,  including but not
limited to the roof,  or (iii) require any change to the basic floor plan of the
Premises, any change to any structural or mechanical systems of the Premises, or
any governmental  permit as a prerequisite to the construction  thereof, or (iv)
interfere in any manner with the proper  functioning of or Landlord's  access to
any mechanical,  electrical,  plumbing or HVAC systems,  facilities or equipment
located in or serving the  Building,  or (v) diminish the value of the Premises.
Landlord  may impose,  as a condition  to its  consent,  any  requirements  that
Landlord in its discretion may deem  reasonable or desirable,  including but not
limited to a  requirement  that all work for which a permit is required from the
City of Irvine be covered by a lien and completion bond satisfactory to Landlord
and  requirements as to the manner,  time, and contractor for performance of the
work.  Tenant shall obtain all required  permits for the work and shall  perform
the work in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances, all
covenants,  conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, and the Rules and
Regulations  (hereafter  defined).  Tenant  understands and agrees that Landlord
shall be entitled to a supervision fee in the amount of five percent (5%) of the
cost of the work as to any work for which a permit is required  from the City of
Irvine.  If any  governmental  entity  requires,  as a condition to any proposed
alterations,   additions  or  improvements  to  the  Premises  by  Tenant,  that
improvements  be made to the Common  Areas,  and if  Landlord  consents  to such
improvements  to the Common Areas,  then Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole expense,
make such required  improvements  to the Common Areas in such manner,  utilizing
such materials,  and with such contractors (including,  if required by Landlord,
Landlord's contractors) as Landlord may require in its sole discretion. Under no
circumstances shall Tenant make any improvement which incorporates any Hazardous
Materials,   including  without  limitation   asbestos-containing   construction
materials into the Premises. Any request for Landlord's consent shall be made in
writing and shall  contain  architectural  plans  describing  the work in detail
reasonably  satisfactory  to  Landlord.  Unless  Landlord  otherwise  agrees  in
writing,  all  alterations,  additions or  improvements  affixed to the Premises
(excluding trade fixtures and furniture whether or not affixed) shall become the
property of Landlord  and shall be  surrendered  with the Premises at the end of
the Term,  except that,  unless  Landlord  has  otherwise  agreed upon  Tenant's
request  at  the  time  of  Landlord's  approval  of any  proposed  alterations,
additions or improvements,  Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, require Tenant to
remove by the Expiration Date, or sooner  termination date of this Lease, all or
any alterations,  decorations,  fixtures,  additions,  improvements and the like
installed  either by Tenant or by Landlord at Tenant's request and to repair any
damage to the Premises arising from that removal.  Except as otherwise  provided
in this  Lease  or in any  Exhibit  to this  Lease,  should  Landlord  make  any
alteration or improvement to the Premises for Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled
to prompt reimbursement from Tenant for all costs incurred.

     SECTION 7.4. MECHANIC'S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any
liens arising out of any work  performed,  materials  furnished,  or obligations
incurred by or for Tenant. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly cause
any such lien to be released  by posting a bond in  accordance  with  California
Civil Code Section 3143 or any successor statute. In the event that Tenant shall
not,  within thirty (30) days  following the  imposition of any lien,  cause the
lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper  bond,  Landlord
shall have, in addition to all other available remedies,  the right to cause the
lien to be  released  fifteen  (15)  days  after  notice  to Tenant by any means
Landlord deems proper,  including payment of or defense against the claim giving
rise to the lien.  All  expenses so incurred by Landlord,  including  Landlord's
attorneys'  fees, and any  consequential  or other damages  incurred by Landlord
arising  out of such lien,  shall be  reimbursed  by Tenant  promptly  following
Landlord's  demand,  together with interest from the date of payment by Landlord
at the maximum rate  permitted by law until paid.  Tenant shall give Landlord no
less  than  twenty  (20)  days'  prior  notice  in  writing  before   commencing
construction  of any kind on the Premises so that Landlord may post and maintain
notices of nonresponsibility on the Premises.

     SECTION 7.5. ENTRY AND INSPECTION.  Landlord shall at all reasonable times,
upon 48 hours written  notice  (except in  emergencies,  when no notice shall be
required)  have the right to enter  the  Premises  to  inspect  them,  to supply
services in accordance  with this Lease, to protect the interests of Landlord in
the Premises,  and to submit the Premises to prospective or actual purchasers or
encumbrance  holders  (or,  during the last one hundred and eighty (180) days of
the Term or when an uncured Tenant default exists, to prospective tenants),  all
without being deemed to have caused an eviction of Tenant and without  abatement
of rent except as provided  elsewhere  in this Lease,  provided  that Tenant may
restrict  access of  prospective  purchasers or tenants who are  competitors  of
Tenant as to portions of the Premises as reasonably  necessary to protect Tenant
from disclosure of its proprietary  processes or operations.  Tenant may provide
an escort for any  non-emergency  entry upon the Premises by Landlord.  Landlord
shall have the right, if desired, to retain a key which unlocks all of the doors
in the Premises,  excluding  Tenant's vaults and safes,  and Landlord shall have
the right to use any and all means  which  Landlord  may deem proper to open the
doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to
the Premises obtained by Landlord shall not under any circumstances be deemed to
be a forcible or unlawful  entry into,  or a detainer of, the  Premises,  or any
eviction of Tenant from the Premises.

                                       13
<PAGE>

            ARTICLE VIII. TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS ON TENANT'S PROPERTY

     Tenant  shall be liable  for and shall pay,  at least ten (10) days  before
delinquency,  all taxes and assessments  levied against all personal property of
Tenant located in the Premises, against all improvements to the Premises made by
Landlord or Tenant which are above Landlord's Project standard in quality and/or
quantity   for   comparable   space   within  the   Project   ("Above   Standard
Improvements"), and against any alterations, additions or like improvements made
to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant.  When possible Tenant shall cause its
personal  property,  Above Standard  Improvements and alterations to be assessed
and billed  separately from the real property of which the Premises form a part.
If any taxes on Tenant's personal property,  Above Standard  Improvements and/or
alterations are levied against  Landlord or Landlord's  property and if Landlord
pays the same, or if the assessed  value of Landlord's  property is increased by
the  inclusion  of a value  placed upon the personal  property,  Above  Standard
Improvements  and/or  alterations of Tenant and if Landlord pays the taxes based
upon the increased assessment,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the taxes so levied
against  Landlord or the proportion of the taxes  resulting from the increase in
the  assessment.  In calculating  what portion of any tax bill which is assessed
against Landlord separately,  or Landlord and Tenant jointly, is attributable to
Tenant's  Above  Standard  Improvements,   alterations  and  personal  property,
Landlord's reasonable determination shall be conclusive.


                     ARTICLE IX. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING


     SECTION 9.1. RIGHTS OF PARTIES.

         (a)  Notwithstanding  any provision of this Lease to the contrary other
than the provisions of Section 9.4,  Tenant will not,  either  voluntarily or by
operation of law, assign,  sublet,  encumber,  or otherwise  transfer all or any
part of Tenant's  interest in this lease,  or permit the Premises to be occupied
by anyone other than Tenant,  without  Landlord's prior written  consent,  which
consent shall not  unreasonably be withheld in accordance with the provisions of
Section 9.1.(b). No assignment  (whether voluntary,  involuntary or by operation
of law) and no subletting shall be valid or effective  without  Landlord's prior
written consent and, at Landlord's  election,  any such assignment or subletting
or attempted  assignment or subletting  shall  constitute a material  default of
this  Lease.  Landlord  shall  not be deemed to have  given its  consent  to any
assignment or subletting by any other course of action, including its acceptance
of any name for listing in the Building directory.  To the extent not prohibited
by  provisions  of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  11 U.S.C.  Section  101 et seq.  (the
"Bankruptcy Code"), including Section 365(f)(1),  Tenant on behalf of itself and
its creditors,  administrators  and assigns waives the  applicability of Section
365(e) of the  Bankruptcy  Code unless the proposed  assignee of the Trustee for
the estate of the bankrupt meets Landlord's standard for consent as set forth in
Section 9.1(b) of this Lease.  If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity
pursuant to the provisions of the  Bankruptcy  Code, any and all monies or other
considerations  to be  delivered  in  connection  with the  assignment  shall be
delivered to Landlord,  shall be and remain the  exclusive  property of Landlord
and shall not  constitute  property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant  within
the meaning of the Bankruptcy  Code. Any person or entity to which this Lease is
assigned  pursuant to the provisions of the  Bankruptcy  Code shall be deemed to
have assumed all of the  obligations  arising  under this Lease on and after the
date of the assignment, and shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an
instrument confirming that assumption.

         (b) If Tenant  desires to transfer an interest in this Lease,  it shall
first notify Landlord of its desire and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (i)
the name and address of the proposed transferee; (ii) the nature of any proposed
subtenant's or assignee's  business to be carried on in the Premises;  (iii) the
terms and provisions of any proposed sublease or assignment, including a copy of
the proposed  assignment  or sublease  form;  (iv)  evidence of insurance of the
proposed  assignee or subtenant  complying  with the  requirements  of Exhibit D
hereto; (v) a completed  Environmental  Questionnaire from the proposed assignee
or  subtenant;  and  (vi)  any  other  information  requested  by  Landlord  and
reasonably related to the transfer. Except as provided in Subsection (e) of this
Section, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided: (1) the
use of the Premises  will be  consistent  with the  provisions of this Lease and
with  Landlord's  commitment to other  tenants of the Project;  (2) the proposed
assignee or subtenant  has not been  required by any prior  landlord,  lender or
governmental  authority to take  remedial  action in connection  with  Hazardous
Materials  contaminating  a property  arising out of the proposed  assignee's or
subtenant's actions or use of the property in question and is not subject to any
enforcement  order issued by any  governmental  authority in connection with the
use, disposal or storage of a Hazardous  Material;  (3) at Landlord's  election,
insurance  requirements  shall be brought into  conformity  with Landlord's then
current leasing practice;  (4) any proposed  subtenant or assignee  demonstrates
that it is  financially  responsible by submission to Landlord of all reasonable
information  as Landlord  may  request  concerning  the  proposed  subtenant  or
assignee,  including,  but not  limited  to, a  balance  sheet  of the  proposed
subtenant  or assignee  as of a date within  ninety (90) days of the request for
Landlord's  consent and  statements of income or profit and loss of the proposed
subtenant  or  assignee  for the  two-year  period  preceding  the  request  for
Landlord's consent,  and/or a certification  signed by the proposed subtenant or
assignee  that it has not been  evicted  or been in arrears in rent at any other
leased  premises  for the 3-year  period  preceding  the request for  Landlord's
consent;  (5) any proposed  subtenant  or assignee  demonstrates  to  Landlord's
reasonable  satisfaction a record of successful experience in business;  (6) the
proposed  assignee or  subtenant  is not an existing  tenant of the Project or a
prospect  with whom Landlord is  negotiating  to become a tenant at the Project;
and (7) the proposed transfer will not impose additional  burdens or adverse tax

                                       14
<PAGE>

effects on Landlord.  If Tenant has any  exterior  sign rights under this Lease,
such rights are personal to Tenant and may not be assigned or transferred to any
assignee of this Lease or  subtenant of the Premises  without  Landlord's  prior
written  consent,  which  may  be  withheld  in  Landlord's  sole  and  absolute
discretion.

If Landlord  consents to the proposed  transfer,  Tenant may within  ninety (90)
days after the date of the consent effect the transfer upon the terms  described
in the information  furnished to Landlord;  provided that any material change in
the terms shall be subject to  Landlord's  consent as set forth in this Section.
Landlord shall approve or disapprove any requested  transfer  within thirty (30)
days following  receipt of Tenant's written  request,  the information set forth
above, and the fee set forth below.

         (c)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (b) above, in lieu of
consenting  to a proposed  assignment or  subletting,  Landlord may elect to (i)
sublease  the  Premises (or the portion  proposed to be  subleased),  or take an
assignment of Tenant's interest in this Lease, upon the same terms as offered to
the proposed subtenant or assignee  (excluding terms relating to the purchase of
personal  property,  the use of Tenant's  name or the  continuation  of Tenant's
business),  or (ii)  terminate  this  Lease as to the  portion  of the  Premises
proposed to be subleased or assigned with a proportionate  abatement in the rent
payable  under this Lease,  effective on the date that the proposed  sublease or
assignment would have become effective.  Landlord may thereafter, at its option,
assign or re-let any space so recaptured to any third party,  including  without
limitation the proposed transferee of Tenant.

         (d) Tenant  agrees that fifty  percent (50%) of any amounts paid by the
assignee  or  subtenant,  however  described,  in excess  of (i) the Basic  Rent
payable by Tenant  hereunder,  or in the case of a sublease  of a portion of the
Premises, in excess of the Basic Rent reasonably allocable to such portion, plus
(ii) Tenant's direct out-of-pocket costs which Tenant certifies to Landlord have
been paid in  connection  with such  assignment  or  sublet  including,  without
limitation,  reasonable  competitive  brokerage and tenant improvement costs and
other  tenant  concessions  to the  extent  then  being  typically  provided  in
connection  with  arm's-length  leasing and  subleasing  transactions  in Orange
County,  California,  and other costs to provide  occupancy  related services to
such assignee or subtenant of a nature commonly provided by landlords of similar
space,  shall be the  property of  Landlord  and such  amounts  shall be payable
directly to Landlord by the assignee or subtenant or, at Landlord's  option,  by
Tenant. At Landlord's  request, a written agreement shall be entered into by and
among Tenant,  Landlord and the proposed  assignee or subtenant  confirming  the
requirements of this subsection.

         (e)  Tenant  shall  pay to  Landlord  a fee  of  Five  Hundred  Dollars
($500.00) if and when any transfer hereunder is requested by Tenant. Such fee is
hereby  acknowledged as a reasonable amount to reimburse  Landlord for its costs
of review and  evaluation of a proposed  assignee/sublessee,  and Landlord shall
not be obligated to commence  such review and  evaluation  unless and until such
fee is paid.

     SECTION 9.2. EFFECT OF TRANSFER. No subletting or assignment, even with the
consent of Landlord,  shall relieve  Tenant of its obligation to pay rent and to
perform all its other  obligations  under this  Lease.  Moreover,  Tenant  shall
indemnify and hold Landlord  harmless,  as provided in Section 10.3, for any act
or omission by an assignee or subtenant.  Each  assignee,  other than  Landlord,
shall be deemed to assume all  obligations  of Tenant under this Lease and shall
be liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of all rent, and for
the due  performance  of all of  Tenant's  obligations,  under  this  Lease.  No
transfer  shall be binding on Landlord  unless any  document  memorializing  the
transfer is  delivered to Landlord  and both the  assignee/subtenant  and Tenant
deliver to  Landlord  an executed  consent to  transfer  instrument  prepared by
Landlord and consistent with the requirements of this Article. The acceptance by
Landlord of any payment due under this Lease from any other  person shall not be
deemed to be a waiver by  Landlord  of any  provision  of this  Lease or to be a
consent to any transfer.  Consent by Landlord to one or more transfers shall not
operate as a waiver or  estoppel  to the future  enforcement  by Landlord of its
rights under this Lease.

     SECTION 9.3.  SUBLEASE  REQUIREMENTS.  The following  terms and  conditions
shall apply to any  subletting  by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and
shall be deemed included in each sublease:

         (a) Each and every  provision  contained in this Lease (other than with
respect to the payment of rent  hereunder) is incorporated by reference into and
made a part of such sublease,  with "Landlord" hereunder meaning the sublandlord
therein and "Tenant" hereunder meaning the subtenant therein.

         (b) Tenant  hereby  irrevocably  assigns to  Landlord  all of  Tenant's
interest in all rentals and income  arising from any  sublease of the  Premises,
and  Landlord  may collect  such rent and income and apply same toward  Tenant's
obligations under this Lease; provided,  however, that until a default occurs in
the performance of Tenant's  obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall have the
right to receive and collect the sublease rentals. Landlord shall not, by reason
of this  assignment or the collection of sublease  rentals,  be deemed liable to
the  subtenant  for the  performance  of any of Tenant's  obligations  under the
sublease.  Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any subtenant,  upon
receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that an uncured default exists
in the performance of Tenant's  obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord
all sums then and  thereafter  due under the  sublease.  Tenant  agrees that the
subtenant  may rely on that  notice  without  any duty of  further  inquiry  and
notwithstanding any notice or claim by Tenant to the contrary. Tenant shall have
no right or claim  against the  subtenant or Landlord for any rentals so paid to
Landlord.

         (c) In the event of the termination of this Lease, Landlord may, at its
sole option, take over Tenant's entire interest in any sublease and, upon notice
from Landlord,  the subtenant  shall attorn to Landlord.  In

                                       15
<PAGE>

no event, however,  shall Landlord be liable for any previous act or omission by
Tenant  under the sublease or for the return of any advance  rental  payments or
deposits  under the sublease that have not been actually  delivered to Landlord,
nor  shall  Landlord  be bound by any  sublease  modification  executed  without
Landlord's  consent or for any advance rental payment by the subtenant in excess
of one month's rent.  The general  provisions of this Lease,  including  without
limitation  those pertaining to insurance and  indemnification,  shall be deemed
incorporated  by reference  into the sublease  despite the  termination  of this
Lease.

     SECTION 9.4. CERTAIN  TRANSFERS.  The sale of all or  substantially  all of
Tenant's  assets (other than bulk sales in the ordinary  course of business) or,
if Tenant is a corporation, an unincorporated association, or a partnership, the
transfer,  assignment  or  hypothecation  of  any  stock  or  interest  in  such
corporation, association, or partnership in the aggregate of twenty-five percent
(25%)  (except for publicly  traded shares of stock  constituting  a transfer of
twenty-five  percent  (25%)  or  more  in the  aggregate)  shall  be  deemed  an
assignment  within the meaning and  provisions of this Article.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  Landlord's  consent shall not be required for the assignment of
this Lease as a result of a merger by Tenant with or into  another  entity,  the
purchase of all or substantially  all of Tenant's  assets,  or the sale or other
transfer of stock constituting a controlling  interest in Tenant, so long as (i)
the net worth of the successor entity after such merger is at least equal to the
greater of the net worth of Tenant as of the execution of this Lease by Landlord
or the net  worth  of  Tenant  immediately  prior  to the  date of such  merger,
evidence of which,  satisfactory  to  Landlord,  shall be  presented to Landlord
prior to such  merger,  (ii) Tenant  shall  provide to  Landlord,  prior to such
merger or other  transaction,  written notice of such merger and such assignment
documentation  and other  information  as  Landlord  may  request in  connection
therewith,  and (iii) all of the other terms and  requirements  of this  Article
shall apply with respect to such assignment.


                       ARTICLE X. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY


     SECTION 10.1.  TENANT'S  INSURANCE.  Tenant,  at its sole cost and expense,
shall  provide and  maintain  in effect the  insurance  described  in Exhibit D.
Evidence  of  that  insurance  must  be  delivered  to  Landlord  prior  to  the
Commencement Date.

     SECTION 10.2. LANDLORD'S INSURANCE.  Landlord may, at its election, provide
any or all of the following types of insurance,  with or without  deductible and
in amounts and  coverages as may be  determined  by Landlord in its  discretion:
"all risk"  property  insurance,  subject to standard  exclusions,  covering the
Building or Project, and such other risks as Landlord or its mortgagees may from
time  to  time  deem  appropriate,  including  leasehold  improvements  made  by
Landlord,  and  commercial  general  liability  coverage.  Landlord shall not be
required  to  carry  insurance  of any  kind  on  Tenant's  property,  including
leasehold improvements,  trade fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment,  plate glass,
signs and all other items of personal  property,  and shall not be  obligated to
repair or replace that property  should damage occur.  All proceeds of insurance
maintained  by Landlord  upon the Building and Project  shall be the property of
Landlord, whether or not Landlord is obligated to or elects to make any repairs.
At Landlord's  option,  Landlord may self-insure all or any portion of the risks
for which Landlord  elects to provide  insurance  hereunder,  and any failure by
Landlord to carry "all risk" property insurance, subject to standard exclusions,
covering the  Building or Project  shall be deemed to be an election by Landlord
to self-insure the risks which would be covered by such policy.

     SECTION 10.3. TENANT'S INDEMNITY.

         (a) To the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  Tenant  shall  defend,
indemnify, protect, save and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, and any and all
affiliates of Landlord, including, without limitation, any corporations or other
entities controlling,  controlled by or under common control with Landlord, from
and against any and all claims,  liabilities,  costs or expenses  arising either
before or after the  Commencement  Date from  Tenant's  use or  occupancy of the
Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, or from the conduct of its business,
or from any activity,  work,  or thing done,  permitted or suffered by Tenant or
its agents,  employees,  invitees or  licensees  in or about the  Premises,  the
Building  or the Common  Areas,  or from any default in the  performance  of any
obligation on Tenant's part to be performed under this Lease, or from any act or
negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents,  employees,  visitors,
patrons,  guests,  invitees  or  licensees,  except to the extent  caused by the
active  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  Landlord.  In cases of  alleged
negligence  asserted by third parties  against  Landlord which arise out of, are
occasioned  by, or in any way  attributable  to Tenant,  its agents,  employees,
contractors,  licensees  or invitees  use and  occupancy  of the  Premises,  the
Building or the Common  Areas,  or from the conduct of its  business or from any
activity,  work or thing  done,  permitted  or suffered by Tenant or its agents,
employees,  invitees or  licensees on Tenant's  part to be performed  under this
Lease,  or from any act or  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of  Tenant,  its
agents,  employees,  licensees  or  invitees,  Tenant shall accept any tender of
defense for Landlord and shall,  notwithstanding any allegation of negligence or
willful  misconduct  on the part of the Landlord,  defend  Landlord with counsel
reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord and protect and hold Landlord  harmless and
pay all costs,  expenses and  attorneys'  fees incurred in connection  with such
litigation,  provided  that  Tenant  shall not be liable for any such  injury or
damage,  and Landlord shall  reimburse  Tenant for the attorneys' fees and costs
for the attorney  representing  both parties (except to the extent such fees and
costs are proved by Landlord to be  unreasonable),  all to the extent and in the
proportion  that such injury or damage is  ultimately  determined  by a court of
competent  jurisdiction (or in connection with any negotiated  settlement agreed
to by  Landlord)  to  be  attributable  to  the  active  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of Landlord.  Upon Landlord's request,  Tenant shall at Tenant's sole
cost and expense,  retain a separate attorney reasonably selected by Landlord to

                                       16
<PAGE>

represent landlord in any such suit if Landlord  reasonably  determines that the
representation  of both Tenant and Landlord by the same  attorney  would cause a
conflict  of  interest;  provided,  however,  that  to  the  extent  and  in the
proportion  that  the  injury  or  damage  which is the  subject  of the suit is
ultimately  determined  by a court of competent  jurisdiction  (or in connection
with any negotiated  settlement agreed to by Landlord) to be attributable to the
active  negligence or willful  misconduct of Landlord,  Landlord shall reimburse
Tenant for the legal fees and costs of the separate attorney retained by Tenant.
The provisions of this subsection 10.3(a) shall expressly survive the expiration
or sooner termination of this Lease.

         (b) To the fullest extent  permitted by law, but subject to the express
limitations on liability contained in this Lease (including, without limitation,
the  provisions of Sections 10.4,  10.5 and 14.8 of this Lease),  Landlord shall
defend,  indemnify,  protect,  save and hold harmless Tenant, its agents and any
and all affiliates of Tenant, including without limitation, any corporations, or
other entities  controlling,  controlled by or under common control with Tenant,
from and  against  any and all claims,  liabilities,  costs or expenses  arising
either  before or after the  Commencement  Date from the  active  negligence  or
willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or authorized agents in connection
with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or the Common Areas of
the Project.  The provisions of this Subsection  10.3(b) shall expressly survive
the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

     SECTION  10.4.  LANDLORD'S  NONLIABILITY.  Landlord  shall not be liable to
Tenant, its employees,  agents and invitees, and Tenant hereby waives all claims
against  Landlord  for loss of or damage to any  property,  or any injury to any
person,  or any  other  loss,  cost,  damage,  injury  or  liability  whatsoever
resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity,  water
or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Building or from the
breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires,
appliances,  plumbing,  air conditioning,  electrical works or other fixtures in
the Building,  whether the damage or injury results from  conditions  arising in
the Premises or in other portions of the Project, except to the extent caused by
the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees
or  contractors.  Notwithstanding  any  provision of this Lease to the contrary,
including,  without limitation, the provisions of Section 10.3(b) of this Lease,
and the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.4, Landlord shall in no event be
liable to Tenant, its employees,  agents and invitees,  and Tenant hereby waives
all claims against  Landlord,  for loss or interruption of Tenant's  business or
income (including, without limitation, any consequential damages and lost profit
or opportunity  costs),  or any other loss,  cost,  damage,  injury or liability
resulting  from, but not limited to, acts of God, acts of civil  disobedience or
insurrection,  acts or omissions  (criminal or  otherwise)  of any third parties
(other than Landlord's  employees  authorized agents or contractors),  including
without  limitation,  any other  tenants  within the  Project  or their  agents,
employees,  contractors,  guests  or  invitees. It is  understood  that any such
condition may require the temporary evacuation or closure of all or a portion of
the Building. Except as provided in Sections 11.1 and 12.1 below, there shall be
no  abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or
interference with Tenant's business (including without limitation  consequential
damages and lost profit or  opportunity  costs)  arising  from the making of any
repairs,  alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building,  including
repairs to the Premises,  nor shall any related activity by Landlord  constitute
an actual or constructive eviction;  provided,  however, that in making repairs,
alterations or  improvements,  Landlord shall  interfere as little as reasonably
practicable  with the conduct of  Tenant's  business  in the  Premises.  Neither
Landlord  nor its agents  shall be liable for  interference  with light or other
similar intangible  interests.  Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in case
of fire or accident in the Premises,  the Building or the Project and of defects
in any improvements or equipment.

     SECTION 10.5. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives
all rights of recovery  against  the other and the other's  agents on account of
loss and damage  occasioned  to the property of such waiving party to the extent
only that such loss or damage is required to be insured  against  under any "all
risk" property  insurance policies required by this Article X; provided however,
that (i) the  foregoing  waiver  shall  not  apply  to the  extent  of  Tenant's
obligations to pay deductibles  under any such policies and this Lease, and (ii)
if any loss is due to the act,  omission or negligence or willful  misconduct of
Tenant  or its  agents,  employees,  contractors  guests or  invitees,  Tenant's
liability  insurance  shall be primary  and shall  cover all losses and  damages
prior to any other insurance  hereunder.  By this waiver it is the intent of the
parties  that  neither  Landlord  nor  Tenant  shall be liable to any  insurance
company (by way of  subrogation  or otherwise)  insuring the other party for any
loss of damage insured against under any "all-risk"  property insurance policies
required by this Article, even though such loss or damage might be occasioned by
the  negligence of such party,  its agents,  employees,  contractors,  guests or
invitees.  The  provisions of this Section  shall not limit the  indemnification
provisions  elsewhere contained in this Lease. 

                       ARTICLE XI. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     SECTION 11.1. RESTORATION.

         (a) If the  Building is damaged,  Landlord  shall repair that damage as
soon as reasonably  possible,  at its expense,  unless: (i) Landlord  reasonably
determines  that  the cost of  repair  is not  covered  by  Landlord's  fire and
extended coverage  insurance plus such additional  amounts Tenant elects, at its
option, to contribute,  excluding however the deductible (for which Tenant shall
be responsible for Tenant's  proportionate  share) and would exceed  twenty-five
percent  (25%)  of  Landlord's  reasonable  estimate  of the  then  value of the
Building;  (ii)  Landlord  and Tenant  reasonably  determine  that the  Premises
cannot, with reasonable  diligence,  be 

                                       17
<PAGE>

fully repaired by Landlord (or cannot be safely repaired because of the presence
of  hazardous  factors,   including  without  limitation   Hazardous  Materials,
earthquake  faults,  and other similar dangers) within two hundred seventy (270)
days after the date of the damage;  (iii) a material  event of default by Tenant
has occurred and is  continuing  at the time of such damage;  or (iv) the damage
occurs during the final twelve (12) months of the Term.  Should  Landlord  elect
not to repair the damage for one of the  preceding  reasons,  Landlord  shall so
notify Tenant in writing within sixty (60) days after the damage occurs and this
Lease shall terminate as of the date of that notice.

         (b) Unless  Landlord  elects to terminate this Lease in accordance with
subsection  (a) above,  this Lease shall continue in effect for the remainder of
the Term;  provided  that so long as Tenant is not in default  under this Lease,
(i) if the damage is so extensive that Landlord  reasonably  determines that the
Premises cannot, with reasonable  diligence,  be repaired by Landlord (or cannot
be safely  repaired  because of the  presence of hazardous  factors,  earthquake
faults,  and other similar dangers) so as to allow Tenant's  substantial use and
enjoyment of the Premises  within two hundred  seventy (270) days after the date
of damage,  or (ii) Landlord  determines that the Premises can be repaired so as
to allow  Tenant's  substantial  use and  enjoyment of the  Premises  within two
hundred seventy (270) days after the date of the damage and thereafter  Landlord
fails to so repair the  Premises  so as to allow  Tenant's  substantial  use and
enjoyment  of the  Premises  within  twelve  (12)  months  after the date of the
damage,  or (iii) the damage  occurs  during the last  twelve (12) months of the
Term,  then  Tenant  may elect to  terminate  this  Lease by  written  notice to
Landlord within the sixty (60) day period stated in subsection (a).

         (c) Commencing on the date of any damage to the Building, and ending on
the  sooner  of the date the  damage  is  repaired  or the  date  this  Lease is
terminated,  the rental to be paid under this Lease  shall be abated in the same
proportion that the floor area of the Building that is rendered  unusable by the
damage from time to time bears to the total floor area of the Building, but only
to the extent that any business interruption  insurance proceeds are received by
Landlord therefor from Tenant's insurance described in Exhibit D.

         (d)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) of
this Section,  and subject to the provisions of Section 10.5 above,  the cost of
any repairs shall be borne by Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to rental
abatement or termination rights, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of
Tenant or its employees,  subtenants, invitees or representatives.  In addition,
the provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to require Landlord to repair
any  improvements  or  fixtures  that  Tenant is  obligated  to repair or insure
pursuant to any other provision of this Lease.

         (e) Tenant shall fully  cooperate  with  Landlord in removing  Tenant's
personal property and any debris from the Premises to facilitate all inspections
of the Premises and the making of any repairs.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary  contained in this Lease, if Landlord in good faith believes there is a
risk of injury to persons or damage to property  from entry into the Building or
Premises  following  any damage or  destruction  thereto,  Landlord may restrict
entry into the Building or the  Premises by Tenant,  its  employees,  agents and
contractors  in a  non-discriminatory  manner,  without  being  deemed  to  have
violated Tenant's rights of quiet enjoyment to, or made an unlawful detainer of,
or evicted Tenant from, the Premises. Upon request,  Landlord shall consult with
Tenant to  determine if there are safe methods of entry into the Building or the
Premises solely in order to allow Tenant to retrieve  files,  data in computers,
and  necessary  inventory,  subject  however to all  indemnities  and waivers of
liability  from Tenant to Landlord  contained  in this Lease and any  additional
indemnities and waivers of liability which Landlord may require.

     SECTION 11.2.  LEASE  GOVERNS.  Tenant  agrees that the  provisions of this
Lease,  including  without  limitation  Section 11.1, shall govern any damage or
destruction and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.


                          ARTICLE XII. EMINENT DOMAIN

     SECTION 12.1. TOTAL OR PARTIAL TAKING.  If all or a material portion of the
Premises  is taken by any lawful  authority  by exercise of the right of eminent
domain,  or sold to prevent a taking,  either  Tenant or Landlord may  terminate
this Lease  effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to
the authority.  In the event title to a portion of the Premises is taken or sold
in lieu of taking,  and if Landlord elects to restore the Premises in such a way
as to alter the Premises  materially,  either party may terminate this Lease, by
written notice to the other party, effective on the date of vesting of title. In
the event neither party has elected to terminate  this Lease as provided  above,
then Landlord shall promptly,  after receipt of a sufficient condemnation award,
proceed to restore the Premises to  substantially  their  condition prior to the
taking,  and a  proportionate  allowance  shall be made to  Tenant  for the rent
corresponding  to the time  during  which,  and to the part of the  Premises  of
which, Tenant is deprived on account of the taking and restoration. In the event
of a taking, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire amount of the condemnation
award  without  deduction  for any estate or interest of Tenant;  provided  that
nothing in this  Section  shall be deemed to give  Landlord  any interest in, or
prevent  Tenant from  seeking any award  against the taking  authority  for, the
taking of personal  property and fixtures  belonging to Tenant or for relocation
or business interruption expenses recoverable from the taking authority.

     SECTION 12.2.  TEMPORARY  TAKING. No temporary taking of the Premises shall
terminate  this Lease or give  Tenant any right to  abatement  of rent,  and any
award specifically attributable to a temporary

                                       18
<PAGE>

taking of the Premises shall belong entirely to Tenant. A temporary taking shall
be deemed to be a taking of the use or occupancy of the Premises for a period of
not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days.

        SECTION  12.3.  TAKING OF PARKING  AREA.  In the event  there shall be a
taking of the parking area such that Landlord can no longer  provide  sufficient
parking to comply with this Lease, Landlord may substitute reasonably equivalent
parking  in a  location  reasonably  close  to the  Building;  provided  that if
Landlord  fails to make that  substitution  within sixty (60) days following the
taking and if the taking  materially  impairs  Tenant's use and enjoyment of the
Premises,  Tenant may, at its option,  terminate this Lease by written notice to
Landlord.  If this  Lease is not so  terminated  by  Tenant,  there  shall be no
abatement of rent and this Lease shall continue in effect.


         ARTICLE XIII. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE; FINANCIALS

        SECTION 13.1. SUBORDINATION. At the option of Landlord, this Lease shall
be either superior or subordinate to all ground or underlying leases,  mortgages
and deeds of trust, if any, which may hereafter affect the Premises,  and to all
renewals,  modifications,  consolidations,  replacements and extensions thereof;
provided,  that so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, this Lease
shall not be terminated or Tenant's quiet enjoyment of the Premises disturbed in
the  event of  termination  of any  such  ground  or  underlying  lease,  or the
foreclosure  of any  such  mortgage  or deed  of  trust,  to  which  Tenant  has
subordinated this Lease pursuant to this Section.  In the event of a termination
or   foreclosure,   Tenant   shall   become  a  tenant  of  and  attorn  to  the
successor-in-interest  to  Landlord  upon the same terms and  conditions  as are
contained in this Lease, and shall execute any instrument reasonably required by
Landlord's  successor for that purpose.  Tenant shall also, upon written request
of Landlord, execute and deliver all instruments as may be required from time to
time to  subordinate  the  rights of Tenant  under  this  Lease to any ground or
underlying  lease or to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust (provided that
such instruments include the nondisturbance and attornment  provisions set forth
above), or, if requested by Landlord,  to subordinate,  in whole or in part, any
ground or underlying  lease or the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust to this
Lease.

        SECTION 13.2.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

        (a)     Each party  shall,  at any time upon not less than ten (10) days
prior written notice from the other,  party execute,  acknowledge and deliver to
the  requesting  party  in such  form as the  requesting  party  may  reasonably
require, a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and
in  full  force  and  effect  (or,  if  modified,  stating  the  nature  of  the
modification  and certifying that this Lease, as modified,  is in full force and
effect) and the dates to which the  rental,  additional  rent and other  charges
have been paid in advance,  if any, and (ii) acknowledging that, to such party's
knowledge, there are no uncured defaults on the part of the requesting party, or
specifying each default if any are claimed,  and (iii) setting forth all further
information that the requesting party may reasonably require. Such statement may
be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises.

        (b)     Notwithstanding  any other  rights and  remedies  of the parties
hereunder,  any party's  failure to deliver any  estoppel  statement  within the
provided time shall be conclusive upon such party that (i) this Lease is in full
force and effect,  without  modification,  (ii) there are no uncured defaults in
such party's  performance,  and (iii) not more than one month's  rental has been
paid in advance.

        SECTION 13.3   FINANCIALS.

        (a)     Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to the execution of this
Lease and thereafter at any time upon Landlord's  request,  Tenant's current tax
returns and financial  statements,  certified true, accurate and complete by the
chief financial officer of Tenant, including a balance sheet and profit and loss
statement for the most recent prior year (collectively, the "Statements"), which
Statements  shall accurately and completely  reflect the financial  condition of
Tenant.  Landlord agrees that it will keep the Statements  confidential,  except
that Landlord shall have the right to deliver the same to any proposed purchaser
or encumbrancer of the Premises.

        (b)     Tenant  acknowledges  that Landlord is relying on the Statements
in its  determination  to enter  into  this  Lease,  and  Tenant  represents  to
Landlord,  which  representation  shall be deemed made on the date of this Lease
and again on the  Commencement  Date,  that no material  change in the financial
condition of Tenant, as reflected in the Statements, has occurred since the date
Tenant delivered the Statements to Landlord.  The Statements are represented and
warranted by Tenant to be correct and to accurately  and fully reflect  Tenant's
true  financial  condition as of the date of  submission  by any  Statements  to
Landlord.


ARTICLE XIV. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

        SECTION 14.1.  TENANT'S  DEFAULTS.  In  addition  to any other event of
default  set  forth  in his  Lease,  the  occurrence  of any  one or more of the
following events shall constitute a default by Tenant:

                                       19
<PAGE>
        (a)     The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent or  additional
rent required to be made by Tenant, as and when due, where the failure continues
for a period of five (5) days after  written  notice  from  Landlord  to Tenant;
provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition
to, any notice required under  California  Code of Civil Procedure  Section 1161
and 1161(a) as amended.  For purposes of these default and remedies  provisions,
the term  "additional  rent"  shall be deemed to include all amounts of any type
whatsoever  other than Basic Rent to be paid by Tenant  pursuant to the terms of
this Lease.

        (b)     Assignment, sublease, encumbrance or other transfer of the Lease
by Tenant in violation of this Lease, either voluntarily or by operation of law,
whether by  judgment,  execution,  transfer by  intestacy  or testacy,  or other
means.

        (c)     The discovery by Landlord that any financial  statement provided
by Tenant, or by any affiliate, successor or guarantor of Tenant, was materially
false.

        (d)     The   failure  of  Tenant  to  timely  and  fully   provide  any
subordination   agreement  or  estoppel   certificate  in  accordance  with  the
requirements of Article XIII when the failure continues for a period of ten (10)
days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

        (e)     The failure or  inability by Tenant to observe or perform any of
the express or implied  covenants or  provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Tenant,  other than as specified  in any other  subsection  of this
Section,  where the  failure  continues  for a period of thirty  (30) days after
written notice from Landlord to Tenant or such shorter period as is specified in
any other provision of this Lease; provided, however, that any such notice shall
be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code
of Civil Procedure Section 1161 and 1161(a) as amended.  However,  if the nature
of the failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are  reasonably  required
for its  cure,  then  Tenant  shall not be  deemed  to be in  default  if Tenant
commences the cure within thirty (30) days,  and thereafter  diligently  pursues
the cure to completion.

        (f)     (i) The making  by  Tenant  of any  general  assignment  for the
benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have
Tenant  adjudged a Chapter 7 debtor under the  Bankruptcy  Code or to have debts
discharged  or a  petition  for  reorganization  or  arrangement  under  any law
relating to bankruptcy  (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant,
the same is  dismissed  within  sixty (60)  days);  (iii) the  appointment  of a
trustee or receiver to take possession of  substantially  all of Tenant's assets
located at the Premises or of Tenant's  interest in this Lease, if possession is
not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or
other judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of Tenant's assets located at the
Premises  or of  Tenant's  interest  in this  Lease,  where the  seizure  is not
discharged within sixty (60) days; or (v) Tenant's convening of a meeting of its
creditors for the purpose of effecting a moratorium  upon or  composition of its
debts.  Landlord shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any event described in
this  subsection  unless  notification  in writing is received by Landlord,  nor
shall there be any presumption  attributable to Landlord of Tenant's insolvency.
In the event that any  provision of this  subsection  is contrary to  applicable
law, the  provision  shall be of no force or effect.

        SECTION 14.2. LANDLORD'S REMEDIES.

        (a)     In the event of any  default by  Tenant,  or in the event of the
abandonment  of the Premises by Tenant,  then in addition to any other  remedies
available to Landlord, Landlord may exercise the following remedies:

                (i)    Landlord may  terminate  Tenant's  right to possession of
the Premises by any lawful means,  in which case this Lease shall  terminate and
Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord.  Such
termination shall not affect any accrued obligations of Tenant under this Lease.
Upon  termination,  Landlord  shall have the right to reenter the  Premises  and
remove all persons and property. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from
Tenant:

                       (1)     The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent
and additional rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

                       (2)     The  worth at the time of award of the  amount by
which the unpaid rent and  additional  rent which  would have been earned  after
termination  until the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant
proves could have been reasonably avoided;

                       (3)     The  worth at the time of award of the  amount by
which the unpaid rent and additional  rent for the balance of the Term after the
time of award  exceeds  the  amount  of such loss that  Tenant  proves  could be
reasonably avoided;

                       (4)     Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord
for all the  detriment  proximately  caused by  Tenant's  failure to perform its
obligations  under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result from Tenant's default,  including, but not limited to, the cost
of  recovering  possession  of the  Premises,  refurbishment  of  the  Premises,
marketing  costs,  commissions  and  other  expenses  of  reletting,   including
necessary  repair,  reasonable  attorneys' fees, and any other reasonable costs;
and

                                       20
<PAGE>

                       (5)     At  Landlord's  election,  all other  amounts  in
addition to or in lieu of the  foregoing  as may be  permitted  by law. The term
"rent" as used in this  Lease  shall be  deemed  to mean the Basic  Rent and all
other sums  required to be paid by Tenant to  Landlord  pursuant to the terms of
this Lease.  Any sum,  other than Basic Rent,  shall be computed on the basis of
the average monthly amount  accruing  during the  twenty-four  (24) month period
immediately  prior to default,  except that if it becomes  necessary  to compute
such rental  before the  twenty-four  (24) month period has  occurred,  then the
computation  shall be on the basis of the  average  monthly  amount  during  the
shorter period.  As used in  subparagraphs  (1) and (2) above, the "worth at the
time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent
(10%) per annum.  As used in subparagraph  (3) above,  the "worth at the time of
award" shall be computed by  discounting  the amount at the discount rate of the
Federal  Reserve  Bank of San  Francisco  at the time of award plus one  percent
(1%).

                (ii)   Landlord  may elect not to  terminate  Tenant's  right to
possession of the Premises,  in which event Landlord may continue to enforce all
of its rights and remedies under this Lease,  including the right to collect all
rent as it becomes due.  Efforts by the Landlord to maintain,  preserve or relet
the  Premises,  or the  appointment  of a  receiver  to protect  the  Landlord's
interests  under this Lease,  shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant's
right to possession of the Premises.  In the event that Landlord elects to avail
itself of the  remedy  provided  by this  subsection  (ii),  Landlord  shall not
unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or subletting of the Premises
subject to the reasonable  standards for Landlord's  consent as are contained in
this Lease.

For  purposes  of this  Section  14.2(a),  Tenant  shall  not be  deemed to have
abandoned the Premises  during the last twelve (12) months of the Term if Tenant
ceases the  operation of its business upon the Premises so long as after ceasing
operation of its business upon the Premises and  throughout the remainder of the
Term:  (i) Tenant  continues  to make all payments  due  hereunder;  (ii) Tenant
continues to perform all of its other  obligations  under this Lease  including,
without limitation,  its obligations for maintenance and repair of the Premises;
and (iii) Tenant at its expense provides  adequate  security for the Premises to
assure the continued  safety of the Premises  from  vandalism or other damage or
harm to the Premises.

        (b)     Landlord  shall be under no obligation to observe or perform any
covenant  of this Lease on its part to be observed or  performed  which  accrues
after the date of any default by Tenant unless and until the default is cured by
Tenant,  it being  understood and agreed that the performance by Landlord of its
obligations  under this Lease are expressly  conditioned  upon Tenant's full and
timely  performance of its obligations  under this Lease. The various rights and
remedies  reserved to Landlord in this Lease or  otherwise  shall be  cumulative
and, except as otherwise  provided by California law, Landlord may pursue any or
all of its rights and remedies at the same time.

        (c)     No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy
shall be  construed  as a waiver of the right or  remedy  or of any  default  by
Tenant.  The  acceptance  by  Landlord  of rent shall not be a (i) waiver of any
preceding breach or default by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, other than
the  failure  of Tenant  to pay the  particular  rent  accepted,  regardless  of
Landlord's  knowledge  of  the  preceding  breach  or  default  at the  time  of
acceptance of rent, or (ii) a waiver of Landlord's  right to exercise any remedy
available to Landlord by virtue of the breach or default.  The acceptance of any
payment from a debtor in possession,  a trustee,  a receiver or any other person
acting on behalf of Tenant or Tenant's  estate shall not waive or cure a default
under  Section  14.1.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by  Landlord  of a lesser
amount  than the rent  required by this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a
partial  payment on account of the earliest due  stipulated  rent, nor shall any
endorsement  or  statement  on any check or  letter  be  deemed  an  accord  and
satisfaction and Landlord shall accept the check or payment without prejudice to
Landlord's  right to recover the balance of the rent or pursue any other  remedy
available to it. No act or thing done by Landlord or  Landlord's  agents  during
the Term shall be deemed an acceptance  of a surrender of the  Premises,  and no
agreement  to accept a surrender  shall be valid unless in writing and signed by
Landlord.  No employee of Landlord or of Landlord's  agents shall have any power
to accept the keys to the Premises prior to the  termination of this Lease,  and
the delivery of the keys to any employee  shall not operate as a termination  of
the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

        SECTION 14.3.  LATE PAYMENTS.

        (a)     Any rent due under this Lease that is not  received  by Landlord
within six (6) months of the date when due shall bear  interest  at the  maximum
rate  permitted  by law from the date  which is five (5) days after the date due
until fully paid.  The payment of interest  shall not cure any default by Tenant
under this Lease.  In  addition,  Tenant  acknowledges  that the late payment by
Tenant to Landlord of rent will cause  Landlord to incur costs not  contemplated
by this  Lease,  the  exact  amount of which  will be  extremely  difficult  and
impracticable  to  ascertain.  Those costs may include,  but are not limited to,
administrative, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be
imposed on  Landlord  by the terms of any ground  lease,  mortgage or trust deed
covering  the  Premises.  Accordingly,  if any rent due from Tenant shall not be
received by Landlord or Landlord's  designee within five (5) days after the date
due,  then Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  in addition to any interest  which may
become due as  provided  above,  a late  charge in a sum equal to the greater of
five percent (5 %) of the amount overdue or Two Hundred Fifty Dollars  ($250.00)
for each delinquent  payment.  Acceptance of a late charge by Landlord shall not
constitute a waiver of Tenant's default with respect to the overdue amount,  nor
shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies.

         (b) Following  each third  consecutive  installment of rent that is not
paid within five (5) days following notice of nonpayment from Landlord, Landlord
shall have the option (i) to require that beginning with

                                       21

<PAGE>

the first  payment  of rent next due,  rent  shall no longer be paid in  monthly
installments  but shall be payable  quarterly three (3) months in advance and/or
(ii) to require that Tenant increase the amount, if any, of the Security Deposit
by one hundred  percent (100%).  Should Tenant deliver to Landlord,  at any time
during the Term, two (2) or more insufficient  checks,  the Landlord may require
that all monies  then and  thereafter  due from  Tenant be paid to  Landlord  by
cashier's check.

        SECTION 14.4.  RIGHT  OF  LANDLORD  TO  PERFORM.   All   covenants   and
agreements  to be  performed  by Tenant  under this Lease shall be  performed at
Tenant's  sole cost and expense and  without any  abatement  of rent or right of
set-off.  If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money,  other than rent, or fails to
perform  any other act on its part to be  performed  under this  Lease,  and the
failure  continues beyond any applicable grace period set forth in Section 14.1,
then in addition to any other available remedies,  Landlord may, at its election
make the payment or perform the other act on Tenant's part.  Landlord's election
to make the payment or perform  the act on Tenant's  part shall not give rise to
any  responsibility  of Landlord to continue making the same or similar payments
or performing  the same or similar acts.  Tenant shall,  promptly upon demand by
Landlord,  reimburse  Landlord for all sums paid by Landlord  and all  necessary
incidental  costs,  together with interest at the maximum rate  permitted by law
from the date of the payment by  Landlord.  Landlord  shall have the same rights
and remedies if Tenant fails to pay those amounts as Landlord  would have in the
event of a default by Tenant in the payment of rent.

        SECTION 14.5.  DEFAULT BY LANDLORD.  Landlord  shall not be deemed to be
in default in the  performance  of any  obligation  under this Lease  unless and
until it has failed to perform  the  obligation  within  thirty  (30) days after
written notice by Tenant to Landlord  specifying in reasonable detail the nature
and extent of the failure;  provided,  however, that if the nature of Landlord's
obligation  is such  that  more  than  thirty  (30)  days are  required  for its
performance,  then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it commences
performance within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter  diligently pursues
the cure to completion.

        SECTION 14.6.  EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES. All sums reasonably  incurred by
Landlord in  connection  with any event of default by Tenant under this Lease or
holding over of possession by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination
of this Lease,  including  without  limitation  all costs,  expenses  and actual
accountants,   appraisers,  attorneys  and  other  professional  fees,  and  any
collection  agency or other  collection  charges,  shall be due and  payable  by
Tenant to Landlord on demand, and shall bear interest at the rate of ten percent
(10%) per annum. Should either Landlord or Tenant bring any action in connection
with this Lease,  the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of
the action its reasonable  attorneys'  fees, and all other costs. The prevailing
party for the purpose of this paragraph  shall be determined by the trier of the
facts.

        SECTION   14.7.   WAIVER  OF  JURY  TRIAL.   LANDLORD  AND  TENANT  EACH
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE
WITH  RESPECT  TO ITS  RIGHTS  TO TRIAL BY JURY,  AND  EACH  PARTY  DOES  HEREBY
EXPRESSLY  AND  KNOWINGLY  WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING OR  COUNTERCLAIM  BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST
THE OTHER  (AND/OR  AGAINST  ITS  OFFICERS,  DIRECTORS,  EMPLOYEES,  AGENTS,  OR
SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED  ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS  WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR
IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES,
AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

        SECTION 14.8.  SATISFACTION OF JUDGMENT. The obligations of Landlord do
not constitute the personal  obligations of the individual  partners,  trustees,
directors,  officers or shareholders  of Landlord or its  constituent  partners.
Should Tenant recover a money judgment against Landlord,  such judgment shall be
satisfied  only out of the  proceeds of sale  received  upon  execution  of such
judgment and levied thereon against the right, title and interest of Landlord in
the Project and out of the rent or other income from such property receivable by
Landlord or out of  consideration  received  by Landlord  from the sale or other
disposition  of all or any part of  Landlord's  right,  title or interest in the
Project, and no action for any deficiency may be sought or obtained by Tenant.

        SECTION 14.9.  LIMITATION OF ACTIONS AGAINST LANDLORD. Any claim, demand
or right of any kind by Tenant which is based upon or arises in connection  with
this Lease shall be barred unless Tenant  commences an action thereon within six
(6) months  after the date that the act,  omission,  event or default upon which
the claim, demand or right arises, has occurred.

                             ARTICLE XV. END OF TERM

        SECTION 15.1.  HOLDING OVER. This Lease shall terminate  without further
notice upon the expiration of the Term, and any holding over by Tenant after the
expiration  shall not  constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease,  or give
Tenant  any rights  under  this  Lease,  except  when in writing  signed by both
parties.  If Tenant holds over for any period after the  expiration  (or earlier
termination)  of the Term without the prior  written  consent of Landlord,  such
possession shall constitute a tenancy at sufferance only; such holding over with
the prior written consent of Landlord shall constitute a month-to-month  tenancy
commencing on the first (1st) day following the  termination  of this Lease.  In
either of such events,  possession  shall be subject to all of the terms of this
Lease,

                                       22
<PAGE>

except  that the  monthly  Basic Rent shall be the  greater of (a) for the first
month  of any such  holdover  period  one  hundred  fifty  percent  (150%),  and
thereafter,  one hundred  seventy-five percent (175%), of the Basic Rent for the
month  immediately  preceding the date of  termination or (b) the then currently
scheduled  Basic Rent for comparable  space in the Building.  If Tenant fails to
surrender the Premises upon the expiration of this Lease despite demand to do so
by Landlord,  Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or
liability,  including  without  limitation,  any claims  made by any  succeeding
tenant  relating to such failure to  surrender.  Acceptance  by Landlord of rent
after the termination  shall not constitute a consent to a holdover or result in
a renewal  of this  Lease.  The  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section  are in
addition to and do not affect  Landlord's  right of re-entry or any other rights
of Landlord under this Lease or at law.

        SECTION 15.2.  MERGER ON  TERMINATION.  The voluntary or other surrender
of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual  termination of this Lease, shall terminate
any or all existing subleases unless Landlord,  at its option, elects in writing
to treat the  surrender  or  termination  as an  assignment  to it of any or all
subleases affecting the Premises.

        SECTION 15.3.  SURRENDER  OF  PREMISES;  REMOVAL OF  PROPERTY.  Upon the
Expiration Date or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit
and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order, condition
and repair as when  received  or as  hereafter  may be  improved  by Landlord or
Tenant,  reasonable wear and tear,  repairs which are Landlord's  obligation and
casualty  (except to the extent  Tenant is obligated to repair  casualty  damage
pursuant to this Lease) excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove
or cause to be removed  from the  Premises  all  personal  property  and debris,
except for any items that Landlord may by written authorization allow to remain.
Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal, which
repair shall  include the patching and filling of holes and repair of structural
damage,  provided  that  Landlord  may instead  after  notice to Tenant elect to
repair any structural damage at Tenant's expense. If Tenant shall fail to comply
with the provisions of this Section, Landlord may effect the removal and/or make
any repairs, and the cost to Landlord shall be additional rent payable by Tenant
upon  demand.  If Tenant fails to remove  Tenant's  personal  property  from the
Premises upon the expiration of the Term, Landlord may remove, store, dispose of
and/or retain such personal  property,  at Landlord's option, in accordance with
then  applicable  laws, all at the expense of Tenant.  If requested by Landlord,
Tenant  shall  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to Landlord an  instrument  in
writing releasing and quitclaiming to Landlord all right,  title and interest of
Tenant in the Premises.

                       ARTICLE XVI. PAYMENTS AND NOTICES

        All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid,  without deduction
or offset,  in lawful money of the United  States to Landlord at its address set
forth  in Item 12 of the  Basic  Lease  Provisions,  or at any  other  place  as
Landlord  may  designate  in  writing.  Unless  this  Lease  expressly  provides
otherwise,  as for example in the payment of rent  pursuant to Section  4.1, all
payments  shall  be due and  payable  within  five (5) days  after  demand.  All
payments requiring proration shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day
month and a three hundred sixty (360) day year.  Any notice,  election,  demand,
consent,  approval or other  communication  to be given or other  document to be
delivered  by either party to the other may be delivered in person or by courier
or overnight  delivery  service to the other  party,  or may be deposited in the
United  States mail,  duly  registered  or certified,  postage  prepaid,  return
receipt requested,  and addressed to the other party at the address set forth in
Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or if to Tenant, at that address or, from
and after the  Commencement  Date,  at the  Premises  (whether or not Tenant has
departed  from,  abandoned  or vacated the  Premises),  or may be  delivered  by
telegram,  telex or telecopy,  provided that receipt  thereof is  telephonically
confirmed.  Either  party  may,  by written  notice to the other,  served in the
manner provided in this Article, designate a different address. If any notice or
other  document  is sent by  mail,  it  shall  be  deemed  served  or  delivered
twenty-four (24) hours after mailing. If more than one person or entity is named
as Tenant under this Lease,  service of any notice upon any one of them shall be
deemed as service upon all of them.

                      ARTICLE XVII. RULES AND REGULATIONS

        Tenant agrees to observe  faithfully and comply  strictly with the Rules
and Regulations, attached as Exhibit E, and any reasonable and nondiscriminatory
amendments,  modifications  and/or  additions as may be adopted and published by
written  notice to tenants by Landlord  for the  safety,  care,  security,  good
order,  or  cleanliness  of the  Premises,  and  Project  and  Common  Areas (if
applicable).  Landlord  shall not be liable to Tenant for any  violation  of the
Rules and Regulations or the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by
any other tenant or such  tenant's  agents,  employees,  contractors,  quests or
invitees.  One or more  waivers  by  Landlord  of any  breach  of the  Rules and
Regulations  by Tenant or by any  other  tenant(s)  shall not be a waiver of any
subsequent  breach  of that  rule or any  other.  Tenant's  failure  to keep and
observe the Rules and Regulations  shall  constitute a default under this Lease.
In the case of any conflict  between the Rules and  Regulations  and this Lease,
this Lease shall be controlling.

                                       23
<PAGE>


                       ARTICLE XVIII. BROKER'S COMMISSION


        The parties  recognize as the  broker(s) who  negotiated  this Lease the
firm(s),  if any,  whose  name(s) is (are)  stated in Item 10 of the Basic Lease
Provisions,  and agree that  Landlord  shall be  responsible  for the payment of
brokerage  commissions  to those  broker(s)  unless  otherwise  provided in this
Lease.  Tenant  warrants  that it has had no dealings with any other real estate
broker or agent in connection  with the  negotiation  of this Lease,  and Tenant
agrees  to  indemnify  and hold  Landlord  harmless  from any cost,  expense  or
liability   (including   reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  for  any   compensation,
commissions or charges claimed by any other real estate broker or agent employed
or claiming to represent or to have been employed by Tenant in  connection  with
the  negotiation  of this  Lease.  The  foregoing  agreement  shall  survive the
termination of this Lease. If Tenant fails to take possession of the Premises or
if this Lease otherwise terminates prior to the Expiration Date as the result of
failure of  performance  by Tenant,  Landlord  shall be entitled to recover from
Tenant the unamortized portion of any brokerage commission funded by Landlord in
addition to any other damages to which Landlord may be entitled.


                  ARTICLE XIX. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST


        In the event of any transfer of Landlord's interest in the Premises, the
transferor  shall be  automatically  relieved of all  obligations on the part of
Landlord  accruing  under this  Lease  from and after the date of the  transfer,
provided  that any funds held by the  transferor in which Tenant has an interest
shall be turned over, subject to that interest,  to the transferee and Tenant is
notified of the transfer as required by law. No holder of a mortgage and/or deed
of trust to which this Lease is or may be  subordinate,  and no landlord under a
so-called  sale-leaseback,  shall be responsible in connection with the Security
Deposit,  unless the  mortgagee  or holder of the deed of trust or the  landlord
actually  receives the Security  Deposit.  It is intended that the covenants and
obligations  contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord  shall,  subject to
the foregoing,  be binding on Landlord,  its successors and assigns, only during
and in respect to their respective successive periods of ownership.


                           ARTICLE XX. INTERPRETATION


        SECTION 20.1.  GENDER AND  NUMBER.  Whenever  the  context of this Lease
requires,  the words "Landlord" and "Tenant" shall include the plural as well as
the  singular,  and words used in neuter,  masculine or feminine  genders  shall
include the others.

        SECTION 20.2.  HEADINGS.  The  captions and headings of the articles and
sections of this Lease are for  convenience  only,  are not a part of this Lease
and shall have no effect upon its construction or interpretation.

        SECTION 20.3.  JOINT AND SEVERAL  LIABILITY.  If more than one person or
entity is named as Tenant, the obligations  imposed upon each shall be joint and
several and the act of or notice from,  or notice or refund to, or the signature
of, any one or more of them shall be binding on all of them with  respect to the
tenancy of this Lease,  including,  but not limited to, any renewal,  extension,
termination or modification of this Lease.

        SECTION 20.4.  SUCCESSORS.  Subject to Articles  IX and XIX,  all rights
and liabilities given to or imposed upon Landlord and Tenant shall extend to and
bind their respective heirs, executors, administrators,  successors and assigns.
Nothing contained in this Section is intended,  or shall be construed,  to grant
to any person other than  Landlord and Tenant and their  successors  and assigns
any rights or remedies under this Lease.

        SECTION 20.5.  TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence  with respect to
the performance of every provision of this Lease.

        SECTION 20.6.  CONTROLLING  LAW.  This Lease  shall be  governed  by and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

        SECTION 20.7.  SEVERABILITY. If any term or provision of this Lease, the
deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material benefit
by either party or the deletion of which is consented to by the party  adversely
affected, shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of
this Lease shall not be affected and each term and provision of this Lease shall
be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        SECTION 20.8.  WAIVER AND  CUMULATIVE  REMEDIES.  One or more waivers by
Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant or condition contained in
this  Lease  shall not be a waiver of any  subsequent  breach of the same or any
other  term,  covenant  or  condition.  Consent to any act by one of the parties
shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary the obtaining of that party's consent
to any subsequent act. No breach by Tenant of this Lease shall be deemed to have
been waived by Landlord  unless the waiver is in a writing

                                       24

<PAGE>

signed by Landlord.  The rights and remedies of Landlord  under this Lease shall
be  cumulative  and in addition to any and all other rights and  remedies  which
Landlord may have.

        SECTION 20.9.  INABILITY  TO  PERFORM.  In the event that  either  party
shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any work or
in  performing  any act required  under this Lease by reason of any cause beyond
the reasonable  control of that party,  then the  performance of the work or the
doing of the act shall be  excused  for the period of the delay and the time for
performance  shall be  extended  for a period  equivalent  to the  period of the
delay.  The  provisions  of this Section shall not operate to excuse Tenant from
the  prompt  payment  of  rent or  from  the  timely  performance  of any  other
obligation under this Lease within Tenant's reasonable control.

        SECTION 20.10. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This Lease and its exhibits and other
attachments  cover in full each and every  agreement  of every kind  between the
parties  concerning  the  Premises,  the  Building,  and  the  Project,  and all
preliminary  negotiations,  oral agreements,  understandings  and/or  practices,
except those  contained in this Lease,  are superseded and of no further effect.
Tenant  waives its rights to rely on any  representations  or  promises  made by
Landlord or others which are not contained in this Lease. No verbal agreement or
implied  covenant  shall be held to modify the  provisions  of this  Lease,  any
statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.

        SECTION 20.11. QUIET  ENJOYMENT.  Upon the observance and performance of
all the  covenants,  terms and  conditions  on Tenant's  part to be observed and
performed,  and  subject to the other  provisions  of this Lease,  Tenant  shall
peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance
or interruption by Landlord or any other person claiming by or through Landlord.

        SECTION 20.12. SURVIVAL.  All  covenants  of  Landlord  or Tenant  which
reasonably would be intended to survive the expiration or sooner  termination of
this Lease,  including without  limitation any warranty or indemnity  hereunder,
shall so survive and continue to be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
respective parties and their successors and assigns.


                      ARTICLE XXI. EXECUTION AND RECORDING


        SECTION 21.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Lease may be  executed in one or more
counterparts,  each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall
be one and the same agreement.

        SECTION 21.2.  CORPORATE  AND  PARTNERSHIP  AUTHORITY.  If  Tenant  is a
corporation or partnership,  each  individual  executing this Lease on behalf of
the  corporation  or  partnership  represents  and  warrants  that  he  is  duly
authorized  to execute and deliver  this Lease on behalf of the  corporation  or
partnership,  and that this Lease is binding upon the corporation or partnership
in accordance  with its terms.  Tenant shall, at Landlord's  request,  deliver a
certified copy of its board of directors' resolution or partnership agreement or
certificate authorizing or evidencing the execution of this Lease.

        SECTION 21.3.  EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER. The submission of
this  Lease to Tenant  shall be for  examination  purposes  only,  and shall not
constitute an offer to or option for Tenant to lease the Premises.  Execution of
this  Lease by Tenant  and its  return to  Landlord  shall not be  binding  upon
Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed
and delivered this Lease to Tenant, it being intended that this Lease shall only
become  effective  upon  execution by Landlord and delivery of a fully  executed
counterpart to Tenant.

        SECTION 21.4.  RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the
prior written consent of Landlord.  Tenant, upon the request of Landlord,  shall
execute and  acknowledge  a "short form"  memorandum of this Lease for recording
purposes.

        SECTION 21.5.  AMENDMENTS.  No  amendment or  termination  of this Lease
shall be effective unless in writing signed by authorized  signatories of Tenant
and  Landlord,  or by their  respective  successors  in  interest.  No  actions,
policies,  oral or informal  arrangements,  business dealings or other course of
conduct by or between  the  parties  shall be deemed to modify this Lease in any
respect.

        SECTION 21.6.  EXECUTED COPY.  Any fully  executed  photocopy or similar
reproduction of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes.

        SECTION 21.7.  ATTACHMENTS. All exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda
attached  to this  Lease are  hereby  incorporated  into and made a part of this
Lease.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                          ARTICLE XXII. MISCELLANEOUS


        SECTION 22.1.  NONDISCLOSURE  OF LEASE TERMS.  Tenant  acknowledges  and
agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute  proprietary
information  of Landlord.  Disclosure  of the terms could  adversely  affect the
ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord's relationship
with other  tenants.  Accordingly,  Tenant  agrees  that it,  and its  partners,
officers,  directors,  employees  and  attorneys,  shall not  intentionally  and
voluntarily  disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other tenant
or apparent  prospective  tenant of the Project,  either directly or indirectly,
without the prior written consent of Landlord,  provided,  however,  that Tenant
may disclose the terms to prospective  subtenants or assignees under this Lease,
or to the extent required in any legal  proceedings or to comply with Securities
and Exchange Commission reporting requirements.

        SECTION 22.2.  GUARANTY.  As a condition to the  execution of this Lease
by Landlord, the obligations,  covenants and performance of the Tenant as herein
provided shall be guaranteed in writing by the Guarantor(s)  listed in Item 7 of
the Basic Lease Provisions, if any, on a form of guaranty provided by Landlord.

        SECTION 22.3.  CHANGES  REQUESTED  BY  LENDER.  If, in  connection  with
obtaining  financing  for the  Project,  the  lender  shall  request  reasonable
modifications  in this Lease as a condition  to the  financing,  Tenant will not
unreasonably  withhold or delay its consent,  provided that the modifications do
not  materially  increase the  obligations of Tenant or materially and adversely
affect the leasehold interest created by this Lease.

        SECTION 22.4.  MORTGAGEE  PROTECTION.  No act or  failure  to act on the
part of Landlord  which  would  otherwise  entitle  Tenant to be relieved of its
obligations  hereunder or to terminate this Lease shall result in such a release
or  termination  unless (a) Tenant has given notice by  registered  or certified
mail to any  beneficiary  of a deed of trust or mortgage  covering  the Premises
whose address has been furnished to Tenant and (b) such  beneficiary is afforded
a  reasonable  opportunity  to cure the default by  Landlord  (which in no event
shall be less than sixty (60) days), including, if necessary to effect the cure,
time to  obtain  possession  of the  Premises  by  power  of  sale  or  judicial
foreclosure provided that such foreclosure remedy is diligently pursued.  Tenant
agrees  that  each  beneficiary  of a deed of trust  or  mortgage  covering  the
Premises is an express  third party  beneficiary  hereof,  Tenant  shall have no
right or claim for the  collection of any deposit from such  beneficiary or from
any purchaser at a foreclosure  sale unless such  beneficiary or purchaser shall
have  actually  received and not  refunded the deposit,  and Tenant shall comply
with any  written  directions  by any  beneficiary  to pay  rent  due  hereunder
directly to such  beneficiary  without  determining  whether an event of default
exists under such beneficiary's deed of trust.

        SECTION 22.5.  COVENANTS AND  CONDITIONS.  All of the provisions of this
Lease shall be  construed  to be  conditions  as well as covenants as though the
words specifically expressing or imparting covenants and conditions were used in
each separate provision.

        SECTION 22.6.  SECURITY  MEASURES.   Tenant  hereby   acknowledges  that
Landlord  shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide guard service or other
security measures for the benefit of the Premises or the Project. Tenant assumes
all  responsibility  for the  protection  of Tenant,  its agents,  invitees  and
property from acts of third  parties.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall prevent
Landlord, at its sole option, from providing security protection for the Project
or any part thereof,  in which event the cost thereof  shall be included  within
the definition of Building Costs.


LANDLORD:                                    TENANT:

THE IRVINE COMPANY             [SEAL]        ATL PRODUCTS, INC.,
                                             a Delaware corporation




By: /s/ Richard G. Sim                       By: /s/ Kevin C. Daly
    --------------------------------            --------------------------------
    Richard G. Sim                              Name: Kevin C. Daly
    Group President                                  ---------------------------
    Investment Properties                       Title: President/CEO
                                                      --------------------------



By: /s/ David A. Patty                       By: /s/ Mark P. de Raad
    --------------------------------             -------------------------------
    David A. Patty                               Name: Mark P. de Raad
    Senior Vice President &                           --------------------------
    Chief Investment Officer                     Title: V/P, Finance & CFO
                                                       -------------------------

                                       26

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



                                  Page 1 of 2


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



                                  Page 2 of 2



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                    5
<LEGEND>
         THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
         FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  OF QUANTUM  CORPORATION  FOR THE  QUARTER  ENDED
         DECEMBER 27, 1998
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                              1,000
       
<S>                                       <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                             9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                         MAR-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                            APR-1-1998
<PERIOD-END>                              DEC-27-1998
<CASH>                                    683,011
<SECURITIES>                               24,425
<RECEIVABLES>                             676,061
<ALLOWANCES>                               11,823
<INVENTORY>                               259,042
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                        1,855,446
<PP&E>                                    545,707
<DEPRECIATION>                            278,922
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                          2,393,568
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                     663,711
<BONDS>                                   351,725
                           0
                                     0
<COMMON>                                  855,946
<OTHER-SE>                                448,241
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>            2,393,568
<SALES>                                 3,593,315
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                        3,593,315
<CGS>                                   2,995,964
<TOTAL-COSTS>                           2,995,964
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          540,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                         20,136
<INCOME-PRETAX>                           (84,873)
<INCOME-TAX>                                1,403
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                       (86,276)
<DISCONTINUED>                                  0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                 0
<CHANGES>                                       0
<NET-INCOME>                              (86,276)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                               (0.54)
<EPS-DILUTED>                               (0.54)

        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission